Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

Form 10-Q

(Mark One)    

ý

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009

Or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to            

Commission file number: 001-34416

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  27-0186273
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

27001 Agoura Road, Calabasas, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

91301
(Zip Code)

(818) 224-7442
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o     No  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes  o     No  ý

        Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class   Outstanding at November 5, 2009
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, $.01 par value   16,735,317


Table of Contents

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST
FORM 10-Q
September 30, 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  1

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements:

   

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet—September 30, 2009

  1

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations—Period from August 4, 2009 (Commencement of Operations) to September 30, 2009

  2

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity—Period from August 4, 2009 (Commencement of Operations) to September 30, 2009

  3

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Period from August 4, 2009 (Commencement of Operations) to September 30, 2009

  4

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  5

Item 2.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  18

 

Overview

  18

 

Observations on Current Market Opportunities

  18

 

Critical Accounting Policies

  20

 

Results of Operations for the Period from August 4, 2009 (Commencement of Operations) to September 30, 2009

  21

 

Asset Acquisitions

  22

 

Cash Flows

  23

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  23

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

  24

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  24

 

Accounting Developments

  26

 

Factors That May Affect Our Future Results

  27

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  30

Item 4T.

 

Controls and Procedures

  30

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 
31

Item 1

 

Legal Proceedings

  31

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  31

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

  31

Item 3.

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

  32

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  32

Item 5.

 

Other Information

  32

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

  32

Table of Contents


PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.     Financial Statements

        


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  September 30,
2009
 

ASSETS

       

Cash

  $ 2,200  

Short-term investment

    253,065  

Mortgage-backed securities at fair value

    68,059  

Interest receivable

    213  

Prepaid insurance

    650  
       
 

Total assets

  $ 324,187  
       

LIABILITIES

       

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 150  

Contingent underwriting fees payable

    5,883  

Payable to affiliate

    3,814  
       
 

Total liabilities

    9,847  
       

Commitments and contingencies

   
 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

Common shares of beneficial interest—authorized, 500,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 16,735,317 shares

    167  

Additional paid-in capital

    314,903  

Accumulated deficit

    (730 )
       
 

Total shareholders' equity

    314,340  
       
 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 324,187  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
 

Revenues

       
 

Interest income

  $ 549  
 

Appreciation in fair value of securities

    267  
       
   

Total revenues

    816  
       

Expenses

       
 

Management fees

    812  
 

Compensation

    483  
 

Insurance

    131  
 

Professional services

    72  
 

Other

    48  
       
   

Total expenses

    1,546  
       
   

Net loss

  $ (730 )
       

Loss per share, basic and diluted

 
$

(0.04

)

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    16,735,317  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  Number
of
Shares
  Par
Value
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total  

Balance at August 4, 2009 (Commencement of Operations)

      $   $ 1   $   $ 1  

Proceeds from share offerings

    16,735,317     167     334,540         334,707  
 

Underwriting and offering costs

            (19,983 )       (19,983 )
 

Share-based compensation

            345         345  
 

Net loss

                (730 )   (730 )
                       

Balance at September 30, 2009

    16,735,317   $ 167   $ 314,903   $ (730 ) $ 314,340  
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

3


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

       
 

Net loss

  $ (730 )
   

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:

       
     

Accretion of discount on securities

    (218 )
     

Appreciation in fair value of securities

    (267 )
     

Share-based compensation expense

    345  
     

Increase in interest receivable

    (213 )
     

Increase in prepaid insurance

    (650 )
     

Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    150  
     

Increase in payable to affiliate

    873  
       
       

Net cash used by operating activities

    (710 )
       

Cash flows from investing activities:

       
 

Increase in short-term investment, net

    (253,065 )
 

Purchases of mortgage-backed securities

    (69,453 )
 

Proceeds from repayments of mortgage-backed securities

    1,879  
       
   

Net cash used by investing activities

    (320,639 )
       

Cash flows from financing activities:

       
 

Proceeds from issuances of common shares

    334,706  
 

Payment of common share issuance costs

    (11,158 )
       
   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    323,548  
       

Net increase in cash

    2,199  

Cash at beginning of period

    1  
       
   

Cash at end of period

  $ 2,200  
       
 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

       
   

Non-cash financing activities—recognition of contingently payable offering costs to:

       
     

Underwriters

  $ 5,883  
     

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

  $ 2,941  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation

        PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust ("PMT" or the "Company") was organized in Maryland on May 18, 2009, and commenced operations on August 4, 2009, when it completed its initial offerings of common shares of beneficial interest ("shares"). The Company is a specialty finance company, which, through its subsidiaries, invests primarily in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets. The Company's investment objective is to maximize the value of the mortgage loans that it intends to acquire, a substantial portion of which may be distressed and acquired at discounts to their unpaid principal balances, through proprietary loan modification programs, special servicing and other initiatives focused on keeping borrowers in their homes.

        The Company intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Internal Revenue Code") commencing with its taxable period ending on December 31, 2009. In order to maintain its tax status as a REIT, the Company plans to distribute at least 90% of its taxable income in the form of qualifying distributions to holders of shares.

        The Company is externally managed by an affiliate, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC ("PCM" or the "Manager"), an investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") that specializes in and focuses on residential mortgage loans. Under the terms of a management agreement, PCM is to be paid a management fee with a base component and a performance incentive component. Determination of the amount of management fees is discussed in Note 4— Transactions with Related Parties .

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("U.S. GAAP") for interim financial information and with the SEC's instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, these financial statements and notes do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements.

        In preparing financial statements in compliance with U.S. GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will likely differ from those estimates.

        In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the period August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2009.

Note 2—Concentration of Risks

        The Company's short-term investment represented 78% of PMT's total assets as of September 30, 2009. As described in Note 7— Short-Term Investment , this investment is made in an uninsured institutional money market fund that is managed by an affiliated company.

        As discussed in Note 1— Organization and Basis of Presentation above, PMT's operations and investing activities are centered in real estate-related assets, a substantial portion of which are distressed at acquisition. Because of the Company's investment strategy, many of the loans in its targeted asset class may be purchased at discounts reflecting their distressed state or perceived higher

5


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 2—Concentration of Risks (Continued)


risk of default. The Manager performs due diligence on the portfolios of loans and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") it targets for acquisition.

        Through its management agreement with PCM and, where applicable, the loan servicing agreement between its operating partnership and an affiliated company, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC ("PLS"), PMT will work with borrowers to perform loss mitigation activities. Such activities include the use of loan modification programs and workout options that have the highest probability of successful resolution for both borrowers and PMT. Loan modifications may include PMT accepting a write down of certain loans' principal balances.

        Because of the Company's investment focus, PMT will be exposed to the risks that more borrowers than anticipated default on their mortgage loans and to the effects of fluctuations in the residential real estate market on the performance of its investments. Factors influencing these risks will include, but not be limited to, changes in the overall economy, unemployment, residential real estate values in the markets where the Company's loans are secured, the accuracy of borrower representations and PMT's ability to validate borrower capacity to meet the terms of workout agreements, PCM's ability to identify and PLS' ability to execute optimal resolutions of problem loans, PCM's ability to effectively model and develop appropriate model assumptions that properly anticipate future outcomes, and the level of government support for problem loan resolution. Due to these uncertainties, there can be no assurance that risk management activities identified and executed on PMT's behalf will prevent significant losses arising from the Company's investments in real estate-related assets.

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

        PMT's significant accounting policies are summarized below:

    Valuation of Financial Instruments

        PMT groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

    Level I—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level II—Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing a security. These may include quoted prices for similar securities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.

    Level III—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available.

    Short-Term Investment

        Short-term investment, which represents an investment in money market funds, is valued at the number of shares held by the Company multiplied by the value per share published by the manager of the money market funds on the valuation date.

6


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Mortgage Loans

        Mortgage loans that are not committed to be sold are recorded at fair value, which is approximated using a discounted cash flow valuation model. Inputs to the model are classified into directly and non-directly observable inputs. Directly observable inputs are inputs that can be taken directly from observable data or market sources such as current interest rates, loan amount, payment status and property type. Non-directly observable inputs are inputs that cannot be taken directly from observable data or market sources such as forecasts of future interest rates, home prices, prepayment speeds, defaults and loss severities. Loans which are committed to be sold are valued at their quoted market price or market price equivalent.

    Mortgage-Backed Securities

        PMT's investments in MBS are carried at fair value. Realized gains and losses on sales of MBS are recorded in earnings at the time of disposition. How the change in fair value of MBS is recognized is dependent on the accounting classification of the assets. Changes in the fair value of MBS accounted for as trading securities or under the fair value option are recognized in current period earnings.

        With respect to MBS accounted for as available-for-sale securities, unrealized gains or losses, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are excluded from earnings and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, which is included in shareholders' equity. Other-than-temporary impairment is recorded when the fair value of an MBS accounted for as an available-for-sale security has declined below its cost basis and is not expected to recover in value. If the Company does not intend to sell such MBS and it is more likely than not that PMT will not have to sell it before recovery of its cost basis, any credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings and the remaining portion is recognized in other comprehensive income. Credit losses are measured using cash flow projections including expected prepayments. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment is made at least quarterly. When the Company determines an impairment to be other-than-temporary, PMT records a loss.

    Investment Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PMT and all wholly-owned subsidiaries. PMT has whole ownership of all of its subsidiaries, and therefore has no significant equity method or cost-basis investments. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

        The Company evaluates every investment with reference to the underlying entity that issued the loans or securities it acquires to determine whether to include the investment in its consolidated reporting group. A similar analysis is performed for each entity with which the Company makes an agreement for management, servicing or similar services. Where voting rights do not effectively identify the investor with a controlling financial interest, the entity is classified as a variable interest entity ("VIE"). With certain exceptions, VIEs are subject to consolidation if the investors either do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, are unable to direct the entity's activities or are not exposed to the entity's losses or entitled to its residual returns. VIEs are consolidated by the entity that absorbs a majority of the entity's expected losses, its expected returns, or both. The Company did not have variable interests in its affiliated service providers as of September 30, 2009.

7


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Interest Income Recognition

        Interest income on loans is recognized over the life of the investment using the contractual interest rate. All changes in fair value due to application of the fair value option, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of gain or loss on sale of loans. Income recognition is suspended for loans when, in management's opinion, a full recovery of income and principal becomes doubtful. Income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current and performance is demonstrated to be resumed.

        Interest income on MBS is recognized over the life of the investment using the effective interest rate method. Management estimates, at the time of purchase, the future expected cash flows and determines the effective interest rate based on these estimated cash flows and the Company's purchase price. In estimating these cash flows, there are a number of assumptions that are subject to uncertainties. These include the rate and timing of principal payments (including prepayments, repurchases, defaults and liquidations), the pass-through or coupon rate and interest rate fluctuations. In addition, interest payment shortfalls due to delinquencies on the underlying mortgage loans, the likelihood of modification and the timing of the magnitude of credit losses on the mortgage loans underlying the securities are judgmentally estimated. These uncertainties are difficult to predict and are subject to future events that may impact the Company's estimates and interest income.

    Underwriting Commissions and Offering Costs

        Underwriting commissions and offering costs incurred in connection with the Company's share offerings are reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Contingent offering costs that are deemed by management as probable of being paid are recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

    Share-Based Compensation

        The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted share-based awards to compensation expense over the vesting period using the graded vesting method.

        The Company determines the fair value of its share-based compensation awards depending on whether the awards are made to trustees or to non-employees such as officers and employees of affiliated entities. Compensation cost is generally fixed at the fair value of the award date for awards to trustees of the Company.

        Compensation cost for share-based compensation awarded to non-employees of the Company is adjusted to reflect changes in the fair value of awards in each subsequent reporting period until the award has vested, the service being provided is subsequently completed, or under certain circumstances, is likely to be completed, whichever occurs first.

        Compensation cost for share awards that do not participate in Company distributions during the vesting period is estimated by reducing the fair value of the Company's shares on the date of issuance by management's estimates of dividends to be distributed during the vesting period discounted at an appropriate risk-free rate of return.

8


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Income Taxes

        The Company intends to qualify to be taxed as a REIT and believes it complies with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to REITs. Accordingly, management believes the Company will not be subject to federal income tax on that portion of its income that is distributed to shareholders as long as certain asset, income and share ownership tests are met. If PMT fails to qualify as a REIT, and does not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, it will be subject to income taxes and may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the four tax years following the year of loss of the Company's REIT qualification. The Company's taxable REIT subsidiaries are subject to federal and state income taxes.

        Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which management expects those temporary differences to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change occurs. Subject to management's judgment, a valuation allowance is established if realization of deferred tax assets is not more likely than not.

        Income taxes for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009 were immaterial and no provision has been made in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Note 4—Transactions with Related Parties

        The Company is managed externally by PCM under the terms of a management agreement that expires on August 4, 2012 and will be automatically renewed for a one-year term each anniversary date thereafter unless previously terminated. The management agreement provides for an annual review of PCM's performance under the management agreement by the Company's independent trustees. PMT's Board of Trustees reviews the Company's financial results, policy compliance and strategic direction quarterly.

        PMT pays PCM a base management fee and a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The base management fee is calculated at the annual rate of 1.5% of shareholders' equity (as defined in the management agreement). The performance incentive fee is calculated at 20% of the amount by which "core earnings", on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds an 8% "hurdle rate".

    Core earnings, for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income adjusted to exclude non-cash equity compensation expense, unrealized gains and losses or other non-cash items recognized during the period, any amounts relating to PMT's initial public offering paid to PCM and the underwriters of PMT's share offering, and any "one-time events" as agreed between PCM and a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

    The "hurdle rate" is calculated as the product of (1) the weighted average of the issue price per share of all of the Company's public offerings multiplied by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (including, for the avoidance of doubt, restricted share units) in the four quarter period and (2) 8%. During the first four quarters, core earnings will be calculated based on the annualized results of each of the preceding quarters.

9


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 4—Transactions with Related Parties (Continued)

        For the period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded management fee expense as summarized below:

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Base fee

  $ 812  

Performance incentive fee

     
       

Total incurred during the period

  $ 812  
       

        If the Company terminates the management agreement without cause, or PCM terminates the management agreement upon a default in the Company's performance of any material term in the management agreement, PMT will pay a termination fee to PCM. The termination fee will be equal to three times (a) the average annual base management fee and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is less than 24 months, annualized) incentive fee earned by PCM during the prior 24-month period before termination. Under circumstances where the termination fee is payable, PMT will pay to PCM its portion of the conditional payment of the underwriting discount discussed in Note 9— Shareholders' Equity .

        The Company, through its operating partnership, also has a loan servicing agreement with PLS. While PLS is not currently servicing any loans for PMT, servicing fee rates are expected to range between 30 and 100 basis points per annum on the unpaid principal balance of the loans serviced on the Company's behalf. Actual servicing fee rates will be based on the risk characteristics of the loans serviced and are expected to be competitive with those charged by other specialty servicers.

        During the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009, the Company recorded $297,000 in expenses incurred on its behalf by PCM and its affiliates in accordance with the terms of the management agreement. At September 30, 2009, $3.8 million was included in amounts payable to affiliates, including $2.9 million payable for contingent offering costs, $812,000 for management fees and $60,000 for reimbursable expenses. During the period, PCM waived its right to recovery of overhead allocation charges provided for in the management agreement. PCM management intends to obtain reimbursement of future overhead costs in subsequent periods.

        The Company's short-term investment is managed by BlackRock, Inc., which is an affiliate of the Company.

Note 5—Earnings (Loss) Per Share

        Basic earnings (loss) per share is determined using net earnings divided by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming all potentially dilutive common shares were issued. In periods in which the Company records a loss, potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation as their effect on loss per share is anti-dilutive.

10


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 5—Earnings (Loss) Per Share (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the basic and diluted loss per share calculations for the period indicated:

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
 
 
  Net
Loss
  Shares   Per-Share
Amount
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Net loss and basic loss per share

  $ (730 )   16,735   $ (0.04 )

Effect of dilutive securities—share-based compensation instruments

             
               

Diluted loss and loss per share

  $ (730 )   16,735   $ (0.04 )
               

        During the period ended September 30, 2009, 375,330 restricted share units were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because they were anti-dilutive.

Note 6—Fair Value

        The Company's financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

    Fair Value Accounting Elections

        Management identified its short-term investment and MBS to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will be reflected in earnings as they occur. Fair value accounting more timely reflects the results of the Company's investment performance.

    Fair Value Measurements

        For the period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded $267,000 of changes in estimated fair values of its MBS in its results of operations under the fair value option. Gains and losses from changes in the estimated fair value of MBS are included in appreciation in fair value of securities.

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009:

 
  Level I   Level II   Level III   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Short-term investment

  $ 253,065   $   $   $ 253,065  

Mortgage-backed securities

            68,059     68,059  
                   

  $ 253,065   $   $ 68,059   $ 321,124  
                   

11


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 6—Fair Value (Continued)

        All of the mortgage-backed securities were measured using Level III inputs. The following is a summary of changes in mortgage-backed securities for the period:

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations)

  $  

Total changes in fair value included in results of operations

    267  

Purchases, issuances and settlements

    67,792  
       

Balance, September 30, 2009

  $ 68,059  
       

Changes in unrealized gains relating to assets still held at September 30, 2009

  $ 267  
       

    Valuation Techniques

    Short-Term Investment

        The short-term investment, which represents an investment in a liquidity management fund, is valued at the number of shares multiplied by the value per share published by the manager of the fund on the valuation date. For short-term investments in liquidity management funds, the Company also analyzes lockout provisions to evaluate the effect on fair value due to liquidity and credit risks.

    Mortgage-Backed Securities

        Fair value for non-agency mortgage-backed securities is estimated using unadjusted broker indications of value. For indications of value received as of September 30, 2009, management validated the values by obtaining indications of value for a sample of securities from a second broker and concluded that the differences in quoted values were within an acceptable range.

        Management incorporates lack of liquidity into its fair value estimates based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation method used. For example, for mortgage-backed securities where the significant inputs have become unobservable due to illiquidity in those markets and a broker indication of value is not used to establish fair value, PMT uses a discounted cash flow technique to estimate fair value. This technique incorporates forecasting of expected cash flows discounted at an appropriate market discount rate to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market.

Note 7—Short-Term Investment

        Short-term investment represents an investment in a liquidity management fund managed by an affiliate, BlackRock, Inc. Investments in the fund are not insured. The fund invests exclusively in first-tier securities as rated by a nationally recognized rating organization. The fund's investments are comprised primarily of domestic commercial paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, U.S. and Yankee bank obligations, fully collateralized repurchase agreements and variable and floating rate demand notes.

12


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 8—Mortgage-Backed Securities at Fair Value

        Investments in MBS were as follows:

 
  September 30, 2009  
 
   
  Credit Rating  
 
  Total   AAA   AA   A   <A  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Security collateral type:

                               
 

Non-Agency Alt-A

  $ 36,428   $ 8,589   $ 9,185   $   $ 18,654  
 

Non-Agency Subprime

    16,931     2,570         10,670     3,691  
 

Non-Agency Prime Jumbo

    14,700         14,700          
                       

  $ 68,059   $ 11,159   $ 23,885   $ 10,670   $ 22,345  
                       

Note 9—Shareholders' Equity

        The Company was initially capitalized with a $1,000 cash contribution from an affiliate. On August 4, 2009, the Company completed offerings of 16,735,317 of its shares as follows:

    an initial public offering of 14,706,327 of its shares at $20 per share as discussed in the following paragraph for gross proceeds of approximately $294.1 million;

    private placement to certain of its executive officers, PCM's parent company, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and certain of its investors, of 735,317 shares at $20 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $14.7 million; and

    as part of the initial public offering, the direct offering to investors in the funds managed by PCM of 1,293,673 shares at $20 per share for proceeds of approximately $25.9 million.

    Offsetting these offerings were underwriting and offering costs totaling approximately $20.0 million.

        Certain of the underwriting costs incurred in the initial public offering were paid on PMT's behalf by PCM and a portion of the underwriting discount was deferred by agreement with the underwriters of the offering. Reimbursement to PCM and payment to the underwriters of the deferred underwriting discount are both contingent on PMT's performance as follows: the Company will reimburse PCM approximately $2.9 million of underwriting costs paid by PCM on the offering date and pay the underwriters approximately $5.9 million in deferred underwriting discount if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of its initial public offering, August 4, 2009, the Company's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of PCM's management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate" (both defined in Note 4— Transactions with Related Parties ). If this requirement is not satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, the Company's obligation to reimburse PCM and make the conditional payment of the underwriting discount will terminate. Management has concluded that this contingency is probable of being met during the 24-quarter period and has recognized a liability for reimbursement to PCM and payment of the contingent underwriting discount as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

13


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 10—Share-Based Compensation Plans

        The Company has adopted an equity incentive plan which provides for the issuance of equity based awards, including share options, restricted shares, restricted share units, unrestricted common share awards, LTIP units (a special class of partnership interests in the Company's operating partnership) and other awards based on PMT's shares that may be made by the Company directly to its officers and trustees, and the members, officers, trustees, directors and employees of PCM, PLS, or their affiliates and to PCM, PLS and other entities that provide services to PMT and the employees of such other entities. The equity incentive plan is administered by the Company's Compensation Committee, pursuant to authority delegated by the Board of Trustees, which has the authority to make awards to the eligible participants referenced above, and to determine what form the awards will take, and the terms and conditions of the awards.

        The Company's equity incentive plan allows for grants of equity-based awards up to an aggregate of 8% of PMT's issued and outstanding shares on a diluted basis at the time of the award, subject to a ceiling of 40,000,000 shares available for issuance under the plan.

        The shares underlying award grants will again be available for award under the equity incentive plan if:

    any shares subject to an award granted under the equity incentive plan are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered;

    an award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the participant; or

    shares are surrendered or withheld by PMT as payment of either the exercise price of an award and/or withholding taxes for an award.

        Each share option awarded under the equity incentive plan will have a term of no longer than ten years, and will have an exercise price that is no less than 100% of the fair value of the Company's shares on the date of grant of the award. Restricted share units have been awarded to trustees and employees at no cost to them and generally vest over a one- or four-year period, respectively.

        The Company estimated the value of restricted share units awarded during the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009 with reference to the value of its shares on the date of the award. The Company's estimate of value included assumed grantee turnover of 21% per year for employees of PMT and the Manager and its affiliates and no turnover for members of PMT's Board of Trustees. Award values were reduced by the value of expected shareholder distributions that the grantees will not receive during the vesting period, discounted at an appropriate risk-free rate of return. The amount of the reduction for anticipated distributions was based on amounts included in management's earnings forecast.

        The Company recorded expense relating to restricted share units totaling $345,000 for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009, comprised of $153,000 relating to awards granted to employees of PCM and PLS and $192,000 relating to the Company's trustees. Expense relating to awards is recorded in compensation.

14


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 10—Share-Based Compensation Plans (Continued)

        The table below summarizes restricted share unit activity:

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
 

Number of Shares:

       
 

Outstanding at beginning period

     
   

Granted

    375,330  
   

Vested

     
   

Canceled

     
       
 

Outstanding at end of period

    375,330  
       

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

  $ 11.51  
       

Shares available for future awards(1)

    993,521  
       

(1)
Based on shares outstanding as of September 30, 2009. Total shares available for future awards may be adjusted in accordance with the equity incentive plan based on future issuances of PMT's shares as described above.

Note 11—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events or transactions through November 6, 2009, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period, PMT did not have any material subsequent events that affected its consolidated financial statements.

Note 12—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 ("SFAS 168"), which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ ("ASC" or the "Codification") as the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. SFAS 168 was incorporated in ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . The Codification modified the U.S. GAAP to include only two levels of U.S. GAAP, authoritative and non-authoritative. All of the Codification carries the same level of authority and the U.S. GAAP hierarchy is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 168 did not have a material effect on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments . This FSP amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (incorporated within ASC 825 Financial Instruments ), to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This FSP requires providing qualitative and

15


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 12—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

quantitative information about fair value estimates for all those financial instruments not measured on the balance sheet at fair value. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 107-1 and ARB 28-1 did not have a material impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (incorporated within ASC 320 Investments—Debt and Equity Securities ). This FSP amends the other-than-temporary impairment recognition guidance for debt securities by requiring an entity to evaluate whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, the entity must recognize an other-than-temporary impairment. The amount of total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss shall be recognized in earnings if it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost. Additional disclosures are required for interim and annual periods about securities in unrealized loss positions for which an other-than-temporary impairment has or has not been recognized. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company did not hold securities classified as held-to-maturity or as available-for-sale during the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009. Accordingly, the adoption of FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 did not have a material impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity of the Assets or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (incorporated within ASC 820, Financial Instruments ). This FSP provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company did not hold securities as of the effective date of this FSP. Therefore, the adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 ("SFAS 166"), and SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) ("SFAS 167"). SFAS 166 revises SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities , which establishes sale accounting criteria for transfers of financial assets. SFAS 167 amends FASB Interpretation 46(R) , Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ("FIN 46R") by changing the criteria an enterprise must use to determine whether it must consolidate a VIE and requiring the entity to update its assessment quarterly. FIN 46R currently requires that a VIE be consolidated by the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the expected losses or expected residual returns created by the assets of the entity. SFAS 167 amends FIN 46R to require that a VIE be consolidated by the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity. SFAS 166 and 167 are effective for financial asset transfers occurring after the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2009 and early adoption is prohibited. Management is currently evaluating the impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements of adopting SFAS 166 and SFAS 167.

16


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 12—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

        In August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value ("ASU 2009-05") which provides guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities under FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASU 2009-05 clarifies that the unadjusted quoted price for an identical liability, when traded as an asset in an active market is a Level I measurement for the liability and provides guidance on the valuation techniques to estimate fair value of a liability in the absence of a Level I measurement. ASU 2009-05 is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after its issuance. The adoption of ASU 2009-05 did not have a material effect on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

17


Table of Contents

Item 2.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        As used in this Report, references to "we," "our," "the Company" or "PMT" refer to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated. This discussion includes forward-looking statements concerning future events and performance of the Company, which are subject to certain risks and uncertainties as discussed below under Factors That May Affect Our Future Results .


Overview

        We are a recently formed specialty finance company that invests primarily in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets. Our objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over the long-term, primarily through dividends and secondarily through capital appreciation. We intend to achieve this objective primarily by investing in mortgage loans, a substantial portion of which may be distressed and acquired at discounts to their unpaid principal balances. We will then seek to maximize the value of the mortgage loans that we acquire through proprietary loan modification programs, special servicing and other initiatives focused on keeping borrowers in their homes. We plan to supplement these activities through opportunistic participation in mortgage banking activities, including formation of a conduit operation by PCM that includes the purchase, pooling and securitization of agency-eligible, U.S. Government-insured and prime jumbo mortgage loans. We anticipate that we will transfer the servicing responsibilities related to such loans to our affiliate, PLS. We are externally managed by PCM, an investment adviser that specializes in, and focuses on, residential mortgage loans.

        We intend to qualify to be taxed as a REIT. We believe that we will not be subject to federal income tax on that portion of our income that is distributed to shareholders as long as we meet certain asset, income and share ownership tests. If we fail to qualify as a REIT, and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, our profits will be subject to income taxes and we may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the four tax years following the year we lose our REIT qualification.

        On August 4, 2009, we completed both a public offering and concurrent private placement of our shares, raising approximately $314.7 million of equity capital, net of underwriting and issuance costs. Since the completion of our equity offerings, we have pursued investments in our targeted asset classes. In the interim, we have invested the proceeds from the offerings primarily in a short-term investment fund managed by a related party, and to a lesser extent, in short-lived mortgage-backed securities. Our investments in mortgage-backed securities were made to enhance the returns on our equity capital pending investment in mortgage loans and related assets. Our targeted asset classes and the principal investments we expect to make in each class are residential mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and mortgage-related derivative instruments.


Observations on Current Market Opportunities

        During the Company's initial period of operations from August 4, 2009 to September 30, 2009, the outlook for the U.S. residential housing market improved. The seasonally adjusted annual rate of U.S. existing home sales for September 2009 increased 13.9 percent from June 2009, according to data released by the National Association of Realtors®, although the average sales price of existing homes declined 3.9 percent during the same three-month period. The S&P/Case-Shiller® Composite of 20 Home Price Index, which measures 20 major metropolitan statistical areas, reported an improvement of 4.3 percent from May to August (August data was released on October 27, 2009). Additionally, the delinquency rate of mortgage loans appears to be increasing at a slower pace than those observed in 2008 and early 2009.

        The improved outlook on the housing front has contributed to an improvement in values of mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans. The ABX index, which signifies investor sentiment for

18


Table of Contents


subprime mortgages, has improved from July to September 2009, indicating an improved sentiment for the investment performance of subprime mortgage holdings. The returns demanded by investors have decreased, indicating higher prices for such assets.

        Through its interactions in the marketplace, our Manager has observed that during our initial period of operations, relatively few holders of distressed mortgage loans have offered those loans for sale. In this period, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") offered, through a structured transaction using the Legacy Loans Program, one portfolio of mortgage loans from a failed depository institution. Although our Manager placed a bid for these loans, a higher bidder was awarded the transaction. In addition, as an alternative to an outright sale, certain holders of mortgage loan portfolios have completed or have offered securitization transactions in which the holders monetized a portion of their loan portfolios using a financing vehicle.

        As of June 30, 2009, the number of problem banks as identified by the FDIC increased to 416 institutions with $299.8 billion of assets from 305 institutions with $220 billion of assets at March 31, 2009. One hundred six institutions have failed in 2009 through October 23, 2009.

        These facts and market observations cause management to continue to believe that there will be market opportunities to acquire distressed mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets at significant discounts to their unpaid principal balances. Management also believes that market prices will not remain at current elevated levels as investor demand subsides. We continue to expect that our mortgage loan portfolio may grow at an uneven pace, as opportunities to acquire distressed mortgage loans may be irregularly timed and may involve large portfolios of loans, and the timing and extent of our success in acquiring such loans cannot be predicted. This factor may cause our income to be depressed until our capital is fully deployed.

        We believe that the collapse of the independent mortgage company business model ( i.e. , the origination by independent mortgage companies of mortgages not eligible for sale to a government sponsored enterprise (a "GSE") and the sale of these mortgages into securitizations sponsored by Wall Street investment banks) and the weakened condition of banks and other traditional mortgage lenders has created additional opportunities for our business. Under current market conditions, these opportunities include the purchase from smaller mortgage lenders of newly originated mortgage loans that are eligible for (a) sale to participating GSEs such as Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and Federal National Mortgage Association, or (b) securitization through Government National Mortgage Association. To the extent market conditions improve, these opportunities could also include the purchase of newly originated mortgage loans that can be (y) resold in the non-agency whole loan market, or (z) securitized in the private label market. We believe that there is currently a need, particularly among smaller lenders, to find outlets for GSE and government eligible loans or to achieve liquidity through other means and that we can utilize our expertise and relationships to capitalize on this need. In this regard, PCM is in the process of building a conduit operation that could enable us to pursue these opportunities. We believe that this strategy would also benefit us by supplementing PCM's continuing efforts to increase the number of relationships with depository and other financial institutions that may hold distressed residential mortgage loans. However, there can be no assurance that PCM will be successful in implementing such a conduit operation or that we will be able to capitalize on these opportunities on favorable terms or at all.

19


Table of Contents


Critical Accounting Policies

        We have identified what we believe will be our most critical accounting policies to be the following:

    Valuation of Financial Instruments

        We group our assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

    Level I—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level II—Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing a security. These may include quoted prices for similar securities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.

    Level III—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available. We anticipate that a significant portion of our assets will be valued utilizing Level III.

    Mortgage Loans

        Mortgage loans that are not committed to be sold are recorded at fair value, which is approximated using a discounted cash flow valuation model. Inputs to the model are classified into directly and non-directly observable inputs. Directly observable inputs are inputs that can be taken directly from observable data or market sources such as current interest rates, loan amount, payment status and property type. Non-directly observable inputs are inputs that cannot be taken directly from observable data or market sources such as forecasts of future interest rates, home prices, prepayment speeds, defaults and loss severities. Loans which are committed to be sold are valued at their quoted market price or market price equivalent.

    Mortgage-Backed Securities

        Our investments in MBS are carried at fair value. Realized gains and losses on sales of MBS are recorded in earnings at the time of disposition. How the change in fair value of MBS is recognized is dependent on the accounting classification of the assets. Changes in the fair value of MBS accounted for as trading securities or under the fair value option are recognized in current period earnings.

        With respect to MBS accounted for as available-for-sale securities, unrealized gains or losses, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are excluded from earnings and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, which is included in shareholders' equity. Other-than-temporary impairment is recorded when the fair value of an MBS accounted for as an available-for-sale security has declined below its cost basis and is not expected to recover in value. If we do not intend to sell such MBS and it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell it before recovery of its cost basis, any credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings and the remaining portion is recognized in other comprehensive income. Credit losses are measured using cash flow projections including expected prepayments. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment is made at least quarterly. If we determine an impairment to be other-than-temporary, we realize a loss, which negatively affects current income.

20


Table of Contents

    Investment Consolidation

        We evaluate every investment with reference to the underlying entity that issued the loans or securities we acquire to determine whether to include the investment in our consolidated reporting group. We perform a similar analysis for each entity with which we make an agreement for management, servicing or similar services. Where voting rights do not effectively identify the investor with a controlling financial interest, the entity is classified as a variable interest entity. With certain exceptions, VIEs are subject to consolidation if the investors either do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, are unable to direct the entity's activities or are not exposed to the entity's losses or entitled to its residual returns. VIEs are consolidated by the entity that absorbs a majority of the entity's expected losses, its expected returns, or both. We did not have variable interests in our affiliated service providers as of September 30, 2009.

    Interest Income Recognition

        Interest income on loans is recognized over the life of the investment using the contractual interest rate. All changes in fair value due to application of the fair value option, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of gain or loss on sale of loans. Income recognition is suspended for loans when, in our opinion, a full recovery of income and principal becomes doubtful. Income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current and performance is demonstrated to be resumed.

        Interest income on MBS is recognized over the life of the investment using the effective interest rate method. We estimate, at the time of purchase, the future expected cash flows and determine the effective interest rate based on these estimated cash flows and our purchase price. In estimating these cash flows, there are a number of assumptions that are subject to uncertainties. These include the rate and timing of principal payments (including prepayments, repurchases, defaults and liquidations), the pass-through or coupon rate and interest rate fluctuations. In addition, interest payment shortfalls due to delinquencies on the underlying mortgage loans, the likelihood of modification and the timing of the magnitude of credit losses on the mortgage loans underlying the securities are judgmentally estimated. These uncertainties are difficult to predict and are subject to future events that may impact our estimates and interest income.


Results of Operations for the Period from August 4, 2009 (Commencement of Operations) to September 30, 2009

        The following is a summary of our key performance measures for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009:

 
  (dollar amounts
in thousands,
except per share data)
 

Revenues

  $ 816  

Net loss

  $ (730 )

Loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.04 )

Distributions per share

  $  

Total assets at period end

  $ 324,187  

        During the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009, we recorded a net loss of $730,000, or four cents per share. The loss reflects the low yield on the temporary investments held pending investments in our targeted asset classes that did not offset the management fees and other expenses incurred during the period. The net loss does not include provision for recovery by PCM of common overhead costs allowable under PMT's management

21


Table of Contents


agreement with PCM. PCM management waived recovery of common overhead for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009. PCM management intends to obtain reimbursement of future overhead costs it incurs on PMT's behalf in subsequent periods.


Asset Acquisitions

        We believe there are unique, current market opportunities to acquire distressed mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets at significant discounts to their unpaid principal balances. Market prices of mortgage loans have declined significantly during the current economic downturn due, in large part, to increasing rates of borrower defaults and falling values of real estate collateral. Recently, we have seen more whole loan pools available for bid and more transactions taking place, particularly for non-performing loans. However, we have also observed recent transactions that have been made at prices that challenge the achievability of an appropriate return, following the narrowing of spreads in non-agency mortgage-backed securities and rising prices of other credit risk assets. Our Manager is continuing to bid on targeted assets at levels expected to provide us with an appropriate return on our investment.

        During the period ended from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009, we purchased $69.5 million of mortgage-backed securities. These securities are backed by non-agency Alt-A, subprime and prime jumbo loans and are currently cash flowing senior priority securities with an average remaining life of approximately one and one-half years. We acquired these securities pending reinvestment in suitable pools of mortgage loans or longer-lived, higher yielding mortgage-backed securities.

        The following is a summary of our portfolio of mortgage-backed securities as of period end:

 
  September 30, 2009  
 
   
   
  Average  
 
  Carrying
Value
  Principal   Life
(in years)
  Coupon   Yield  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Security collateral type:

                               
 

Non-Agency Alt-A

  $ 36,428   $ 38,264     1.67     4.31 %   8.17 %
 

Non-Agency Subprime

    16,931     17,785     0.71     0.41     7.93  
 

Non-Agency Prime Jumbo

    14,700     15,000     2.09     3.28     3.66  
                             
   

Total investment securities

  $ 68,059   $ 71,049     1.52     3.12 %   7.13 %
                             

        During the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009, we recorded revenues from mortgage-backed securities totaling $716,000, comprised of interest and appreciation in fair value as shown below:

 
  Period from August 4, 2009
(Commencement of Operations)
to September 30, 2009
(dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Interest income:

       
 

Coupon

  $ 231  
 

Discount accretion

    218  
       

    449  

Appreciation in fair value

    267  
       

  $ 716  
       

22


Table of Contents


Cash Flows

        Cash used by operating activities totaled $710,000. This use of cash was primarily due to the $730,000 net loss incurred during the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $320.6 million for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009, and was attributable to investment of the cash received from our common share offerings into interest-earning money market assets and short-lived mortgage-backed securities. We intend to reinvest these funds into our targeted asset classes as our Manager identifies and we acquire appropriate investments.

        Net cash provided by financing activities for the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009 totaled $323.5 million, due to the initial offerings of shares. Included in the offerings was an aggregate of $8.8 million in underwriting costs that were either paid on our behalf by PCM or deferred by the underwriters of the initial public offering pending realization if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of the initial public offering, August 4, 2009, the Company's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of PCM's management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate" (both defined in Note 4— Transactions with Related Parties to the accompanying financial statements). If this requirement is not satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, the Company's obligation to reimburse PCM and to make the conditional payments of the underwriting discount will terminate. Management has concluded that this contingency is probable of being met during the 24-quarter period and has recognized a liability for reimbursement to PCM and payment of the contingent underwriting discount as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        During the period, we generated approximately $323.5 million in cash from our initial equity offerings. We intend to invest these proceeds in our targeted asset classes. We plan to leverage our investment capacity with borrowings, the level of which may vary based upon the particular characteristics of our investment portfolio and on market conditions. Borrowings may take the form of bank credit facilities (including term loans and revolving facilities), repurchase agreements, warehouse facilities, structured financing arrangements, additional public offerings, private equity and debt issuances and derivative instruments, in addition to transaction or asset specific funding arrangements. We presently have no contractual commitments for any financing arrangements.

        In light of current market conditions, we anticipate initially utilizing limited borrowings on our portfolio as part of our financing strategy. With regard to mortgage loans, we anticipate that borrowings may be available to us in connection with our acquisitions, if any, of mortgage assets from the FDIC as receiver for failed depository institutions. Although the amount of any borrowings for this type of acquisition would be determined on a case-by-case basis, we anticipate that borrowings may be available which would provide for a debt-to-equity ratio for acquisitions in the range of 2:1 to 3:1 and would likely not exceed 6:1. Direct acquisitions of mortgage loans from financial institutions may include seller financing, although the amount of potential borrowings available, if any, would vary depending upon the seller. We may also utilize borrowings to the extent available through participation in the Legacy Loans Program, if the program is established. Our declaration of trust and bylaws do not limit the amount of indebtedness we can incur, and our Board of Trustees has discretion to deviate from or change our financing strategy at any time.

        We generally need to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income each year (subject to certain adjustments) to our shareholders in order to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code. These distribution requirements limit our ability to retain earnings and thereby replenish or increase capital to support our activities.

23


Table of Contents


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Guarantees

        As of the date of this Report, we have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.


Contractual Obligations

        As of the date of this Report, our contractual obligations are limited to the management agreement, the loan servicing agreement, the indemnification agreements with our executive officers and trustees, our equity incentive plan, the registration rights agreement with the purchasers in our concurrent offering, and the conditional payment of the underwriting discount and the related reimbursement to PCM.


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Market risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, real estate values and other market based risks. The primary market risks that we will be exposed to are real estate risk, credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, inflation risk and market value risk.

    Real Estate Risk

        Residential property values are subject to volatility and may be affected adversely by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, national, regional and local economic conditions (which may be adversely affected by industry slowdowns and other factors); local real estate conditions (such as an oversupply of housing); construction quality, age and design; demographic factors; and retroactive changes to building or similar codes. In addition, decreases in property values reduce the value of the collateral and the potential proceeds available to a borrower to repay our loans, which could also cause us to suffer losses.

    Credit Risk

        We are subject to credit risk in connection with our investments. We anticipate that a significant portion of our assets will be comprised of sub-performing and non-performing residential mortgage loans. The credit risk related to these investments pertains to the ability and willingness of the borrowers to pay, which is assessed before credit is granted or renewed and periodically reviewed throughout the loan or security term. We believe that residual loan credit quality is primarily determined by the borrowers' credit profiles and loan characteristics.

    Interest Rate Risk

        Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control.

    Prepayment Risk

        To the extent that the actual prepayment rate on our mortgage loans differs from what we projected when we purchased the loans and when we measured fair value as of the end of each reporting period, our unrealized gain or loss will be impacted. As we receive prepayments of principal on our MBS investments, any premiums paid for such investments will be amortized against interest income using the effective interest rate method through the expected maturity dates of the investments. In general, an increase in prepayment rates will accelerate the amortization of purchase premiums,

24


Table of Contents

thereby reducing the interest income earned on the MBS investments. Conversely, as we receive prepayments of principal on our investments, any discounts realized on the purchase of such investments will be accreted into interest income using the effective interest rate method through the expected maturity dates of the investments. In general, an increase in prepayment rates will accelerate the accretion of purchase discounts, thereby increasing the interest income earned on the MBS investments.

    Inflation

        Virtually all of our assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors will influence our performance more so than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Furthermore, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and any distributions we may make to our shareholders will be determined by our Board of Trustees based primarily on our taxable income and, in each case, our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair value without considering inflation.

    Market Value Risk

        Our mortgage loans and MBS are reported at their fair value. The fair value of these assets fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates and other factors such as changes in real estate values and credit performance relating to the loans underlying our investments. Generally, in a rising interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these assets would be expected to decrease; conversely, in a decreasing interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these assets would be expected to increase.

        Our operating results depend, in part, on differences between the income from our investments and our financing costs. We currently expect that debt financing will be based on a floating rate of interest calculated on a fixed spread over the relevant index, as determined by the particular financing arrangement. Accordingly, we believe that the net impact of changing interest rates on our floating interest rate investment portfolio should be limited.

        We expect to attempt to reduce interest rate risk on any outstanding debt and to minimize exposure to interest rate fluctuations thereon through the use of match funded financing structures, when appropriate, whereby we seek (i) to match the maturities of our debt with the maturities of the assets that we finance and (ii) to match the interest rates on our leveraged investments with like-kind debt ( i.e. , floating-rate assets are financed with floating-rate debt and fixed-rate assets are financed with fixed-rate debt), directly or through the use of interest rate swaps, caps or other financial instruments, or through a combination of these strategies. We expect this approach will allow us to minimize the risk that we have to refinance our liabilities before the maturities of our assets and to reduce the impact of changing interest rates on our earnings.

        In the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, defaults could increase and result in credit losses to us, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects. Furthermore, such defaults could have an adverse effect on the spread between our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.

        Our targeted asset classes are generally expected to respond to changes in housing values and credit conditions as opposed to changes in interest rates. However, our current investments are less sensitive to changes in real estate and credit conditions than to changes in interest rates due to their generally higher credit quality. Therefore, the following table summarizes the estimated change in fair

25


Table of Contents


value of our portfolio of mortgage-backed securities as of September 30, 2009, given several hypothetical (instantaneous) parallel shifts in the yield curve:

Interest Rate
Shift in Basis
Points
  -200   -100   -50   +50   +100   +200  

Fair Value

  $ 69,189,403   $ 68,776,269   $ 68,438,564   $ 67,689,061   $ 67,303,267   $ 66,435,087  

Change in Fair Value

                                     
 

$

  $ 1,130,820   $ 717,686   $ 379,981   $ (369,523 ) $ (755,316 ) $ (1,623,496 )
 

%

    1.66 %   1.05 %   0.56 %   -0.54 %   -1.11 %   -2.39 %

        These sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate certain movements in interest rates; do not incorporate changes in interest rate volatility or changes in the relationship of one interest rate index to another; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rates; and do not incorporate other factors that would impact the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.


Accounting Developments

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 ("SFAS 168"), which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ ("ASC" or the "Codification") as the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. SFAS 168 was incorporated in ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . The Codification modified the U.S. GAAP to include only two levels of U.S. GAAP, authoritative and non-authoritative. All of the Codification carries the same level of authority and the U.S. GAAP hierarchy is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 168 did not have a material effect on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Staff Position FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments . This FSP amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (incorporated within ASC 825, Financial Instruments ), to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This FSP requires providing qualitative and quantitative information about fair value estimates for all those financial instruments not measured on the balance sheet at fair value. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 107-1 and ARB 28-1 did not have a material impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (incorporated within ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities ). This FSP amends the other-than-temporary guidance for debt securities by requiring an entity to evaluate whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, the entity must recognize an other-than-temporary impairment. The amount of total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss shall be recognized in earnings if it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost. Additional

26


Table of Contents


disclosures are required for interim and annual periods about securities in unrealized loss positions for which an other-than-temporary impairment has or has not been recognized. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company did not hold securities classified as held-to-maturity or as available-for-sale during the period from August 4, 2009 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2009. Accordingly, the adoption of FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 did not have a material impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity of the Assets or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (incorporated within ASC 820, Financial Instruments ). This FSP provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company did not hold securities as of the effective date of this FSP. Therefore, the effect of adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 , and SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) . SFAS 166 revises SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities , which establishes sale accounting criteria for transfers of financial assets. SFAS 167 amends FASB Interpretation 46(R) , Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—an interpretation of ARB No. 51 by changing the criteria an enterprise must use to determine whether it must consolidate a VIE and requiring the entity to update its assessment quarterly. FIN 46R currently requires that a VIE be consolidated by the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the expected losses or expected residual returns created by the assets of the entity. SFAS 167 amends FIN 46R to require that a VIE be consolidated by the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity. SFAS 166 and 167 are effective for financial asset transfers occurring after the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2009 and early adoption is prohibited. Management is currently evaluating the impact on PMT's consolidated financial statements of adopting SFAS 166 and SFAS 167.

        In August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value which provides guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities under FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASU 2009-05 clarifies that the unadjusted quoted price for an identical liability, when traded as an asset in an active market is a Level I measurement for the liability and provides guidance on the valuation techniques to estimate fair value of a liability in the absence of a Level I measurement. ASU 2009-05 is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after its issuance. The adoption of ASU 2009-05 did not have a material effect on PMT's consolidated financial statements.


Factors That May Affect Our Future Results

        This Report contains certain forward-looking statements that are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements are generally identifiable by use of forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "potential," "intend," "expect," "seek," "anticipate," "estimate," "approximately," "believe," "could," "project," "predict," "continue," "plan" or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions, discuss

27


Table of Contents


future expectations, describe future plans and strategies, contain financial and operating projections or state other forward-looking information. Examples of forward-looking statements include the following:

    Projections of our revenues, income, earnings per share, capital structure or other financial items;

    Descriptions of our plans or objectives for future operations, products or services;

    Forecasts of our future economic performance, interest rates, profit margins and our share of future markets; and

    Descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing expectations regarding the timing of generating any revenues.

        Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future events, actions, plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, our actual results and performance could differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ significantly from management's expectations. Some of these factors are discussed below.

        You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider the following uncertainties and risks, as well as the risks and uncertainties discussed elsewhere in this Report and as set forth in Item IA. of Part II hereof and the section entitled "Risk Factors" in our final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) on July 31, 2009 with the SEC in connection with our initial public offering.

        Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those anticipated include, but are not limited to:

    changes in our investment objectives or investment or operational strategies, including any new lines of business or new products and services that may subject us to additional risks;

    volatility in our industry, interest rates and spreads, the debt or equity markets, the general economy or the residential finance and real estate markets specifically, whether the result of market events or otherwise;

    events or circumstances which undermine confidence in the financial markets or otherwise have a broad impact on financial markets, such as the sudden instability or collapse of large depository institutions or other significant corporations, terrorist attacks, natural or man-made disasters, or threatened or actual armed conflicts;

    changes in general business, economic, market, employment, consumer confidence and spending habits and political conditions from those expected;

    continued declines in residential real estate and significant changes in U.S. housing prices and/or activity in the U.S. housing market;

    the availability of, and level of competition for, attractive risk-adjusted investment opportunities in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets that satisfy our investment objective and investment strategies;

    our success in winning bids to acquire loans;

    the concentration of credit risks to which we are exposed;

    changes to the proposed structure of the Legacy Loans Program, the implementation of which has been delayed and which may not be established at all, the extent to which depository institutions will participate in the program, its ultimate impact on the market for residential

28


Table of Contents

      mortgage loans and our ability to win a bid on any assets being sold in connection with the Legacy Loans Program;

    the degree and nature of our competition;

    changes in personnel and lack of availability of qualified personnel;

    our dependence on PCM, potential conflicts of interest with PCM and its affiliated entities, and the performance of such entities;

    the availability, terms and deployment of short-term and long-term capital;

    the adequacy of our cash reserves and working capital;

    our ability to match the interest rates and maturities of our assets with our financing;

    the timing and amount of cash flows, if any, from our investments;

    unanticipated increases in financing and other costs, including a rise in interest rates;

    the performance, financial condition and liquidity of borrowers;

    incomplete or inaccurate information provided by customers, or adverse changes in the financial condition of our customers and counterparties;

    increased rates of delinquency, default and/or decreased recovery rates on our investments;

    increased prepayments of the mortgage and other loans underlying our MBS and other investments;

    the degree to which our hedging strategies may or may not protect us from interest rate volatility;

    the effect of the accuracy of or changes in the estimates we make about uncertainties and contingencies when measuring and reporting upon our financial condition and results of operations;

    our failure to maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting;

    developments in the secondary markets for our mortgage loan products;

    changes in regulations or the occurrence of other events that impact the business, operation or prospects of GSEs;

    changes in government support of homeownership;

    changes in governmental regulations, accounting treatment, tax rates and similar matters;

    legislative and regulatory changes (including changes to laws governing the taxation of REITs or the exclusions from registration as an investment company);

    limitations imposed on our business and our ability to satisfy complex rules in order for us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes and qualify for an exclusion from the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to qualify as REITs and certain of our subsidiaries to qualify as taxable REIT subsidiaries for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to operate effectively within the limitations imposed by these rules;

    estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our shareholders in the future;

    the effect of public opinion on our reputation; and

    the occurrence of natural disasters or other events or circumstances that could impact our operations.

29


Table of Contents

        Other factors that could also cause results to differ from our expectations may not be described in this Report or any other document. Each of these factors could by itself, or together with one or more other factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

        Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made.

Item 3.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        In response to this Item, the information set forth on pages 24 to 26 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4T.     Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. However, no matter how well a control system is designed and operated, it can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in our periodic reports.

        Our management has conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report as required by paragraph (b) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. Based on our evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms, and that it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


Internal Control over Financial Reporting

    Changes to Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        We began operations on August 4, 2009 and therefore all current internal controls were implemented during the period covered by this Report. There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

30


Table of Contents


PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.     Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of September 30, 2009, we were not involved in any such legal proceedings.

Item 1A.     Risk Factors

        There are no material changes from the risk factors set forth under the section entitled "Risk Factors" in our final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) on July 31, 2009 with the SEC in connection with our initial public offering.

Item 2.     Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

        On July 29, 2009, the SEC declared effective the Company's registration statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333-159460) relating to (1) its underwritten initial public offering, through the underwriters named below, of up to 16,912,276 shares, including up to 2,205,949 shares issuable pursuant to an overallotment option granted to the underwriters and (2) its direct offering of 1,293,673 shares to certain investors in two private fund vehicles managed by PCM.

        On August 4, 2009, the Company completed offerings of 16,735,317 of its shares as follows:

    an initial public offering of 14,706,327 of its shares at $20 per share as discussed in the following paragraph for gross proceeds of approximately $294.1 million;

    private placement to certain of its executive officers, PCM's parent company, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and certain of its investors, of 735,317 shares for gross proceeds of approximately $14.7 million. In conducting this private placement, the Company relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Rule 506 of Regulation D, as promulgated under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

    as part of the initial public offering, the direct offering to investors in the funds managed by PCM of 1,293,673 shares for proceeds of approximately $25.9 million.

    offsetting these offerings were underwriting and offering costs totaling approximately $20.0 million. The Company did not pay any underwriting discount in connection with the direct offering or the private placement.

        Certain of the underwriting costs incurred in the initial public offering were either paid on PMT's behalf by PCM or deferred by agreement with the underwriters of the offering. Reimbursement to PCM and payment to the underwriters of the deferred underwriting discount are both contingent on PMT's performance as follows: the Company will reimburse PCM approximately $2.9 million of underwriting costs paid by PCM on the offering date and pay the underwriters approximately $5.9 million in deferred underwriting discount if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of its initial public offering, August 4, 2009, the Company's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of PCM's management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate" (both defined in Note 4— Transactions with Related Parties to the accompanying financial statements). If this requirement is not satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, the Company's obligation to reimburse PCM and make the conditional payment of the underwriting discount will terminate.

        The initial public offering was underwritten by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., acting as the representatives of the underwriters. The underwriters did not exercise their overallotment option granted pursuant to the initial public offering and such overallotment option has expired.

31


Table of Contents

        Since the completion of these offerings, the Company has pursued investments in its targeted asset classes. In the interim, the Company has invested $253.1 million of proceeds from the offerings primarily in a short-term investment fund managed by a related party, and $69.5 million in short-lived mortgage backed securities. The Company's investment in mortgage-backed securities was made to enhance the returns on its equity capital pending investment in mortgage loans and related assets. The Company's targeted asset classes and the principal investments it expects to make in each class are residential mortgage loans, mortgage backed securities and mortgage-related derivative instruments.

        On August 4, 2009, the Company repurchased 1,000 shares from Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC at a price equal to $1.00 per share, or $1,000 in the aggregate. Such 1,000 shares had been issued to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC on May 19, 2009 in exchange for $1,000 in cash in connection with the Company's initial capitalization, and such issuance was exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

Item 3.     Defaults Upon Senior Securities

    None

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

    None

Item 5.     Other Information

    None

Item 6.     Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description
  3.1   Declaration of Trust of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, as amended and restated.

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust.

 

4.1

 

Specimen Common Share Certificate of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust.

 

10.1

 

Registration Rights Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock Holdco II, Inc., Highfields Capital Investments LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

 

10.3

 

Management Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC.

 

10.4

 

Loan (Flow) Servicing Agreement between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC.

 

10.5

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.6

 

Share Purchase Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock Holdco II, Inc., Highfields Capital Investments LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

10.7

 

Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC.

32


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description
  10.8   Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2009).

 

31.1

 

Certification of Stanford L. Kurland pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2

 

Certification of Anne D. McCallion pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1

 

Certification of Stanford L. Kurland pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2

 

Certification of Anne D. McCallion pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

33


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST
(Registrant)

Dated: November 6, 2009

 

By:

 

/s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND

Stanford L. Kurland
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

Dated: November 6, 2009

 

By:

 

/s/ ANNE D. MCCALLION

Anne D. McCallion
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

34


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

FORM 10-Q
September 30, 2009

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description
  3.1   Declaration of Trust of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, as amended and restated.

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust.

 

4.1

 

Specimen Common Share Certificate of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust.

 

10.1

 

Registration Rights Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock Holdco II, Inc., Highfields Capital Investments LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

 

10.3

 

Management Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC.

 

10.4

 

Loan (Flow) Servicing Agreement between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC.

 

10.5

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.6

 

Share Purchase Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock Holdco II, Inc., Highfields Capital Investments LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

10.7

 

Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC.

 

10.8

 

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2009).

 

31.1

 

Certification of Stanford L. Kurland pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2

 

Certification of Anne D. McCallion pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1

 

Certification of Stanford L. Kurland pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2

 

Certification of Anne D. McCallion pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.



Exhibit 3.1

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

FIRST :  PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Trust”) formed under Title 8 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland (“Title 8”), desires to amend and restate its Declaration of Trust as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND :  The following provisions are all the provisions of the Declaration of Trust currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

 

ARTICLE I

 

FORMATION

 

The Trust is a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Title 8.  The Trust shall not be deemed to be a general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, joint stock company or a corporation but nothing herein shall preclude the Trust from being treated for tax purposes as an association under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

NAME

 

The name of the Trust is:

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

Under circumstances in which the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees” or “Board”) determines that the use of the name of the Trust is not practicable, the Trust may use any other designation or name for the Trust.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSES AND POWERS

 

Section 3.1                                       Purposes .  The purposes for which the Trust is formed are to engage in any businesses and activities that a trust formed under Title 8 may legally engage in,

 



 

including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code.

 

Section 3.2                                       Powers .  The Trust shall have all of the powers granted to real estate investment trusts by Title 8 and all other powers set forth in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as it may be amended and supplemented and as in effect from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”) which are not inconsistent with law and are appropriate to promote and attain the purposes set forth in the Declaration of Trust.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

RESIDENT AGENT

 

The name and address of the resident agent of the Trust in the State of Maryland are The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.  The resident agent of the Trust is a Maryland corporation.  The Trust may have such offices or places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

 

Section 5.1                                       Powers .  Subject to any express limitations contained in the Declaration of Trust or in the Bylaws, (a) the business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees and (b) the Board shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over any and all property of the Trust.  The Board may take any action as in its sole judgment and discretion is necessary or appropriate to conduct the business and affairs of the Trust.  The Declaration of Trust shall be construed with the presumption in favor of the grant of power and authority to the Board.  Any construction of the Declaration of Trust or determination made in good faith by the Board concerning its powers and authority hereunder shall be conclusive.  The enumeration and definition of particular powers of the Trustees included in the Declaration of Trust or in the Bylaws of the Trust, as amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”), shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of this or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or construed or deemed by inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit the powers conferred upon the Board or the Trustees under the general laws of the State of Maryland or any other applicable laws.

 

The Board, without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, shall have and may exercise, on behalf of the Trust, without limitation, the power to cause the Trust to terminate its status as a REIT under the Code; to determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on ownership and transfers of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust set forth in Article VII of the Declaration of Trust is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT; to adopt, amend and repeal Bylaws; to elect officers in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws; to solicit proxies from holders of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust; and to do any other acts and deliver any other documents necessary or appropriate to the foregoing powers.

 

2



 

Section 5.2                                       Number and Classification .  The number of Trustees (hereinafter the “Trustees”) shall be two, which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the Bylaws of the Trust, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by Title 8, nor more than 15.  Except as specified in the following paragraph, the Trustees shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws or, in order to fill any vacancy on the Board of Trustees, in the manner provided in the Bylaws, to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

 

Beginning on the Initial Date (as hereinafter defined), the Trustees (other than any Trustee elected solely by holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares (as hereinafter defined) entitled to elect such Trustee) shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, one class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2010, another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2011 and another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2012, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualify.  The Board of Trustees shall designate by resolution, from among its members, Trustees to serve as Class I Trustees, Class II Trustees, and Class III Trustees.  At each annual meeting of shareholders, the successors to the class of Trustees whose term expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

 

The names of the Trustees who shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

David A. Spector

 

Stanford L. Kurland

 

The Board of Trustees may increase or decrease the number of Trustees in the manner provided in the Bylaws.  Vacancies on the Board of Trustees, whether resulting from an increase in the number of Trustees or otherwise, may be filled only by the Board of Trustees in the manner provided in the Bylaws.  It shall not be necessary to list in the Declaration of Trust the names and addresses of any Trustees hereinafter elected.

 

The Trust elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law that, except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Shares (as hereinafter defined), any and all vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which such vacancy occurred.

 

Section 5.3                                       Resignation or Remova l.  Any Trustee may resign by written notice to the Board, effective upon execution and delivery to the Trust of such written notice or upon any future date specified in the notice.  Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares to elect or remove one or more Trustees, a Trustee may be

 

3



 

removed at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Trustees.  For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular trustee, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such trustee caused demonstrable, material harm to the Trust through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

Section 5.4                                       Determinations by Board .  The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Trustees consistent with the Declaration of Trust, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Trust and every holder of Shares:  the amount of the net income of the Trust for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of Shares or the payment of other distributions on Shares; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of Shares; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Trust or of any Shares; the number of Shares of any class of the Trust; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Trust; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Trust or required or permitted by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 5.5                                       REIT Qualification .  If the Trust elects to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT, the Board of Trustees shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Trust as a REIT; however, if the Board of Trustees determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Trustees may revoke or otherwise terminate the Trust’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code.  The Board of Trustees also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on share ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII is no longer required for REIT qualification.

 

Section 5.6                                       Advisor Agreements .  Subject to such approval of shareholders and other conditions, if any, as may be required by any applicable statute, rule or regulation, the Board of Trustees may authorize the execution and performance by the Trust of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, limited liability company, partnership (limited or general) or other organization whereby, subject to the supervision and control of the Board of Trustees, any such other person, corporation, association, company, trust, limited liability company, partnership (limited or general) or other organization shall render or make available to the Trust managerial, investment, advisory and/or related services, office space and other services and facilities (including, if deemed advisable by the Board of Trustees, the management or supervision of the investments of the Trust) upon such terms and conditions as

 

4



 

may be provided in such agreement or agreements (including, if deemed fair and equitable by the Board of Trustees, the compensation payable thereunder by the Trust).

 

Section 5.7                                       Tax on Disqualified Organizations . To the extent that the Trust incurs any tax pursuant to Section 860E(e)(6) of the Code as the result of any “excess inclusion” income (within the meaning of Section 860E of the Code) of the Trust which is allocable to a shareholder that is a “disqualified organization” (as defined in Section 860E(e)(5) of the Code), the Board of Trustees may, in its sole discretion, cause the Trust to allocate such tax solely to the shares held by such disqualified organization in the manner described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.860E-2(b)(4) by reducing from one or more distributions paid to such shareholder the tax incurred by the Trust pursuant to Section 860E(e)(6) as a result of such shareholder’s share ownership.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

 

Section 6.1                                       Authorized Shares .  The beneficial interest of the Trust shall be divided into shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”).  The Trust has authority to issue 500,000,000 common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Shares”), and 100,000,000 preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Shares”).  If shares of one class are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of shares pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of beneficial interest of all classes that the Trust has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of beneficial interest set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph.  The Board of Trustees, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the Trust has authority to issue.

 

Section 6.2                                       Common Shares .  Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Shares, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Common Shares are entitled to vote.  The Board of Trustees may reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to time in one or more classes or series of Shares.

 

Section 6.3                                       Preferred Shares .  The Board of Trustees may classify any unissued Preferred Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from time to time, in one or more series of Shares.

 

Section 6.4                                       Classified or Reclassified Shares .  Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board of Trustees by resolution shall (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares outstanding at the

 

5



 

time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Trust to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”).  Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside the Declaration of Trust (including the occurrence of any event, including a determination or action by the Trust or any other person or body or any other facts or events within the control of the Trust) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT.

 

Section 6.5                                       Authorization by Board of Share Issuance .  The Board of Trustees may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into or exercisable for Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration (whether in cash, property, past or future services, obligation for future payment or otherwise) as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a Share split or Share dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws of the Trust.

 

Section 6.6                                       Dividends and Distributions .  The Board of Trustees may from time to time authorize and the Trust may declare to shareholders such dividends or distributions, in cash or other assets of the Trust or in securities of the Trust or from any other source as the Board of Trustees in its discretion shall determine.  The Board of Trustees shall endeavor to authorize and cause the Trust to declare and pay such dividends and distributions as shall be necessary for the Trust to qualify as a REIT under the Code; however, shareholders shall have no right to any dividend or distribution unless and until authorized by the Board of Trustees and declared by the Trust.  The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Trustees pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust, no determination shall be made by the Board of Trustees nor shall any transaction be entered into by the Trust which would cause any Shares or other beneficial interest in the Trust not to constitute “transferable shares” or “transferable certificates of beneficial interest” under Section 856(a)(2) of the Code or which would cause any distribution to constitute a preferential dividend as described in Section 562(c) of the Code.

 

Section 6.7                                       General Nature of Shares .  All Shares shall be personal property entitling the shareholders only to those rights provided in the Declaration of Trust.  The shareholders shall have no interest in the property of the Trust and shall have no right to compel any partition, division, dividend or distribution of the Trust or of the property of the Trust.  The death of a shareholder shall not terminate the Trust.  The Trust is entitled to treat as shareholders only those persons in whose names Shares are registered as holders of Shares on the share ledger of the Trust.

 

Section 6.8                                       Fractional Shares .  The Trust may, without the consent or approval of any shareholder, issue fractional Shares, eliminate a fraction of a Share by rounding up or

 

6



 

down to a full Share, arrange for the disposition of a fraction of a Share by the person entitled to it, or pay cash for the fair value of a fraction of a Share.

 

Section 6.9                                       Declaration and Bylaws .  The rights of all shareholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws of the Trust.

 

Section 6.10                                 Divisions and Combinations of Shares .  Subject to an express provision to the contrary in the terms of any class or series of beneficial interest hereafter authorized, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to divide or combine the outstanding shares of any class or series of beneficial interest, without a vote of shareholders, so long as the number of shares combined into one share in any such combination or series of combinations within any period of twelve months is not greater than ten.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 7.1                                       Definitions .  For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Aggregate Share Ownership Limit .  The term “Aggregate Share Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the aggregate of the outstanding Equity Shares.

 

Beneficial Ownership .  The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code.  The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Business Day .  The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Charitable Beneficiary .  The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Charitable Trust .  The term “Charitable Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.1.

 

Charitable Trustee .  The term “Charitable Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Trust and a Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Trust to serve as trustee of the Charitable Trust.

 

7



 

Common Share Ownership Limit .  The term “Common Share Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the aggregate outstanding Common Shares.

 

Constructive Ownership .  The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code.  The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Equity Shares .  The term “Equity Shares” shall mean Shares of all classes or series, including, without limitation, Common Shares and Preferred Shares.

 

Excepted Holder .  The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a shareholder of the Trust for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by this Article VII or by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7.

 

Excepted Holder Limit .  The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.2.8, the percentage limit established by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7.

 

Initial Date .  The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date of the closing of the issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-11 initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2009.

 

Market Price .  The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding Equity Shares, the Closing Price for such Equity Shares on such date.  The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Equity Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Equity Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Equity Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Equity Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Equity Shares selected by the Board of Trustees or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Equity Shares, the fair market value of Equity Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees.

 

NYSE.   The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

8


 

Person .  The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company, government, government subdivision, agency or instrumentality or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

 

Prohibited Owner .  The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b), would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a), and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of Equity Shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

Restriction Termination Date .  The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Trustees determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of Equity Shares set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT.

 

SDAT . The term “SDAT” shall mean the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

 

Transfer .  The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Equity Shares or the right to vote or receive dividends on Equity Shares, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), pledge, security interest or similar right to acquire Equity Shares, (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares or any interest in Equity Shares or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise.  The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Section 7.2                                       Equity Shares .

 

Section 7.2.1                              Ownership Limitations .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article VII, during the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a)                                   Basic Restrictions .

 

(i)                                      (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the Aggregate Share

 

9



 

Ownership Limit, (2) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Common Shares in excess of the Common Share Ownership Limit and (3) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.
 
(ii)                                   No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the Trust being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Trust owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Trust from such tenant could cause the Trust to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).
 
(iii)                                Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, any Transfer of Equity Shares (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system) that, if effective, would result in Equity Shares being Beneficially Owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) on or after January 29, 2010 shall be void ab   initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.
 

(b)                                  Transfer in Trust .  If any Transfer of Equity Shares (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i) or (ii),

 

(i)                                      then that number of Equity Shares the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i) or (ii) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be regarded as having been transferred without further action by the Trust or any other party, to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares; or
 
(ii)                                   if the transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i) or (ii), then the Transfer of that number of Equity Shares that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall be void ab   initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.
 

Section 7.2.2                              Remedies for Breach .  If the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any

 

10



 

Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Trust to redeem Equity Shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Trust or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfers or attempted Transfers or other events in violation of Section 7.2.1 shall be regarded as having been transferred to the Charitable Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab   initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof.

 

Section 7.2.3                              Notice of Restricted Transfer .  Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares that will or may violate Section 7.2.1(a), or any Person who would have owned Equity Shares that resulted in a transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b), shall immediately give written notice to the Trust of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Trust such other information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Trust’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.4                              Owners Required To Provide Information .  From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a)                                   every owner of more than five percent (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding Equity Shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Trust stating the name and address of such owner, the number of Equity Shares of each class and/or series Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held.  Each such owner shall provide to the Trust such additional information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Trust’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with Section 7.21(a).

 

(b)                                  each Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner of Equity Shares and each Person (including the shareholder of record) who is holding Equity Shares for a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Trust such information as the Trust may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Trust’s status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

 

Section 7.2.5                              Remedies Not Limited .  Subject to Section 5.1 of the Declaration of Trust, nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Trustees to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Trust and the interests of its shareholders in preserving the Trust’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.6                              Ambiguity .  In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 7.2, Section 7.3 or any definition contained in Section 7.1, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 with respect to any situation based on the facts

 

11



 

known to it.  In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Trustees and the Declaration of Trust fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3.

 

Section 7.2.7                              Exceptions .

 

(a)                                   Subject to Sections 7.2.1(a)(ii) and (iii), the Board of Trustees, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit and the Common Share Ownership Limit, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if:

 

(i)                                      the Board of Trustees obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no individual’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of such Equity Shares will violate Sections 7.2.1(a)(ii) or (iii);
 
(ii)                                   such Person does not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Trust (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Trust) that would cause the Trust to own, actually or Constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Trustees obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Trust (or an entity owned or controlled by the Trust) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Trustees, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Trust’s ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Trust); and
 
(iii)                                such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 7.2.1 through 7.2.6) will result in such Equity Shares being regarded as having been transferred to a Charitable Trust in accordance with Sections 7.2.1(b) and 7.3.
 

(b)                                  Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a), the Board of Trustees may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Trustees in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Trust’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Trustees may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Sections 7.2.1(a)(ii) and (iii), an underwriter or placement agent which participates in a public offering or a private placement of Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares) in excess of the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, the Common Share Ownership Limit

 

12



 

or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement.

 

(d)                                  The Board of Trustees may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder:  (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder.  No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the then current Common Share Ownership Limit.

 

Section 7.2.8                              Increase or Decrease in Aggregate Share Ownership or Common Share Ownership Limits .  The Board of Trustees may from time to time increase or decrease the Common Share Ownership Limit and/or the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit; provided, however, that:

 

(a)                                   any decreased Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership in Shares is in excess of such decreased Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage ownership of Shares equals or falls below the decreased Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit (other than a decrease as a result of a retroactive change in existing law, in which case such decrease shall be effective immediately), but any further acquisition of Shares in excess of such percentage ownership of Shares will be in violation of the Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit;

 

(b)                                  the Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit may not be increased if, after giving effect to such increase, five or fewer Persons could Beneficially Own or Constructively Own, in the aggregate, more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Shares; and

 

(c)                                   prior to any modification of the Common Share Ownership Limit and/or the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit pursuant to this Section 7.2.8, the Board of Trustees may require such opinions of counsel, affidavits, undertakings or agreements as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine and ensure the Trust’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.9                              Legend .  Any certificate for Equity Shares shall bear substantially the following legend:

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial Ownership and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Trust’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Common Shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the

 

13



 

outstanding Common Shares of the Trust unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the total outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares that would result in the Trust being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may Transfer Equity Shares if such Transfer would result in Equity Shares of the Trust being Beneficially Owned by fewer than 100 Persons under Section 856(a)(5) of the Code on or after January 29, 2010.  If the restrictions on transfer or ownership described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above are violated, the Equity Shares represented hereby will be regarded as having been transferred to a Trustee of a Charitable Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events (including a transfer that would violate the restriction described in (iv) above), attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab   initio .  All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Equity Shares of the Trust on request and without charge.

 

Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Trust will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a shareholder on request and without charge.

 

Section 7.3                                       Transfer of Equity Shares in Trust .

 

Section 7.3.1                              Ownership in Trust .  Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of Equity Shares to a Charitable Trust, such Equity Shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee as trustee of a Charitable Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries.  Such transfer to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b).  The Charitable Trustee shall be appointed by the Trust and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Trust and any Prohibited Owner.  Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Trust as provided in Section 7.3.6.

 

Section 7.3.2                              Status of Shares Held by the Charitable Trustee .  Equity Shares held by the Charitable Trustee shall be issued and outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust.  The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Charitable Trustee.  The

 

14



 

Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Charitable Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Charitable Trust.

 

Section 7.3.3                              Dividend and Voting Rights .  The Charitable Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary.  Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be paid with respect to such Equity Shares to the Charitable Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Charitable Trustee.  Any dividends or distributions so paid over to the Charitable Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary.  The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee shall have the authority (at the Charitable Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Charitable Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Trust has already taken irreversible trust action, then the Charitable Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Trust has received notification that Equity Shares have been transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Trust shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other shareholder records for purposes of preparing lists of shareholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of shareholders.

 

Section 7.3.4                              Sale of Shares by Charitable Trustee .  Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee of the Charitable Trust shall sell the shares held in the Charitable Trust to a Person, designated by the Charitable Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a).  Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4.  The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the Shares in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, if the event which resulted in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust did not involve a purchase of such Shares at Market Price, the Market Price of such Shares on the trading day immediately preceding the day of the event which resulted in the Transfer of such Shares to the Charitable Trust) and (2) the price per share received by the Charitable Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Charitable Trust.  The Charitable Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3.  Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.  If, prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of, or in

 

15



 

respect of, the Charitable Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Charitable Trustee upon demand.

 

Section 7.3.5                              Purchase Right in Shares Transferred to the Charitable Trustee .  Equity Shares transferred to the Charitable Trust shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Trust, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, if the event which resulted in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust did not involve a purchase of such Shares at Market Price, the Market Price of such Shares on the trading day immediately preceding the day of the event which resulted in the Transfer of such Shares to the Charitable Trust) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Trust, or its designee, accepts such offer.  The Trust shall have the right to accept such offer until the Charitable Trustee has sold the shares held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4.  Upon such a sale to the Trust, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.3.4.

 

Section 7.3.6                              Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries .  By written notice to the Charitable Trustee, the Trust shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary.

 

Section 7.4                                       NYSE Transactions .  Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system.  The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.

 

Section 7.5                                       Enforcement .  The Trust is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.

 

Section 7.6                                       Non-Waiver .  No delay or failure on the part of the Trust or the Board of Trustees in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Trust or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 8.1                                       Meetings .  There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders, to be held on proper notice at such time (after the delivery of the annual report) and convenient location as shall be determined by or in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws, for the election of

 

16



 

the Trustees, if required, and for the transaction of any other business within the powers of the Trust.  Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, special meetings of shareholders may be called only in the manner provided in the Bylaws.  If there are no Trustees, the officers of the Trust shall promptly call a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Trustees.  Any meeting may be adjourned and reconvened as the Trustees determine or as provided in the Bylaws.

 

Section 8.2                                       Voting Rights .  Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then outstanding, the shareholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters:  (a) election of Trustees as provided in Section 5.2 and the removal of Trustees as provided in Section 5.3; (b) amendment of the Declaration of Trust as provided in Article X; (c) termination of the Trust as provided in Section 12.2; (d) merger or consolidation of the Trust, or the sale or disposition of substantially all of the Trust Property, as provided in Article XI; (e) such other matters with respect to which the Board of Trustees has adopted a resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and directing that the matter be submitted to the shareholders for approval or ratification; and (f) such other matters as may be properly brought before a meeting of shareholders pursuant to the Bylaws.  Except with respect to the matters described in clauses (a) through (e) above, no action taken by the shareholders at any meeting shall in any way bind the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 8.3                                       Preemptive and Appraisal Rights .  Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 6.4, or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Trustees, no holder of Shares shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares of the Trust or any other security of the Trust which it may issue or sell.  Holders of shares of beneficial interest shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting shareholder provided for under Title 8 and Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the Maryland General Corporation Law or any successor statute unless the Board of Trustees, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of shares of beneficial interest, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

Section 8.4                                       Extraordinary Actions .  Except as specifically provided in Section 5.3 (relating to removal of Trustees) and in Section 10.3 (relating to certain amendments to the Declaration of Trust), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if advised by the Board of Trustees and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of Shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 8.5                                       Board Approval .  The submission of any action of the Trust to the shareholders for their consideration shall first be approved by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 8.6                                       Action By Shareholders without a Meeting .  The Bylaws of the Trust may provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken without a meeting by the consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner

 

17



 

permitted by the Bylaws of the shareholders entitled to cast a sufficient number of votes to approve the matter as required by statute, the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws of the Trust, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

LIABILITY LIMITATION, INDEMNIFICATION

 

AND TRANSACTIONS WITH THE TRUST

 

Section 9.1                                       Limitation of Shareholder Liability .  No shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Trust by reason of his or her being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the property or the affairs of the Trust by reason of his or her being a shareholder.

 

Section 9.2                                       Limitation of Trustee and Officer Liability .  To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of trustees and officers of a real estate investment trust, no present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder for money damages.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 9.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Section 9.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

Section 9.3                                       Indemnification .  The Trust shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity or capacities.  The Trust shall have the power, with the approval of its Board of Trustees, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust.

 

Section 9.4                                       Transactions Between the Trust and its Trustees, Officers, Employees and Agents .  Subject to any express restrictions in the Declaration of Trust or adopted by the Trustees in the Bylaws or by resolution, the Trust may enter into any contract or transaction of any kind with any person, including any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any person affiliated with a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, whether or not any of them has a financial interest in such transaction.

 

18


 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 10.1                                 General .  The Trust reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Declaration of Trust, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Declaration of Trust, of any Shares.  All rights and powers conferred by the Declaration of Trust on shareholders, Trustees and officers are granted subject to this reservation.  An amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be signed, acknowledged and filed as required by Maryland law.  All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments thereto.

 

Section 10.2                                 By Trustees .  The Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time, in the manner provided by Title 8, without any action by the shareholders, (i) to qualify as a REIT under the Code or under Title 8, (ii) in any respect in which the charter of a corporation may be amended in accordance with Section 2-605 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland and (iii) as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust.

 

Section 10.3                                 By Shareholders .  Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, any amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.  Any amendment to Section 5.3 or to this sentence of the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF TRUST PROPERTY

 

Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, the Trust may (a) merge the Trust into another entity, (b) consolidate the Trust with one or more other entities into a new entity or (c) sell, lease, exchange or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the Trust Property.  Any such action must be advised by the Board of Trustees and, after notice to all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

DURATION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

 

Section 12.1                                 Duration.  The Trust shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to Section 12.2 or pursuant to any applicable provision of Title 8.

 

Section 12.2                                 Termination.

 

19



 

(a)                                   Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, after approval by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, the Trust may be terminated at any meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.  Upon the termination of the Trust:

 

(i)                                      The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
 
(ii)                                   The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under the Declaration of Trust shall continue, including the powers to fulfill or discharge the Trust’s contracts, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining property of the Trust to one or more persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business.  The Trustees may appoint any officer of the Trust or any other person to supervise the winding up of the affairs of the Trust and delegate to such officer or such person any or all powers of the Trustees in this regard.
 
(iii)                                After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trust may distribute the remaining property of the Trust among the shareholders so that after payment in full or the setting apart for payment of such preferential amounts, if any, to which the holders of any Shares at the time outstanding shall be entitled, the remaining property of the Trust shall, subject to any participating or similar rights of Shares at the time outstanding, be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Shares at the time outstanding.
 

(b)                                  After termination of the Trust, the liquidation of its business and the distribution to the shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and file with the Trust’s records a document certifying that the Trust has been duly terminated, and the Trustees shall be discharged from all liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all shareholders shall cease.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1                                 Governing Law .  The Declaration of Trust is executed by the undersigned Trustees and delivered in the State of Maryland with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity, construction and effect of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 13.2                                 Reliance by Third Parties .  Any certificate shall be final and conclusive as to any person dealing with the Trust if executed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Trust or a Trustee, and if certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of Trustees, officers of the Trust or shareholders; (b) the due authorization of the execution of any document;

 

20



 

(c) the action or vote taken, and the existence of a quorum, at a meeting of the Board of Trustees or shareholders; (d) a copy of the Declaration of Trust or of the Bylaws as a true and complete copy as then in force; (e) an amendment to the Declaration of Trust; (f) the termination of the Trust; or (g) the existence of any fact relating to the affairs of the Trust.  No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trust on its behalf or by any officer, employee or agent of the Trust.

 

Section 13.3                                 Severability .

 

(a)                                   The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Board of Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any one or more of such provisions (the “Conflicting Provisions”) are in conflict with the Code, Title 8 or other applicable federal or state laws, the Conflicting Provisions, to the extent of the conflict, shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust, even without any amendment of the Declaration of Trust pursuant to Article X and without affecting or impairing any of the remaining provisions of the Declaration of Trust or rendering invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.  No Trustee shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination.  In the event of any such determination by the Board of Trustees, the Board shall amend the Declaration of Trust in the manner provided in Section 10.2.

 

(b)                                  If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.

 

Section 13.4                                 Construction .  In the Declaration of Trust, unless the context otherwise requires, words used in the singular or in the plural include both the plural and singular and words denoting any gender include all genders.  The title and headings of different parts are inserted for convenience and shall not affect the meaning, construction or effect of the Declaration of Trust.  In defining or interpreting the powers and duties of the Trust and its Trustees and officers, reference shall be made, to the extent appropriate and not inconsistent with the Code or Title 8, to Titles 1 through 3 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of Title 3, Subtitles 6 and 7, of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland, the Trust shall be included within the definition of “corporation” for purposes of such provisions.

 

Section 13.5                                 Recordation .  The Declaration of Trust and any amendment hereto shall be filed for record with the SDAT and may also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Trustees deem appropriate, but failure to file for record the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto in any office other than in the State of Maryland shall not affect or impair the validity or effectiveness of the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto.  A restated Declaration of Trust shall, upon filing, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration of Trust and the various amendments thereto.

 

21



 

THIRD :  The amendment to and restatement of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the shareholders of the Trust as required by law.

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 5,000,000, consisting of 5,000,000 Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share.  The aggregate par value of all shares of beneficial interest having par value was $50,000.

 

FIFTH :  The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Declaration of Trust is 600,000,000 consisting of 500,000,000 Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 Preferred Shares, $0.01 par value per share.  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of beneficial interest having par value is $6,000,000.

 

The undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the trust act of the Trust and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 24th day of July, 2009.

 

 

ATTEST:

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

Secretary

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

23




Exhibit 3.2

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.                                             PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The principal office of the Trust in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Trustees may designate.

 

Section 2.                                             ADDITIONAL OFFICES .  The Trust may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine or the business of the Trust may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                             PLACE .  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Trustees and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.                                             ANNUAL MEETING .  An annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Trust shall be held each year after the delivery of the annual report at a convenient location and on proper notice, on the date and at the time set by the Board of Trustees.  Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Trust’s existence or affect any otherwise valid acts of the Trust.

 

Section 3.                                             SPECIAL MEETINGS .

 

(a)                                   General .  The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees may call a special meeting of the shareholders.  Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of shareholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Trust to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder Requested Special Meetings .  (1)  Any shareholder of record seeking to have shareholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Trustees to fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”).  The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of

 



 

each such shareholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such shareholder that must be disclosed in the solicitation of proxies for the election of Trustees in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Trustees may fix a Request Record Date.  The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Trustees.  If the Board of Trustees, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which the Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

 

(2)                                   In order for any shareholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting signed by shareholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Request”) shall be delivered to the secretary.  In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such shareholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Trust’s books, of each shareholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest in the Trust which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such shareholder (beneficially or of record), and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned by such shareholder beneficially but not of record, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date.  Any requesting shareholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation or the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

 

(3)                                   The secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Trust’s proxy materials).  The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon shareholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.

 

(4)                                   Except as provided in the next sentence, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees, whoever has called the meeting.  In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of shareholders (a “Shareholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees; provided , however , that the date of any Shareholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the

 

2



 

“Meeting Record Date”); and provided , further , that if the Board of Trustees fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Shareholder Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided , further , that in the event that the Board of Trustees fails to designate a place for a Shareholder Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Trust.  In fixing a date for any special meeting, the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees may consider such factors as he, she or it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for a meeting and any plan of the Board of Trustees to call an annual meeting or a special meeting.  In the case of any Shareholder Requested Meeting, if the Board of Trustees fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date.  The Board of Trustees may revoke the notice for any Shareholder Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting shareholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

 

(5)                                   If a written revocation of the Special Meeting Request has been delivered to the secretary and the result is that shareholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered and not revoked requests for a special meeting to the secretary:  (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting shareholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting shareholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Trust’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting, (A) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting without acting on the matter.  Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

 

(6)                                   The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or the Board of Trustees may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Trust for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary.  For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Trust that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, shareholders of record entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes that would be entitled to be cast at such meeting.  Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Trust or any shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action

 

3



 

(including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

 

(7)                                   For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Section 4.                                             NOTICE .  Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of shareholders, the secretary shall give to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each shareholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such shareholder personally, by leaving it at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust, with postage thereon prepaid.  If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the shareholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the shareholder at which the shareholder receives electronic transmissions.  The Trust may give a single notice to all shareholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any shareholder at such address, unless a shareholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice.  Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more shareholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II, or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

 

Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Trust may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice.  No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders except as specifically designated in the notice.  The Trust may postpone or cancel a meeting of shareholders by making a “public announcement” (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting.  Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

 

Section 5.                                             ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT .  Every meeting of shareholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting:  the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the chief executive officer, if there be one other than the chairman of the board, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the shareholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy.  The secretary, or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the

 

4



 

meeting shall act as secretary.  In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the shareholders, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman and without any action by the shareholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Trust entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date, time and place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state or local laws and regulations regarding safety or security.  Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 6.                                             QUORUM .  At any meeting of shareholders, the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure.  If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The shareholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough shareholders to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7.                                             VOTING .  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Trustee.  Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are Trustees to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted.  A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Declaration of Trust.  Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Declaration of Trust, each outstanding share of beneficial interest, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of

 

5



 

shareholders.  Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

 

Section 8.                                             PROXIES .  A shareholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of beneficial interest owned of record by the shareholder in person or by proxy executed by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law.  Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Trust before or at the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 9.                                             VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS .  Shares of beneficial interest in the Trust registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner, trustee, manager or member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing persons, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such shares.  Any trustee or other fiduciary may vote shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of such person in the capacity of such trustee or fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of beneficial interest in the Trust directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Trustees may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a shareholder may certify in writing to the Trust that any shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the shareholder.  The resolution shall set forth the class of shareholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Trust; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Trustees considers necessary or desirable.  On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the shareholder of record of the specified shares of beneficial interest in place of the shareholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10.                                       INSPECTORS .  The Board of Trustees or the chair of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor thereto.  The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of beneficial interest represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chair of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote and (v) do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.  Each such report shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of

 

6



 

them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima   facie evidence thereof.

 

Section 11.                                       NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS BY SHAREHOLDERS .

 

(a)                                   Annual Meetings of Shareholders .  (1)  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (iii) by any shareholder of the Trust who was a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the shareholder provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of Trustees or on the proposal of other business, as the case may be, and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

 

(2)                                   For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Trust and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the shareholders.  To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees at the preceding year’s annual meeting (or, if the Trust did not mail a proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for the election of Trustees at the preceding year’s annual meeting, the date of the notice of the preceding year’s annual meeting); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or with respect to the first annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

 

(3)                                   Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(i)                                      as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Trustee (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a Trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder (including the Proposed Nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Trustee if elected);

 

7



 

(ii)                                   as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the shareholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the shareholder or the Shareholder Associated Person therefrom;

 

(iii)                                as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Shareholder Associated Person,

 

(A)                               the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest in the Trust or other securities of the Trust (collectively, the “Trust Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such shareholder or any Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such shares or other securities) in any Trust Securities of any such person,

 

(B)                                 the nominee holder for, and number of, any Trust Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such shareholder or any such Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person and

 

(C)                                 whether and the extent to which, during the past six months, such shareholder or any Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of Trust Securities for such shareholder or any Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person or to increase or decrease the voting power of such shareholder or any Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person in the Trust disproportionately to such person’s economic interest therein;

 

(iv)                               as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Shareholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,

 

(A)                               the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s share ledger and the current name, business address, if different, and residence address of each such Shareholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and

 

(B)                                 the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such shareholder, each such Shareholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and a copy of the most recent prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such shareholder, each such Shareholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee; and

 

(v)                                  to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other shareholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a Trustee or the proposal of other business on the date of such shareholder’s notice.

 

8



 

(4)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event the Board of Trustees increases or decreases the maximum or minimum number of Trustees in accordance with Article III, Section 2 of these Bylaws, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees at the preceding year’s annual meeting (or, if the Trust did not mail a proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for the election of Trustees at the preceding year’s annual meeting, the date of the notice of the preceding year’s annual meeting), a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.

 

(5)                                   For purposes of this Section 11, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust owned of record or beneficially by the shareholder (other than a shareholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such shareholder.

 

(b)                                  Special Meetings of Shareholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (ii) provided that the Board of Trustees has determined that Trustees shall be elected at such special meeting, by any shareholder of the Trust who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11(b).  In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the shareholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraph (a)(3) of this Section 11, shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the later of (1) the 90th day prior to such special meeting or (2) the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting.  The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   General .  (1)  If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any shareholder proposing a nominee for election as a Trustee or any proposal for other business at a meeting of shareholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.  Any such shareholder shall notify the Trust of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information.  Upon written request by the secretary or

 

9



 

the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (i) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or any authorized officer of the Trust, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 11 and (ii) a written update of any information previously submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date.  If a shareholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(2)                                   Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by shareholders as Trustees, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(3)                                   For purposes of this Section 11, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

(4)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11.  Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Trust to omit a proposal from, the Trust’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.  Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies from substantially all of the holders of a particular class of securities conducted in accordance with all applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

Section 12.                                       WRITTEN CONSENT BY SHAREHOLDERS .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting (a) if a consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter and any other shareholder entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders (but not to vote thereat) has waived in writing or by electronic transmission any right to notice of such action, and such consent and waiver are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders or (b) if the action is advised, and submitted to the shareholders for approval, by the Board of Trustees and a consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by shareholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting of shareholders, and such consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders.  The Trust shall give notice of any action taken by less than unanimous consent to each shareholder not later than ten days after the effective time of such action.

 

10


 

Section 13.                                       TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may permit one or more shareholders to participate in meetings of the shareholders by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 14.                                       CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust.  This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

 

ARTICLE III

 

TRUSTEES

 

Section 1.                                             GENERAL POWERS .  The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Trustees.

 

Section 2.                                             NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Trustees may establish, increase or decrease the number of Trustees, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland REIT Law, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a Trustee shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of Trustees.  Any Trustee may resign at any time by delivering his or her written notice of resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

 

Section 3.                                             ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS .  An annual meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary.  In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such resolution.

 

Section 4.                                             SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the Trustees then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Trustees may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Trustees called by them.  The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such resolution.

 

11



 

Section 5.                                             NOTICE .  Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail or courier to each Trustee at his or her business or residence address.  Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting.  Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting.  Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting.  Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the Trustee or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the Trustee or his or her agent is a party.  Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Trust by the Trustee.  Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Trust by the Trustee and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt.  Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6.                                             QUORUM .  A majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Trustees, provided that, if less than a majority of such Trustees is present at said meeting, a majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of Trustees is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

 

The Trustees present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough Trustees to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7.                                             VOTING .  The action of the majority of the Trustees present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.  If enough Trustees have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of Trustees necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.                                             ORGANIZATION .  At each meeting of the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, if there be one other than the chairman of the board, or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a Trustee chosen by a majority of the Trustees present, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Trust, or, in the absence of the

 

12



 

secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 9.                                             TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all individuals participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 10.                                       CONSENT BY TRUSTEES WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by a majority of the Trustees and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 11.                                       VACANCIES .  If for any reason any or all of the Trustees cease to be Trustees, such event shall not terminate the Trust or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Trustees hereunder (even if fewer than three Trustees remain).  Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares of beneficial interest, any vacancy on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by a majority of the remaining Trustees, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum.

 

Section 12.                                       COMPENSATION; FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE .  Trustees shall not receive any stated salary for their services as Trustees but, by resolution of the Trustees, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Trust and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as Trustees.  Trustees may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Trustees or of any committee thereof; and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity performed or engaged in as Trustees; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Trustees from serving the Trust in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13.                                       REMOVAL OF TRUSTEES .  The shareholders may, at any time, remove any Trustee in the manner provided in the Declaration of Trust.

 

Section 14.                                       LOSS OF DEPOSITS .  No Trustee shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or shares of beneficial interest have been deposited.

 

Section 15.                                       SURETY BONDS .  Unless required by law, no Trustee shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

 

Section 16.                                       RELIANCE .  Each Trustee and officer of the Trust shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Trust, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Trust whom the Trustee or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the Trustee or officer reasonably believes to be

 

13



 

within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a Trustee, by a committee of the Board of Trustees on which the Trustee does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the Trustee reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.

 

Section 17.                                       RATIFICATION .  The Board of Trustees or the shareholders may ratify and make binding on the Trust any action or inaction by the Trust or its officers to the extent that the Board of Trustees or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter.  Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any shareholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a trustee, officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Trustees or by the shareholders and, if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Trust and its shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

 

Section 18.                                       CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS .  The Trustees shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Trust.  Any Trustee or officer, employee or agent of the Trust, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Trust.

 

Section 19.                                       EMERGENCY PROVISIONS .  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, this Section 19 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Trustees under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”).  During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees:  (a) a meeting of the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof may be called by any Trustee or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (b) notice of any meeting of the Board of Trustees during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many Trustees and by such means as it may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (c) the number of Trustees necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Trustees.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.                                             NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  The Board of Trustees may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more Trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 2.                                             POWERS .  The Board of Trustees may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Trustees.

 

14



 

Section 3.                                             MEETINGS .  Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Trustees.  One-third of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee.  The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee.  The Board of Trustees may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Trustee to act in the place of such absent member.

 

Section 4.                                             TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Members of a committee of the Board of Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all individuals participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 5.                                             CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by a majority of the members of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

Section 6.                                             VACANCIES .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Trustees shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members, to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                             GENERAL PROVISIONS .  The officers of the Trust shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers.  In addition, the Board of Trustees may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or desirable.  The officers of the Trust shall be elected annually by the Board of Trustees, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.  Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same individual.  Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Trust and such officer or agent.

 

15



 

Section 2.                                             REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION .  Any officer or agent of the Trust may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Trustees if in its judgment the best interests of the Trust would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed.  Any officer of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.  Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Trust.

 

Section 3.                                             VACANCIES .  A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Trustees for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4.                                             CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER .  The Board of Trustees may designate a chief executive officer.  In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust.  The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Trust, as determined by the Board of Trustees, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Trust.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.

 

Section 5.                                             CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER .  The Board of Trustees may designate a chief operating officer.  The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 6.                                             CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER .  The Board of Trustees may designate a chief financial officer.  The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7.                                             CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .  The Board of Trustees shall designate a chairman of the board.  The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Trustees and of the shareholders at which he or she shall be present.  The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 8.                                             PRESIDENT .  In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Trust.  In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Trustees, the president shall be the chief operating officer.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.

 

16



 

Section 9.                                             VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the president or by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 10.                                       SECRETARY .  The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the Board of Trustees and committees of the Board of Trustees in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the trust records and of the seal of the Trust; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer books of the Trust; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 11.                                       TREASURER .  The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Trust and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Trust and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Trust in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Trustees.  In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Trustees, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of Trustees, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Trustees, at the regular meetings of the Board of Trustees or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Trust.

 

Section 12.                                       ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS .  The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 13.                                       SALARIES .  The salaries and other compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Trustees and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Trustee.

 

17



 

ARTICLE VI

 

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1.                                             CONTRACTS .  The Board of Trustees may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Trust when executed by an authorized person and duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 2.                                             CHECKS AND DRAFTS .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Trust shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Trust in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 3.                                             DEPOSITS .  All funds of the Trust not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Trust as the Board of Trustees, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or any other officer designated by the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES

 

Section 1.                                             CERTIFICATES .  The Trust may issue some or all of the shares of any or all of the Trust’s classes or series of beneficial interest without certificates if authorized by the Board of Trustees.  In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest evidenced by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the Maryland REIT Law and shall be signed by the officers of the Trust in the manner permitted by the Maryland REIT Law.  In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest without certificates, to the extent then required by the Maryland REIT Law, the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the Maryland REIT Law to be included on share certificates.  There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of shareholders based on whether or not their shares are evidenced by certificates.  If a class or series of beneficial interest is authorized by the Board of Trustees to be issued without certificates, no shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates evidencing any shares of such class or series of beneficial interest held by such shareholder unless otherwise determined by the Board of Trustees and then only upon written request by such shareholder to the secretary of the Trust.

 

Section 2.                                             TRANSFERS .  All transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Trust, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Trustees or any officer of the Trust may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed.  The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Trustees that such shares

 

18



 

shall no longer be evidenced by certificates.  Upon the transfer of uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the Maryland REIT Law, the Trust shall provide to record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the Maryland REIT Law to be included on share certificates.

 

The Trust shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of beneficial interest as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of beneficial interest will be subject in all respects to the Declaration of Trust and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3.                                             REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE .  Any officer of the Trust may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Trust alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided , however , if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such shareholder and the Board of Trustees has determined such certificates may be issued.  Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Trust, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Trust a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Trust.

 

Section 4.                                             FIXING OF RECORD DATE .  The Board of Trustees may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of shareholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

When a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days or postponed to a date more than 90 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5.                                             SHARE LEDGER .  The Trust shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of each class held by such shareholder.

 

19



 

Section 6.                                             FRACTIONAL SHARES; ISSUANCE OF UNITS .  The Board of Trustees may issue fractional shares or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the Board of Trustees may issue units consisting of different securities of the Trust.  Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Trust, except that the Board of Trustees may provide that for a specified period securities of the Trust issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Trust only in such unit.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Trustees shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Trust by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1.                                             AUTHORIZATION .  Dividends and other distributions upon the shares of beneficial interest in the Trust may be authorized by the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.  Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or shares of beneficial interest in the Trust, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.

 

Section 2.                                             CONTINGENCIES .  Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Trust available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Trustees may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Trust or for such other purpose as the Board of Trustees shall determine, and the Board of Trustees may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INVESTMENT POLICY

 

Subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the Board of Trustees may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Trust as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

SEAL

 

Section 1.                                             SEAL .  The Board of Trustees may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Trust.  The seal shall contain the name of the Trust and the year of its formation and the

 

20



 

words “Formed Maryland.”  The Board of Trustees may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2.                                             AFFIXING SEAL .  Whenever the Trust is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the individual authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in such capacity or capacities.  The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon the election of a trustee or officer.  The Trust may, with the approval of the Board of Trustees, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust.  The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute.  The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a

 

21



 

waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments and supplements thereto and any other documents filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation related thereto.

 

22




Exhibit 4.1

 

Number

Shares ***

 

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS,

 

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER

 

INFORMATION.

 

 

 

CUSIP 70931T 10 3

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST
a Real Estate Investment Trust
Formed under the Laws of the State of Maryland

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

IS THE OWNER OF

 

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST, $0.01 PAR VALUE, IN

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Trust”), transferable only on the books of the Trust by the holder hereof in person or by its duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws of the Trust and any amendments thereto, to all of which the holder of this Certificate by acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

 

In Witness Whereof, the Trust has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its seal to be hereunder affixed this        day of     , 2009.

 

 

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

(SEAL)

Jeff Grogin, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

Stanford L. Kurland, Chief Executive Officer

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

 

Mellon Investor Services LLC

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

BY:

/s/ Mark Cano

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 



 

IMPORTANT NOTICE

 

The Trust will furnish to any shareholder of the Trust upon request and without charge a full statement of the information required by section 8-203(d) of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland with respect to the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each class of beneficial interest which the Trust is authorized to issue and, if the Trust is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, (i) the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent they have been set, and (ii) the authority of the Board of Trustees to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series.  The foregoing summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, a copy of which will be sent without charge to each shareholder who so requests.  Such request must be made to the Secretary of the Trust at its principal office.

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial Ownership and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Trust’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Common Shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding Common Shares of the Trust unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the total outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares that would result in the Trust being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may Transfer Equity Shares if such Transfer would result in Equity Shares of the Trust being Beneficially Owned by fewer than 100 Persons under Section 856(a)(5) of the Code on or after January 29, 2010.  If the restrictions on transfer or ownership described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above are violated, the Equity Shares represented hereby will be regarded as having been transferred to a Trustee of a Charitable Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events (including a transfer that would violate the restriction described in (iv) above), attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab   initio .  All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Equity Shares of the Trust on request and without charge.

 


 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM—

as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

 

Custodian

 

 

 

 

(Minor)

 

(Cust)

 

 

 

TEN ENT—

as tenants by the entireties

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

 

 

JT TEN—

as joint tenants with the right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

Act

 

 

 

(State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,

hereby sell, assign and

 

 

transfer unto _________________________________________________________________________________________________

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

                                    COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

                                                  Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Trust with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE:

THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into as of August 4, 2009 by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ BlackRock ”), Highfields Capital Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Highfields ”), and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PNMAC ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, each of Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock, Highfields and PNMAC shall be referred to individually as a “ Purchaser ” and collectively as the “ Purchasers ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and each Purchaser are parties to a Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2009 (the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which concurrently with the Trust’s proposed initial public offering (the “ IPO ”), the Trust agreed to issue in a private placement to each Purchaser and each Purchaser agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase a number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), equal to the product of (x) the number of Common Shares sold to the public in the IPO, excluding any Common Shares that may be sold pursuant to the exercise of the overallotment option applicable to the IPO, multiplied by (y) the percentage set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule A thereto (the “ Private Placement Common Shares ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and each Purchaser desire to enter into this Agreement to provide each Purchaser and its permitted transferees with certain registration rights described herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                          Definitions .  The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such other Person, (2) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (3) any legal entity for which such Person acts as executive officer or general partner, and “control” for these purposes means the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of another Person, whether by operation of law or regulation, through ownership of securities, as trustee or executor or in any other manner.

 

Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

BlackRock ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Board ” means the board of trustees of the Trust.

 

Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 



 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Highfields ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Holder ” means (i) each Purchaser in his, her or its capacity as a holder of record of Registrable Securities, as reflected on Schedule 1 hereto, and (ii) any direct or indirect transferee of such Registrable Securities from such Purchaser.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Trust may deem and treat the registered holder of Registrable Securities as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, unless notified to the contrary in writing by the registered Holder thereof .

 

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 5.3 .

 

Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 5.3 .

 

Inspectors ” is defined in Section 4.1.8 .

 

IPO ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Losses ” is defined in Section 5.1 .

 

Majority-in-Interest ” means holders of more than 50% of the Registrable Securities.

 

Maximum Threshold ” is defined in Section 2.1.2 .

 

Person ” means an individual or a real estate investment trust, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association (including any group, organization, co-tenancy, plan, board, council or committee), government (including a country, state, county, or any other governmental or political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof) or other entity (or series thereof).

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.3.1 .

 

PNMAC ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Private Placement Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted ” is defined in Section 2.1.2 .

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including without limitation, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration

 

2



 

statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

 

Purchaser ” and “ Purchasers ” are defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Records ” is defined in Section 4.1.8 .

 

Registration ” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

Registrable Securities ” means at any time the Private Placement Common Shares (with the initial amount of Private Placement Common Shares held by each Holder set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1 hereto), together with any class of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust or a successor to the entire business of the Trust which may be issued in exchange for such Private Placement Common Shares or with respect to any dividend on such Private Placement Common Shares.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the earliest to occur of:  (a) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) the date on which such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; and (c) the date on which the Registrable Securities have been sold and all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect to such Registrable Securities are removed upon the consummation of such sale and the seller and purchaser of such Registrable Securities receive an opinion of counsel for the Trust, which shall be in form and content reasonably satisfactory to the seller and purchaser and their respective counsel, to the effect that such Registrable Securities in the hands of the purchaser are freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act in any public or private transaction.

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement filed by the Trust with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act (including the Resale Shelf Registration Statement or any Registration Statement filed in connection with a Piggy-Back Registration) for a public offering and sale of Common Shares or other securities of the Trust, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement (other than a registration statement (a) on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, (b) covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity, (c) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Trust’s existing shareholders, (d) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Trust or (e) for a dividend reinvestment plan).

 

Resale Shelf Registration ” is defined in Section 2.1.1 .

 

3



 

Resale Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 2.1.1 .

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Share Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Trust ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

underwritten offering ” means a Registration in which securities of the Trust are sold to one or more underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

2.                          Registration Rights .

 

2.1.                              Shelf Registration .

 

2.1.1                             Shelf Registration Requirement .  The Trust shall prepare and file, at its own expense, not later than the 30 th  day prior to the expiration of the lockup period described in the Share Purchase Agreement, a “shelf” registration statement with respect to the resale of all Registrable Securities (“ Resale Shelf Registration ”) by the Holders on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor thereof (the “ Resale Shelf Registration Statement ”) and permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by such Holders in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders pursuant to the questionnaire referred to in Section 2.1.3  below and set forth in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. The Trust may include in such registration additional securities of the class of Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder, including securities to be sold for the Trust’s own account or the account of Persons who are not Holders of Registrable Securities.  The Trust shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Resale Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission within 150 days after the filing thereof (if it is not an automatic shelf registration statement) , and, subject to Section 2.2 , to keep such Resale Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending when all Private Placement Common Shares covered by the Resale Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities, including, if necessary, by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the Resale Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or by filing any other required document or otherwise supplementing or amending the Resale Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Trust for such Resale Registration Statement or by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities or blue sky laws or any rules and regulations thereunder.

 

2.1.2                             Underwritten Offering; Reduction of Offering .  Each Holder of the Registrable Securities shall have the right to request that an underwritten offering be effected off the Resale Shelf Registration at any time, subject to Section 2.2 All Holders proposing to participate in such underwriting shall (i) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting by a Majority-in-Interest of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, which underwriter(s) shall be reasonably

 

4



 

acceptable to the Trust and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trust be obligated to effect more than two (2) underwritten offerings hereunder in any single six-month period.  If the managing underwriter(s) for an underwritten offering advises the Trust and the Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities which the Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Common Shares or other securities which the Trust desires to sell and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Trust who desire to sell or otherwise, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), then the Trust shall include in such registration:  (a)  first , the Registrable Securities ( pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities which such Holders have requested be included in such underwritten offering, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata Adjusted ”)) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (b)  second , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (a), the Common Shares or other securities that the Trust desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (c)  third , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Trust is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (d)  fourth , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c), the Common Shares that other shareholders desire to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold to the extent that the Trust, in its sole discretion, wishes to permit such sales pursuant to this clause (d).

 

A request for an underwritten offering may be withdrawn by a Majority-in-Interest of the Registrable Shares included in such offering prior to the consummation thereof, and, in such event, such withdrawal shall not be treated as a request for an underwritten offering which shall have been effected pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

2.1.3                             Inclusion in Resale Shelf Registration .  The Trust shall give written notice to all Holders at least 20 Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, which notice shall include a questionnaire seeking information from the Holders deemed necessary or advisable by the Trust or its counsel in order to file the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. At the time the Resale Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective (or becomes effective, if the Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement) , each Holder that has delivered to the Trust a duly completed and executed questionnaire on or prior to the date which is ten Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness shall be named as a selling shareholder in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, after effectiveness of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Trust shall file a supplement to such Prospectus or amendment to the Resale Shelf Registration

 

5



 

Statement upon request of any Holder as necessary to name as selling shareholders therein any Holders that provide to the Trust duly completed and executed questionnaires and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to such Resale Shelf Registration Statement filed for such purpose to be declared effective (if it is not an automatic shelf registration statement) by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof.

 

2.1.4                             Continued Effectiveness .  The Trust shall prepare and file such additional Registration Statements as necessary every three years (or such other period of time as may be required to maintain continuously effective shelf registration statements) and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statements to be declared effective by the Commission (if it is not an automatic shelf registration statement) so that a shelf registration statement remains continuously effective, subject to Section 2.2 , with respect to resales of Registrable Securities as and for the periods required under Section 2.1.1 , each such subsequent Registration Statement to constitute a Resale Shelf Registration Statement hereunder.

 

2.2.                              Suspension of Use of Registration Statement .

 

2.2.1                             Upon prior written notice to the Holders, the Trust may suspend the use of a Resale Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 on up to two occasions during any period of twelve consecutive months for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 90 days in the aggregate during any such twelve month period (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Board determines in good faith that permitting sales under the Registration Statement would materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Trust; (ii) a Piggy-Back Registration (defined below) in which Holders were able to participate was completed within the prior 90 days; or (iii) the Trust is in possession of material non-public information and the Board determines in good faith that the disclosure of such information during the period specified in such notice would not be in the best interests of the Trust.

 

2.2.2                             If all reports required to be filed by the Trust pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date taking into account any permissible extension, upon written notice thereof by the Trust to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement or to require the Trust to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Trust has filed such reports, and the Trust shall notify the Holders in writing as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

 

2.3.                              Piggy-Back Registration .

 

2.3.1                             Piggy-Back Rights .  At any time after August 4, 2012 (the third anniversary of the closing of the transactions under the Share Purchase Agreement), if the Trust proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities by the Trust for its own account or for shareholders of the Trust for their account and the registration form to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Securities or if the Trust proposes to conduct an offering at any time after August 4, 2012 using any such Registration Statement filed prior to August 4, 2012 for its own account or for shareholders of

 

6



 

the Trust, then the Trust shall (a) give written notice of such proposed filing and/or offering to the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten Business Days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter(s), if any, of the offering, and (b) offer to the Holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five Business Days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  If at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, the Trust shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Trust may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder of Registrable Securities and, (x) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration, and (y) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities.  The Trust shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Trust and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof.  All Holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an underwriter(s) shall enter into an underwriting agreement in reasonable and customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such Piggy-Back Registration and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.  No registration effected under this Section 2.3 shall relieve the Trust of its obligations to effect a Resale Shelf Registration required by Section 2.1 .

 

2.3.2                             Reduction of Offering .  If the managing underwriter(s) for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Trust and the Holders of Registrable Securities that in their opinion the dollar amount or number of Common Shares or other securities which the Trust desires to sell, taken together with Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with third parties, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.3 , and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Trust, exceeds the Maximum Threshold, then the Trust shall include in any such registration:

 

(a)                                              If the registration is undertaken for the Trust’s account:  (i)  first , the Common Shares or other securities that the Trust desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii)  second , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, Pro Rata Adjusted, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iii)  third , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the

 

7



 

foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Trust is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and

 

(b)                                             If the registration is a “ demand ” registration undertaken at the demand of one or more parties other than the Trust, (i)  first , the Common Shares or other securities for the account of such demanding parties that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii)  second , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities that the Trust desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (iii)  third , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, Pro Rata Adjusted, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iv)  fourth , to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, for the account of other Persons that the Trust is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

2.3.3                             Withdrawal .  Any Holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Trust of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or filing of a Prospectus naming such Holder as a selling shareholder, as applicable.  The Trust (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Securities.  Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Trust shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4.3 .

 

3.                          Restrictions on Public Sale by the Trust .

 

If requested by the lead underwriter(s) in any underwritten offering, the Trust agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (other than, in the case of the Trust, in connection with (a) any merger, acquisition or similar transaction that involves the public offering of securities, (b) public sales or distributions solely by and for the account of the Trust of securities issued pursuant to any employee benefit or similar plan, including employee stock and stock option plans or, (c) any dividend reinvestment plan), of any securities during the period commencing on the date the Trust receives a request for an underwritten offering from any Holder and continuing until 90 days after the commencement of an underwritten offering (or for such shorter period as the lead underwriter(s) shall request) unless earlier terminated by the lead underwriter(s) in such underwritten offering.

 

4.                          Registration Procedures .

 

4.1.                              Filings .  In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement as provided in

 

8



 

this Agreement, the paragraphs below shall be applicable:

 

4.1.1                             Filing Registration Statement .  The Trust shall (a) as expeditiously as reasonably possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Trust then qualifies or which counsel for the Trust shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, which shall comply as to form with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, (b) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared (if it is not an automatic shelf registration statement) and remain effective for the period required by Section 4.1.3 , (c) not take any action that would cause a Registration Statement to contain a material misstatement or omission or to be not effective and usable for resale of Registrable Securities during the period that such Registration Statement is required to be effective and usable, (d) use its reasonable best efforts to cause each Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such Registration Statement, amendment or supplement to comply in all material respects with any requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC and (e) cause such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading during the period that such Registration Statement is required to be effective and usable.

 

4.1.2                             Copies .  The Trust shall, upon request, prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus in respect of Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, any underwriter and such Holders’ or underwriter’s legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, underwriter or legal counsel for any such Holders or underwriter may reasonably request.  Following the filing of such Registration Statement, the Trust shall furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration (in each case in an electronic format, unless otherwise required by applicable law), without charge, such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, underwriter or legal counsel for any such Holders or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement shall have the right to request in writing that the Trust modify any information contained in such Registration Statement, amendment and supplement thereto pertaining solely to such Holder or which such counsel to Holder may reasonably request in order to ensure that the Registration Statement complies with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and the Trust shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with such request; provided, however , that the Trust shall not have any obligation to so modify any information if the Trust reasonably expects that so doing would

 

9



 

cause the Prospectus to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

4.1.3                             Amendments and Supplements .  The Trust shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or such securities have been withdrawn.

 

4.1.4                             Notification .  After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Trust shall promptly, and in no event more than three Business Days after such filing, notify the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further promptly notify such Holders of the occurrence, and in no event more than three Business Days after such occurrence of any of the following and, if requested by any Holder, confirm such advice in writing:  (a) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (b) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (c) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Trust shall take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (d) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any Prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Trust shall furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such Holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such Holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Trust shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such Holders or their legal counsel shall reasonably object.  The Trust shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness or qualification of a Registration Statement or suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus at the earliest possible time.

 

4.1.5                             State Securities Laws Compliance .  The Trust shall use its reasonable best efforts to (a) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may reasonably request and (b) take such action as reasonably necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or

 

10


 

approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Trust and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however , that the Trust shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph, consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

 

4.1.6                             Agreements for Disposition .  The Trust shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.  Such Holders of Registrable Securities shall agree to such representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification and contribution obligations for selling shareholders as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the underwriters.

 

4.1.7                             Cooperation .  (a) The chief executive officer of the Trust, the chief financial officer of the Trust and all other officers and members of the management of the Trust, including applicable officers and employees of PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, the external manager of the Trust, shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential purchasers, including without limitation, participation in any roadshow for an underwritten offering.

 

(b)                                             The Trust shall, upon request, furnish to the lead underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, at least one signed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits; and furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested) and shall cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the lead underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the lead underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities.

 

4.1.8                             Records .  The Trust shall make available for inspection by the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Trust (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall

 

11



 

be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Trust’s officers, trustees and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.  Records which the Trust determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Trust unless and until such is made generally available to the public.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement further agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Trust and allow the Trust, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

 

4.1.9                             Opinions and Comfort Letters .  If an underwritten offering is effected off the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, or if a Registration Statement in respect of Registrable Securities includes an underwritten offering, the Trust shall furnish (a) any opinion of counsel to the Trust delivered to any underwriter and (b) any comfort letter from the Trust’s independent public accountants delivered to any underwriter, each in the form reasonably requested by counsel to such underwriter and shall furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such Holder, of any such opinion of counsel or comfort letter.

 

4.1.10                       Earnings Statement .  The Trust shall make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable but not more than 12 months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

4.1.11                       Listing .  To the extent any Registrable Securities are not then listed on an exchange, the Trust shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Trust are then listed or designated.

 

4.2.                              Obligation to Suspend Distribution .  Upon receipt of any notice from the Trust of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4.1.4(d) , each Holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder receives the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 4.1.4(d)  and, if so directed by the Trust, each such Holder will destroy all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the most recent Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

4.3.                              Registration Expenses .  The Trust shall pay the following costs and expenses incurred in connection with (a) any Resale Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 and (b) any

 

12



 

Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.3 , and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation:  (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 4.1.11 ; (v) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. fees; (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trust and fees and expenses for independent public accountants retained by the Trust (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 4.1.9 ); (vii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Trust in connection with such Registration; and (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a Majority-in-Interest of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration.  The Trust shall have no obligation to pay any other costs or expenses in the course of the transaction contemplated hereby, including underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the Holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such Holders.

 

The Trust shall have the right to exclude any Holder that does not comply with the preceding sentence from the applicable Registration.

 

The obligation of the Trust to bear the expenses described in this Section 4.3 shall apply irrespective of whether a registration becomes effective, is withdrawn or suspended, is converted to another form of registration and irrespective of when any of the foregoing shall occur.

 

4.4.                              Information .  In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement covering Registrable Securities, the Holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Trust in connection with the preparation of any Registration Statement in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Trust’s obligation to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws.  If a Holder fails to provide such information after reasonably requested, the Trust may omit such Holder’s Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.

 

5.                          Indemnification and Contribution .

 

5.1.                              Indemnification by the Trust .  The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law each Holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, Affiliates, trustees, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) such Holder of Registrable Securities from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities (“ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, Prospectus (including any preliminary Prospectus), or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,

 

13



 

in the case of the Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Trust will not be liable in any such case to any Holder to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Trust, in writing, by such Holder expressly for use therein.

 

5.2.                              Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities .  In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating and as a condition to such participation, each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law the Trust, and each of its officers, employees, Affiliates, trustees and agents, and each Person who controls the Trust within the meaning of the Securities Act and each underwriter (if any), and each Person, if any, who controls such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any Losses, insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, Prospectus (including any preliminary Prospectus), or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein, in the case of the Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Trust by such Holder expressly for use therein.  Each Holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of gross proceeds actually received by such Holder from sales of Registrable Securities giving rise to such obligations.

 

Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Trust or any Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by any Holder .

 

5.3.                              Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  Promptly after receipt by any Person of any notice of any Loss or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5 .2 , such Person (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other Person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other Person (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the Loss or action; provided , however , that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually and materially prejudiced by such failure.  If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party.  After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than

 

14



 

reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants or if such Indemnified Party or parties determines in good faith that a conflict of interest exists and that therefore it is advisable for such Indemnified Party or parties to be represented by separate counsel or that, upon advice of counsel, there may be legal defenses available to it or them which are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnifying Party or parties shall not be entitled to assume such defense and the Indemnified Party or parties shall be entitled to separate counsel at the Indemnifying Party’s or parties’ expense.  If an Indemnifying Party or parties is not so entitled to assume the defense of such action or does not assume such defense, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the Indemnifying Party or parties will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Indemnified Party or parties (limited in each jurisdiction to one counsel for all underwriters and another counsel for all other Indemnified Parties under this Agreement).  The Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel, which firm shall be designated in writing by those Indemnified Parties who sold a majority of the Registrable Shares sold by all such Indemnified Parties) to represent the Indemnified Party or parties and their respective controlling Persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party or parties against the Indemnifying Party or parties, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party.  No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of any Indemnified Party or parties, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party or parties are or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding and does not include any statement of admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party.

 

5.4.                              Contribution .

 

5.4.1                             If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless in respect of any Loss referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party or parties, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party or parties as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such Loss, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

5.4.2                             The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 5.4.1 .

 

15



 

5.4.3                             The amount paid or payable by an Indemnifying Party as a result of any Loss shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.4 , no Holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount by which the gross proceeds actually received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5.4.4                             The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 5 are in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties hereunder, under applicable law or at equity.

 

6.                          Underwriting and Distribution .

 

6.1.                              Rule 144 .  At such times as the Trust is obligated to file reports in compliance with either Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Trust covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as the Holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities (subject to any contractual obligation of such Holders to the contrary) without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar Rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of any Holder, the Trust will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

7.                          Miscellaneous .

 

7.1.                              Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trust hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Trust in whole or in part.  This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such Holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities held by any such Holder (subject to any contractual obligation of such Holders to the contrary).  This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns; provided , however , that no such transfer or assignment shall be binding upon or obligate the Trust to any such assignee unless and until the Trust shall have received written notice of such transfer or assignment as herein provided and a written agreement of the assignee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.  This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any Persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 5 and this Section 7.1 .

 

16



 

7.2.                              Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable overnight courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice.  Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telex or facsimile; provided , however , that if such service or transmission is not on a Business Day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next Business Day.  Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next Business Day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable overnight courier service with an order for next-day delivery.

 

To the Trust:

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

Calabasas, California 91301

Facsimile:

(818) 337-2138

Attention:

Chief Legal Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Sidley Austin LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Facsimile:

(212) 839-5599

Attention:

Edward J. Fine

 

J. Gerard Cummins

 

 

To a Holder, at the address set forth under such Holder’s name on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

7.3.                              Severability .  This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof.  Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

 

7.4.                              Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in multiple counterparts, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.5.                              Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions among the parties, whether oral or written.

 

17



 

7.6.                              Modifications and Amendments .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Trust has obtained the written consent of a Majority-In-Interest of Registrable Securities outstanding at such time.

 

7.7.                              Titles and Headings .  Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

7.8.                              Waivers and Extensions .  Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided , that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement.  Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred.  Any waiver may be conditional.  No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained.  No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.

 

7.9.                              Remedies Cumulative .  In the event that the Trust fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, each Holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond.  None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

7.10.                        Waiver of Trial by Jury .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY HOLDER IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

 

7.11.                        Governing Law; Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall for all purposes be deemed to be made under and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.  Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in any federal or state court located in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding

 

18



 

which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.  Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 7.2 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

 

7.12.                        Other Registration Rights .  Should the Trust grant any new registration rights to any other Person, or amend or modify the registration rights of any Person in such a way to make such registration rights more favorable to one Person than to another Person, the registration rights granted under this Agreement shall be automatically amended so as to be not less favorable to any Holder than those granted to such other Person; provided, however, that this provision shall under no circumstances require the registration of any Registrable Securities prior to the time contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7.13.                        Specific Performance .  The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if any party fails to perform in any material respect any of its obligations hereunder, and accordingly agree that each party, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of any other party under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

 

7.14.                        Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided for herein or otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement shall be paid by the Trust.

 

7.15.                        Holdback Agreement .  In connection with an underwritten primary or secondary offering to the public, each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees, subject to any exceptions that may be agreed upon at the time of such offering, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities (or other securities) of the Trust held by them (other than Registrable Securities included in such offering in accordance with the terms hereof) for a period equal to the lesser of 45 days following the effective date of a Registration Statement of the Trust filed under the Securities Act or such shorter period as the managing underwriter(s) shall agree to; provided , that such Holder owns more than 10% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Trust and all other shareholders who own more than 10% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Trust and all officers and trustees of the Trust enter into similar agreements.  Such agreement shall be in writing in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trust and the managing underwriter.  The Trust may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities (or other securities of the Trust) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David A. Spector

 

David A. Spector

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK HOLDCO 2, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Wiedman

 

 

Name: Mark Wiedman

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HIGHFIELDS CAPITAL INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Mazzella

 

 

Name: Joseph Mazzella

 

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

[ Agreement Signature Page ]

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE PARTNERSHIP, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF AUGUST 4, 2009

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINED TERMS

1

 

 

ARTICLE 2. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

14

 

 

Section 2.1.

Continuation

14

Section 2.2.

Name

14

Section 2.3.

Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office

14

Section 2.4.

Power of Attorney

14

Section 2.5.

Term

16

Section 2.6.

Admission of Limited Partners

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSE

16

 

 

 

Section 3.1.

Purpose and Business

16

Section 3.2.

Powers

16

Section 3.3.

Representations and Warranties by the Parties

17

Section 3.4.

Not Publicly Traded

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

19

 

 

Section 4.1.

Capital Contributions of the Partners

19

Section 4.2.

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

19

Section 4.3.

Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Securities by the Company

22

Section 4.4.

Additional Funds

23

Section 4.5.

Preemptive Rights

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. DISTRIBUTIONS

24

 

 

 

Section 5.1.

Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

24

Section 5.2.

Amounts Withheld

24

Section 5.3.

Distributions Upon Liquidation

25

Section 5.4.

Restricted Distributions

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. ALLOCATIONS

25

 

 

 

Section 6.1.

Allocations For Capital Account Purposes

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

26

 

 

Section 7.1.

Management

26

 



 

Section 7.2.

Certificate of Limited Partnership

30

Section 7.3.

Restrictions on General Partner Authority

30

Section 7.4.

Reimbursement of the General Partner and the Company

30

Section 7.5.

Outside Activities of the General Partner

31

Section 7.6.

Contracts with Affiliates

31

Section 7.7.

Indemnification

32

Section 7.8.

Liability of the General Partner

33

Section 7.9.

Other Matters Concerning the General Partner

34

Section 7.10.

Title to Partnership Assets

35

Section 7.11.

Reliance by Third Parties

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

36

 

 

Section 8.1.

Limitation of Liability

36

Section 8.2.

Management of Business

36

Section 8.3.

Outside Activities of Limited Partners

36

Section 8.4.

Return of Capital

37

Section 8.5.

Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

37

Section 8.6.

Redemption Right

38

Section 8.7.

Conversion of LTIP Units

39

Section 8.8.

Voting Rights of LTIP Units

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9. BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

43

 

 

Section 9.1.

Records and Accounting

43

Section 9.2.

Fiscal Year

43

Section 9.3.

Reports

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. TAX MATTERS

44

 

 

Section 10.1.

Preparation of Tax Returns

44

Section 10.2.

Tax Elections

44

Section 10.3.

Tax Matters Partner

44

Section 10.4.

Organizational Expenses

46

Section 10.5.

Withholding

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

47

 

 

Section 11.1.

Transfer

47

Section 11.2.

Transfer of General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interest

47

Section 11.3.

Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer

48

Section 11.4.

Substituted Limited Partners

49

Section 11.5.

Assignees

50

Section 11.6.

General Provisions

50

 



 

ARTICLE 12. ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

51

 

 

 

Section 12.1.

Admission of Successor General Partner

51

Section 12.2.

Admission of Additional Limited Partners

51

Section 12.3.

Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13. DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

52

 

 

 

Section 13.1.

Dissolution

52

Section 13.2.

Winding Up

53

Section 13.3.

Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations

54

Section 13.4.

Deemed Contribution and Distribution

55

Section 13.5.

Rights of Limited Partners

55

Section 13.6.

Notice of Dissolution

55

Section 13.7.

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

55

Section 13.8.

Reasonable Time for Winding Up

55

Section 13.9.

Waiver of Partition

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14. AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

56

 

 

 

Section 14.1.

Amendment of Partnership Agreement

56

Section 14.2.

Meetings of the Partners

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

58

 

 

Section 15.1.

Addresses and Notice

58

Section 15.2.

Titles and Captions

58

Section 15.3.

Pronouns and Plurals

58

Section 15.4.

Further Action

59

Section 15.5.

Binding Effect

59

Section 15.6.

Creditors

59

Section 15.7.

Waiver

59

Section 15.8.

Counterparts

59

Section 15.9.

Applicable Law

59

Section 15.10.

Invalidity of Provisions

59

Section 15.11.

Entire Agreement

59

 



 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A — Partners’ Contributions and Partnership Interests

 

Exhibit B - Capital Account Maintenance

 

Exhibit C - Special Allocation Rules

 

Exhibit D - Notice of Redemption

 

Exhibit E — Constructive Ownership Definition

 

Exhibit F — Conversion Notice

 

Exhibit G — Forced Conversion Notice

 

Exhibit H — Schedule of Partner’s Ownership with Respect to Tenants

 

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 4, 2009, is entered into by and among PennyMac GP OP, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ General Partner ”), and the Persons (as defined below) that are party hereto from time to time and whose names are set forth on Exhibit A as attached hereto (as it may be amended from time to time).

 

WHEREAS, the limited partnership was formed on May 20, 2009 and an original limited partnership agreement, dated as of May 20, 2009 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), was entered into between the General Partner, as general partner, and PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Company ”), as the initial limited partner;

 

WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Company desire to enter into this Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Company have made, and the Company will make certain additional, capital contributions to the Partnership as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

“704(c) Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution, as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt. Subject to Exhibit B hereof, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate of the 704(c) Values of Contributed Properties in a single or integrated transaction among the separate properties on a basis proportional to their respective fair market values.

 

Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del . C. §17-101, et seq ., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 



 

Additional Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.A hereof.

 

Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

 

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each Partnership taxable year (i) increased by any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) and (ii) decreased by the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership taxable year.

 

Adjusted Property ” means any property, the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.

 

Adjustment Event ” means any of the following events: (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Partnership Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Partnership Units into a greater number of Partnership Units or combines the outstanding Partnership Units into a smaller number of Partnership Units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding Partnership Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Partnership Units.  If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units under Section 4.2.C need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously.  For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be Adjustment Events:  (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business transaction, (y) the issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to the Plan, or any other long-term incentive plan, any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan, or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the Company in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of securities by the Company.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; (ii) any Person owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting interests of such Person; (iii) any Person of which such Person owns or controls ten percent (10%) or more of the voting interests; or (iv) any officer, director, general partner or trustee of such Person or of any Person referred to in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

 

Agreed Value ” means (i) in the case of any Contributed Property as of the time of its contribution to the Partnership, the 704(c) Value of such property, reduced by any liabilities

 

2



 

either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (ii) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution as determined under Section 752 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

 

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Assignee ” means a Person to whom all or a portion of a Partnership Interest has been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5.

 

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any period for which such calculation is being made,

 

(i)            the sum of:
 
(a)           the Partnership’s Net Income or Net Loss (as the case may be) for such period (without regard to adjustments resulting from allocations described in Sections 1.A through 1.E of Exhibit C);
 
(b)           Depreciation and all other noncash charges deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period;
 
(c)           the amount of any reduction in the reserves of the Partnership referred to in clause (ii)(f) below (including, without limitation, reductions resulting because the General Partner determines such amounts are no longer necessary);
 
(d)           the excess of proceeds from the sale, exchange, disposition, or refinancing of Partnership property for such period over the gain recognized from such sale, exchange, disposition, or refinancing during such period (excluding Terminating Capital Transactions); and
 
(e)           all other cash received by the Partnership for such period that was not included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period;
 
(ii)           less the sum of:
 
(a)           all principal debt payments made by the Partnership during such period;
 
(b)           capital expenditures made by the Partnership during such period;
 
(c)           investments made by the Partnership during such period in any entity (including loans made thereto) to the extent that such investments are not otherwise described in clause (ii)(a) or (ii)(b);

 

3



 

(d)           all other expenditures and payments not deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period;
 
(e)           any amount included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period that was not received by the Partnership during such period;
 
(f)            the amount of any increase in reserves during such period which the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion; and
 
(g)           the amount of any working capital accounts and other cash or similar balances which the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion.
 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include any cash received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements made or reserves established, after commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership.

 

Board of Trustees ” means the Board of Trustees of the Company.

 

Book-Tax Disparities ” means, with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Exhibit B and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.

 

Capital Account Limitation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.B.

 

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Agreed Value of Contributed Property which such Partner contributes or is deemed to contribute to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 hereof.

 

Carrying Value ” means (i) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the 704(c) Value of such property, reduced (but not below zero) by all Depreciation with respect to such property charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts following the contribution of or adjustment with respect to such property; and (ii) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Exhibit B hereof, and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the

 

4



 

Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

 

Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash per Partnership Unit equal to the Value on the Valuation Date of the REIT Shares Amount.

 

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership as filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 20, 2009, as amended and/or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Common Units ” means the Partnership Units other than any series of units of limited partnership interest issued in the future and designated as preferred or otherwise different from the Common Units, including, but not limited to, with respect to the payment of distributions, including distributions upon liquidation.

 

Company ” means PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust.

 

Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Company, or if no such committee exists, the Board of Trustees.

 

Concurrent Offering ” means the private placement of REIT Shares pursuant to that certain Share Purchase Agreement among the Company and the other parties named therein.

 

Consent ” means the consent or approval of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Section 14.2 hereof.

 

Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.G.

 

Constructively Own ” means ownership under the constructive ownership rules described in Exhibit E.

 

Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act (but excluding cash), contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B hereof, such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property for purposes of Exhibit B hereof, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property for such purposes.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.B.

 

Conversion Factor ” means 1.0, subject to adjustment as follows: (i) in case the Company shall (A) make a distribution on the outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (B) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding REIT Shares into a greater number of REIT Shares, or

 

5



 

(C) combine or reclassify the outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares, the Conversion Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution or subject to such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that a holder of Partnership Units shall be entitled to receive, upon exchange thereof, the number of REIT Shares which the holder would have owned at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination had such Partnership Units been exchanged immediately prior to such determination; (ii) in case the Partnership shall subdivide or reclassify the outstanding Partnership Units into a greater number of Partnership Units, the Conversion Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of Partnership Unit holders subject to such subdivision or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that a holder of Partnership Units shall be entitled to receive, upon exchange thereof, the number of REIT Shares which the holder would have owned at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination had such Partnership Units been exchanged immediately prior to such determination; (iii) in case the Company (A) shall issue rights or warrants to all holders of REIT Shares entitling them to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares at a price per share less than the daily market price per REIT Share on the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, (B) shall not issue similar rights or warrants to all holders of Partnership Units entitling them to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares or Partnership Units at a comparable price (determined, in the case of Partnership Units, by reference to the Conversion Factor), and (C) cannot issue such rights or warrants to a Redeeming Partner as otherwise required by the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” set forth in this Article 1, then the Conversion Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination shall be increased by multiplying such Conversion Factor by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of REIT Shares outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of REIT Shares so offered for subscription or purchase, and of which the denominator shall be the number of REIT Shares outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of REIT Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of REIT Shares so offered for subscription would purchase at such daily market price per share, such increase of the Conversion Factor to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination; and (iv) in case the Company shall, by distribution or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its REIT Shares, (A) capital shares of any class other than its REIT Shares, (B) evidence of its indebtedness or (C) assets (excluding any rights or warrants referred to in clause (iii) above, any cash distribution lawfully paid under the laws of the state of organization of the Company, and any distribution referred to in clause (i) above) and shall not cause a corresponding distribution to be made to all holders of Partnership Units, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the ratio determined by multiplying the Conversion Factor in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the daily market price per REIT Share on the date fixed for such determination, and of which the denominator shall be such daily market price per REIT Share less the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Trustees, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board resolution certified by the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the holders of the Partnership Units) of the portion of the capital shares or evidences of indebtedness or assets so

 

6



 

distributed applicable to one REIT Share, such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution.

 

Conversion Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.B.

 

Conversion Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.B.

 

Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.A.

 

Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person, (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (iv) obligations of such Person incurred in connection with entering into a lease which, in accordance with GAAP, should be capitalized.

 

Declaration of Trust ” means the Declaration of Trust of the Company filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland on May 18, 2009, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year, except that if the Carrying Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided , however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

Direct Offering ” means the offering of REIT Shares under the Securities Act directly by the Company pursuant to those certain subscription agreements between the Company and each of the purchasers named therein.

 

Distribution Payment Date ” means the dates upon which the General Partner makes distributions in accordance with Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

Economic Capital Account Balances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.C.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any reference

 

7



 

herein to a specific section or Title of ERISA shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Event of Bankruptcy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.G.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

final adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.B.

 

Forced Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.C.

 

Forced Conversion Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.D.

 

Funding Debt ” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of the General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.

 

GAAP ” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

General Partner ” means PennyMac GP OP, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any Person who becomes an additional or a successor general partner of the Partnership.

 

General Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest held by the General Partner, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership. A General Partner Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of Partnership Units.

 

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service, which administers the internal revenue laws of the United States.

 

Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means, (i) as to any individual Partner, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating him incompetent to manage his Person or his estate; (ii) as to any corporation which is a Partner, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any partnership or limited liability company which is a Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (iv) as to any estate which is a Partner, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust which is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee); or (vi) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner. For purposes of this definition, bankruptcy of a Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when (a) the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (b) the Partner is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been entered against the Partner; (c) the Partner executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of the Partner’s creditors; (d) the Partner files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Partner in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (b) above; (e) the Partner seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Partner or for all or any substantial part of the Partner’s properties; (f) any

 

8



 

proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief of or against such Partner under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof; (g) the appointment without the Partner’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator has not been vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of such appointment; or (h) an appointment referred to in clause (g) which has been stayed is not vacated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay.

 

Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of (A) his or its status as the General Partner, or as a trustee, director, officer, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of the General Partner or as an officer, employee, representative or agent of the Partnership, or (B) his or its liabilities, pursuant to a loan guarantee or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken assets subject to); and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial public offering of REIT Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to that certain underwriting agreement, dated July 29, 2009 among the Company, the Partnership, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters named therein.

 

Limited Partner ” means the Company and any other Person named as a limited partner of the Partnership in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time, or any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.  For purposes of this Agreement and the Act, the Limited Partners shall constitute a single class or group of limited partners.

 

Limited Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled, as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Limited Partner Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of Partnership Units.

 

Liquidating Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.

 

LTIP Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.2.C hereof and in the Plan in respect of LTIP Unitholders.  The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A, as may be amended from time to time.

 

9



 

LTIP Unit Agreement ” means each or any, as the context implies, LTIP Unit Agreement entered into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under the Plan (as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).

 

LTIP Unitholder ” means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.

 

Net Income ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, subject to the specific adjustments provided for in Section 1.B of Exhibit B.

 

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, subject to the specific adjustments provided for in Section 1.B of Exhibit B.

 

New Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.B hereof.

 

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

 

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

 

Notice of Redemption ” means the Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this Agreement.

 

Partner ” means a General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “ Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners collectively.

 

Partner Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Partnership ” means the limited partnership heretofore formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

 

10


 

Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of Partnership Units.

 

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in a Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

 

Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the Company for a distribution to its shareholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.

 

Partnership Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interest in the Partnership represented by such Units are set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time. The ownership of Partnership Units shall be evidenced by such form of certificate for units as the General Partner adopts from time to time unless the General Partner determines that the Partnership Units shall be uncertificated securities.

 

Partnership Unit Economic Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.C.

 

Partnership Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall be the calendar year.

 

Percentage Interest ” means, as to a Partner, its interest in the Partnership as determined by dividing the Partnership Units owned by such Partner by the total number of Partnership Units then outstanding and as specified in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time.

 

Person ” means an individual or a real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

 

Plan ” means the PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

Prior Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Qualified REIT Subsidiary ” means a qualified REIT subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2).

 

Recapture Income ” means any gain recognized by the Partnership upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income

 

11



 

because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

 

Redeeming Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Redemption Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Regulations ” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

REIT ” means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the Code.

 

REIT Share ” means a common share of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

REIT Shares Amount ” means a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the number of Partnership Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Partner, multiplied by the Conversion Factor; provided , that in the event the Company issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the shareholders to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “ rights ”), and the Company can issue such rights to the Redeeming Partner, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such rights that a holder of that number of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive.

 

REIT Share Offering ” means a primary offering by the Company of its REIT Shares, including, without limitation, the Initial Public Offering, the Concurrent Offering, the Direct Offering and any other offerings.

 

Residual Gain ” or “ Residual Loss ” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 2.B.(1)(a) or 2.B.(2)(a) of Exhibit C to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Specified Redemption Date ” means the tenth (10th) Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of a Notice of Redemption; provided , that if the Company combines its outstanding REIT Shares, no Specified Redemption Date shall occur after the record date of such combination of REIT Shares and prior to the effective date of such combination.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities; or (ii) the outstanding equity interests, is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

12



 

Substituted Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4.

 

Tenant ” means any tenant from which the Company derives rent either directly or indirectly through partnerships or limited liability companies, including the Partnership.

 

Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

 

Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.G.

 

Trading Days ” means days on which the primary trading market for REIT Shares, if any, is open for trading.

 

Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the fair market value of such property (as determined under Exhibit B hereof) as of such date; over (ii) the Carrying Value of such property (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Exhibit B hereof) as of such date.

 

Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the Carrying Value of such property (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Exhibit B hereof) as of such date; over (ii) the fair market value of such property (as determined under Exhibit B hereof) as of such date.

 

Unvested LTIP Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.C.

 

Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

Value ” means, with respect to a REIT Share, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the Valuation Date.  The daily market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, the closing price on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day; (ii) if the REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner; or (iii) if the REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten (10) days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided , that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten (10) days prior to the date in question, the Value of the REIT Shares shall be determined by the General

 

13



 

Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.  In the event the REIT Shares Amount includes rights that a holder of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, then the Value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

 

Vested LTIP Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.C.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

Section 2.1.            Continuation

 

The Partners hereby continue the Partnership as a limited partnership under and pursuant to the Act. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

 

Section 2.2.            Name

 

The name of the Partnership heretofore formed and continued hereby shall be PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.  The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

Section 2.3.            Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office

 

The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware and the name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The principal office of the Partnership shall be c/o PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, 27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor, Calabasas, California 91301, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.

 

Section 2.4.            Power of Attorney

 

A.            Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each

 

14



 

of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:

 

(1)           execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (a) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may or plans to conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certificate of cancellation; (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article 11, 12 or 13 hereof or the Capital Contribution of any Partner; and (e) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of Partnership Interest; and

 

(2)           execute, swear to, seal, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article 14 hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

B.            The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner and any Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Partnership Units and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or any Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney, and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or any Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the General Partner’s or Liquidator’s request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney

 

15



 

and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the case may be, deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

 

Section 2.5.            Term

 

The term of the Partnership commenced on the date that the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue until December 31, 2109, unless the Partnership is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 or as otherwise provided by law.

 

Section 2.6.            Admission of Limited Partners

 

On the date hereof, and upon the execution of this Agreement or a counterpart of this Agreement, each of the Persons identified as a limited partner of the Partnership on Exhibit A to this Agreement (other than the Company which has already been admitted as a limited partner of the Partnership) is hereby admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

PURPOSE

 

Section 3.1.            Purpose and Business

 

The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership formed pursuant to the Act; provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the Company at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless the Company ceases to qualify as a REIT for reasons other than the conduct of the business of the Partnership or voluntarily revokes its election to be a REIT; (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or to own interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing; and (iii) to do anything necessary, convenient or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting the Company’s right, in its sole discretion, to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the Company’s current status as a REIT inures to the benefit of all of the Partners and not solely to the General Partner, the Company or their Affiliates.

 

Section 3.2.            Powers

 

The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership, and shall have, without limitation, any and all of the powers that may be exercised on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however, that the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action which, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) could adversely affect the ability of the Company to qualify and to continue to qualify as a REIT; (ii) could subject the Company to any additional taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor

 

16



 

provision of the Code; or (iii) could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company, its securities or the Partnership, unless such action (or inaction) under clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii) above shall have been specifically consented to by the Company in writing.

 

Section 3.3.            Representations and Warranties by the Parties

 

A.            Each Partner that is an individual represents and warrants to each other Partner that (i) such Partner has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and perform such Partner’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s property is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is subject, (iii) such Partner is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

 

B.            Each Partner that is not an individual represents and warrants to each other Partner that (i) its execution and delivery of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, director(s) and/or shareholder(s), as the case may be, as required, (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, trust agreement, limited liability company operating agreement, declaration of trust, charter or bylaws, as the case may be, any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s properties or any of its partners, beneficiaries, trustees or shareholders, as the case may be, is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners, trustees, beneficiaries or shareholders, as the case may be, is or are subject, (iii) such Partner is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

 

C.            Each Partner further represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

 

(1)           Except as provided in Exhibit H hereto, at any time such Partner actually or Constructively Owns a 25% or greater capital interest or profits interest in the Partnership, it does not and will not, without the prior written consent of the General Partner, actually own or Constructively Own (a) with respect to any Tenant that is a corporation, any stock of such Tenant, and (b) with respect to any Tenant that is not a corporation, any interest in either the assets or net profits of such Tenant.

 

(2)           Upon request of the General Partner, it will promptly disclose to the General Partner the amount of REIT Shares or other capital shares of the Company that it actually owns or Constructively Owns.

 

Each Partner understands that if, for any reason, (a) the representations, warranties or agreements set forth above are violated, or (b) the Partnership’s actual or Constructive

 

17



 

Ownership of REIT Shares or other capital shares of the Company violates the limitations set forth in the Declaration of Trust, then (x) some or all of the Redemption Rights of the Partners may become non-exercisable, and (y) some or all of the REIT Shares owned by the Partners may be automatically transferred to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary, as provided in the Declaration of Trust.

 

(3)           Without the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion, no Partner shall take any action that would cause the Partnership at any time to have more than 100 partners (including as partners those Persons indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through a partnership, limited liability company, S corporation or grantor trust (such entity, a “ flow through entity ”), but only if substantially all of the value of such person’s interest in the flow through entity is attributable to the flow through entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership).

 

D.            The representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.3 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner and the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership.

 

E.             Each Partner hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership or the Company have been made by any Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and any other information, including, without limitation, financial and descriptive information and documentation, which may have been in any manner submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied.

 

Section 3.4.            Not Publicly Traded

 

The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall use its best efforts not to take any action which would result in the Partnership being a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of either Code Section 469(k)(2) or 7704(b).  Subject to this Section 3.4, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed by the Partners that the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, waive or otherwise modify the application with respect to any Partner(s) or Assignee(s) of any provision herein restricting, prohibiting or otherwise relating to (i) the transfer of a Limited Partner Interest or the Partnership Units evidencing the same, (ii) the admission of any Limited Partners and (iii) the Redemption Rights of such Partners, and that such waivers or modifications may be made by the General Partner at any time or from time to time, including, without limitation, concurrently with the issuance of any Partnership Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 4.

 

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1.            Capital Contributions of the Partners

 

At the time of their respective execution of this Agreement, the Partners shall make or shall have made Capital Contributions as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.  The Partners shall own Partnership Units of the class or series and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit A and shall have a Percentage Interest in the Partnership as set forth in Exhibit A, which Percentage Interest shall be adjusted in Exhibit A from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately exchanges, redemptions, additional Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units (pursuant to any merger or otherwise), or similar events having an effect on any Partner’s Percentage Interest.  Except as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 10.5, the Partners shall have no obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership.

 

Section 4.2.            Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

 

A.            The General Partner is hereby authorized, without the need for any vote or approval of any Partner or any other Person who may hold Partnership Units or Partnership Interests, to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue to any existing Partner (including the General Partner and the Company) or to any other Person, and to admit such Person as a limited partner in the Partnership, Partnership Units (including, without limitation, Common Units and preferred Partnership Units) or other Partnership Interests, in each case in exchange for the contribution by such Person of property or other assets, in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, or otherwise with such designations, preferences, redemption and conversion rights and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to Limited Partner Interests, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion subject to Delaware law, including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided , that no such additional Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests shall be issued to the Company unless either (a)(1) the additional Partnership Interests are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other securities by the Company, which securities have designations, preferences and other rights such that the economic interests attributable to such securities are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Interests issued to the Company in accordance with this Section 4.2.A, and (2) the Company shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the proceeds, if any, raised in connection with such issuance, (b) the additional Partnership Interests are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, or (c) the additional Partnership Interests are issued in connection with a contribution of property to the Partnership by the Company.  In addition, the Company may acquire Units from other Partners pursuant to this Agreement.

 

19



 

B.            In accordance with, and subject to the terms of Section 4.3 hereof, the Company shall not issue any REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued pursuant to Section 8.6) or other securities, or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares or other securities of the Company (or any Debt issued by the Company that provides any of the foregoing rights) (collectively, “ New Securities ”) other than to all holders of REIT Shares unless (i) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the Company Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the REIT Shares or other securities or New Securities; and (ii) the Company contributes to the Partnership the proceeds, if any, from the issuance of such REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities and, if applicable, from the exercise of rights contained in such New Securities.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Company is expressly authorized to issue REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the Company corresponding Partnership Interests, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the Company and the Partnership (for example, and not by way of limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding Partnership Units in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares under the Plan or another long-term incentive plan of the Company or pursuant to an employee share purchase plan providing for employee purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or employee share options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, or in order to comply with the REIT share ownership requirements set forth in Section 856(a)(5) of the Code); and (y) the Company contributes all proceeds from such issuance and exercise to the Partnership.

 

C.            The General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership, for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners.  Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.2.C and the special provisions of Sections 6.1.C, 8.7 and 8.8, LTIP Units shall be treated as Partnership Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto.  For purposes of computing the Partners’ Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Partnership Unitholders and LTIP Units shall be treated as Partnership Units.  In particular, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and Partnership Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes, including without limitation complying with the following procedures:

 

(i)            If an Adjustment Event occurs, the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between Partnership Units and LTIP Units.  If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Partnership Units other than actions specifically defined herein as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by the Plan, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances.  If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the

 

20



 

Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error.  Promptly after filing of such certificate, (i) the Partnership shall mail a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; and

 

(ii)           The LTIP Unitholders shall, in respect of each Distribution Payment Date, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Partnership Unit paid to holders of record on the same record date established by the General Partner with respect to such Distribution Payment Date; provided, however, that no distributions shall be made in respect of any LTIP Unit that would cause the Economic Capital Account of the holder of such LTIP Unit to have a negative balance that is greater than the negative balance of the Economic Capital Account of each Partnership Unit generally.  During any distribution period, so long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on Partnership Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units for such distribution period, except in the circumstances described in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Except to the extent required by the aforementioned proviso, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the Partnership Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of Partnership Units or Partnership Interests which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the Partnership Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the entitlement of the LTIP Units to such distribution.  Subject to the terms of any LTIP Unit Agreement, an LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject to the same restrictions as holders of Partnership Units are entitled to transfer their Partnership Units pursuant to Article 11.

 

LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:

 

(i)            LTIP Unit Agreements.  LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company, as the sole owner of the General Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of an LTIP Unit Agreement.  The terms of any LTIP Unit Agreement may be modified by the Compensation Committee of the Company, as the sole owner of the General Partner, from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant LTIP Unit Agreement or by the Plan, if applicable.  LTIP Units that have become vested under the terms of an LTIP Unit Agreement are referred to herein as “Vested LTIP Units”; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “Unvested LTIP Units.”
 
(ii)           Forfeiture.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable LTIP Unit Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in an LTIP Unit Agreement as resulting in either the right of the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, if the Partnership or the General Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable LTIP Unit

 

21



 

Agreement, then the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable LTIP Unit Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture.  In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance contemplated by Section 6.1.C, calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any.
 
(iii)          Allocations.  LTIP Unitholders shall receive certain special allocations of gain under Section 6.1.C.
 
(iv)          Redemption.  The Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 8.6 shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to Partnership Units as provided in clause (vi) below and Section 8.7.
 
(v)           Legend.  Any certificate evidencing an LTIP Unit shall bear an appropriate legend indicating that additional terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer, including without limitation any LTIP Unit Agreement, apply to the LTIP Unit.
 
(vi)          Conversion to Partnership Units.  Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into Partnership Units under Section 8.7.
 
(vii)         Voting.  LTIP Units shall have the voting rights provided in Section 8.8.
 

Section 4.3.            Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Securities by the Company

 

On the date of the completion of the Initial Public Offering, the Concurrent Offering and the Direct Offering, the Company shall contribute to the Partnership the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, the Concurrent Offering and the Direct Offering in exchange for Partnership Units; and in connection with any other REIT Share Offering and any other issuance of REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall contribute to the Partnership any proceeds (or a portion thereof) raised in connection with such issuance in exchange for Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the REIT Shares or other securities or New Securities contributed to the Partnership; provided , that, in each case, if the proceeds actually received by the Company are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the Company shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount and other expenses paid by the Company (which discount and expense shall be treated as an expense for the benefit of the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.4).  In the case of employee purchases of New Securities at a discount from fair market value, the amount of such discount representing compensation to the employee, as determined by the General Partner, shall be treated as an expense of the issuance of such New Securities.

 

22


 

Section 4.4.            Additional Funds

 

A.            The General Partner may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Partnership requires additional funds (“ Additional Funds ”) for the acquisition of additional assets, for the redemption of Partnership Units or for such other purposes as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion.  Additional Funds may be obtained by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.4 without the approval of any Limited Partners.

 

B.            The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by accepting Capital Contributions from any Partners or other Persons.  In connection with any such Capital Contribution, the General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue additional Partnership Units (as set forth in Section 4.2 above) in consideration therefor, and the Percentage Interests of the Partners shall be adjusted to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units.

 

C.            The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to any Person upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate, including making such Debt convertible, redeemable or exchangeable for Partnership Units; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if (i) a breach, violation or default of such indebtedness would be deemed to occur by virtue of the transfer of any Partnership Interest, or (ii) such Debt is recourse to any Partner (unless the Partner otherwise agrees).

 

D.            The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt with the Company if (i) such Debt is, to the extent permitted by law, on substantially the same terms and conditions (including interest rate, repayment schedule, and conversion, redemption, repurchase and exchange rights) as Funding Debt incurred by the General Partner, the net proceeds of which are loaned to the Partnership to provide such Additional Funds, or (ii) such Debt is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if (a) a breach, violation or default of such Debt would be deemed to occur by virtue of the transfer of any Partnership Interest, or (b) such Debt is recourse to any Partner (unless the Partner otherwise agrees).

 

Section 4.5.            Preemptive Rights

 

No Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to (i) additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership; or (ii) the issuance or sale of any Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests.

 

23



 

ARTICLE 5.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1.            Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

 

The General Partner shall distribute at least quarterly all or such portion as the General Partner may in its sole discretion determine of Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter or shorter period to the Partners that are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter or shorter period in the following priority:

 

A.            First, to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests in arrears with respect to the immediately preceding calendar quarter in an amount equal to (1) the sum of (a) the General Partner’s reasonable estimate of the Net Income allocable to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests under Section 6.1.A.(ii) with respect to such immediately preceding calendar quarter and (b) the General Partner’s determination of the Net Income so allocated in prior calendar quarters in the same calendar year, reduced by (2) the sum of (a) all distributions previously made under this subsection or under subsection B. with respect to all calendar quarters during the same calendar year and (b) any Net Loss allocable to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests in such calendar quarter or any preceding calendar quarter of the same calendar year under Section 6.1.B.

 

B.            Second, to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests; provided , that in no event may a Partner receive a distribution of Available Cash with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a distribution out of such Available Cash with respect to a REIT Share for which such Partnership Unit has been exchanged, and any such distribution shall be made to the Company; and provided, further, that no LTIP Unitholder shall receive any distribution of Available Cash if and to the extent the balance of such LTIP Unitholder’s Adjusted Capital Account would be equal to or less than zero after such distribution is made unless the balances of the Adjusted Capital Accounts of all Partners in the Partnership would also be equal to or less than zero after such distribution is made.

 

The General Partner shall take such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion and consistent with the Company’s qualification as a REIT, to distribute Available Cash to the Limited Partners so as to preclude any such distribution or portion thereof from being treated as part of a sale of property to the Partnership by a Limited Partner under Section 707 of the Code or the Regulations thereunder; provided , that the General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of any distribution to a Limited Partner being so treated.

 

Section 5.2.            Amounts Withheld

 

All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and Section 10.5 hereof with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to the Partners or

 

24



 

Assignees shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Partners or Assignees pursuant to Section 5.1 for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.3.            Distributions Upon Liquidation

 

Proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction and any other cash received or reductions in reserves made after commencement of the liquidation of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 13.2.

 

Section 5.4.            Restricted Distributions

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable law.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 6.1.            Allocations For Capital Account Purposes

 

For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Exhibit B hereof) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

 

A.            After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C attached hereto, Net Income shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

B.            After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C attached hereto, Net Losses shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.  In no event shall Net Losses be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent such allocation would result in such partner having an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (per Unit) at the end of any taxable year in excess of the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (per Unit) of any other Limited Partner.  All such Net Losses shall be allocated to the other Partners; provided , however , that appropriate adjustments shall be made to the allocation of future Net Income in order to offset such specially allocated Net Losses hereunder.

 

C.            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1.A above, any net capital gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code, shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders until the aggregate Economic Capital Account Balances of such LTIP Unitholders, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units,

 

25



 

are equal to the product of (i) the Partnership Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of such LTIP Unitholders’ LTIP Units.

 

For this purpose, the “Economic Capital Account Balances” of the LTIP Unitholders will be equal to their Capital Account balances, plus the amount of their shares of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units.  Similarly, the “Partnership Unit Economic Balance” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of the Company, plus the amount of the Company’s share of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to the Company’s ownership of Partnership Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 6.1.C, divided by (ii) the number of the Company’s Partnership Units.  Any such allocations shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 6.1.C.  The parties agree that the intent of this Section 6.1.C is to make the Capital Account balances of the LTIP Unitholders with respect to each of their LTIP Units economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance of the Company with respect to each of its Partnership Units if the Carrying Value of the Partnership’s property has been adjusted in accordance with Exhibit B in a corresponding amount.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

 

Section 7.1.            Management

 

A.            Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are and shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. The General Partner may not be removed by the Limited Partners with or without cause.  In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3 hereof, shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary, desirable or convenient by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 3.2 hereof and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, including, without limitation:

 

(1)           the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to its Partners in such amounts as will permit the Company (so long as the Company desires to maintain its qualification as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal income tax (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section 4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its shareholders in amounts sufficient to permit the Company to maintain its REIT status), the assumption or

 

26



 

guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidence of indebtedness (including the securing of the same by deed, mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets) and the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership;

 

(2)           the making of tax, regulatory and other filings or elections, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

 

(3)           the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any assets of the Partnership (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege, or subscription right or other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Partnership) or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another entity (all of the foregoing subject to any prior approval only to the extent required by Section 7.3 hereof);

 

(4)           the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation of any assets of the Partnership, the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms that it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, the Company or any of the Partnership’s or the Company’s Subsidiaries, the lending of funds to other Persons (including, without limitation, the Subsidiaries of the Partnership and/or the Company) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment, and the making of capital contributions to its Subsidiaries;

 

(5)           the management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair, alteration, demolition, disposition or improvement of any real property or improvements owned by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership;

 

(6)           the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary or convenient to the conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement, including, without limitation, contracting with consultants, accountants, legal counsel, other professional advisors and other agents and the payment of their expenses and compensation out of the Partnership’s assets;

 

(7)           the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(8)           holding, managing, investing and reinvesting cash and other assets of the Partnership;

 

(9)           the collection and receipt of revenues and income of the Partnership;

 

(10)         the establishment of one or more divisions of the Partnership, the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership (including, without limitation, employees

 

27



 

who may be designated as officers with titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer” of the Partnership), and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the Partnership, and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

(11)         the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;

 

(12)         the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships, limited liability companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations, entities that are treated as REITs, “taxable REIT subsidiaries” or as foreign corporations for federal income tax purposes, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property or the making of loans to, its or the Company’s Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment from time to time or the incurrence of indebtedness on behalf of such Persons or the guarantee of obligations of such Persons and the making of any tax, regulatory or other filing or election with respect to any of the foregoing Persons ); provided , that as long as the Company has determined to continue to qualify as a REIT, the Partnership may not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution that would cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT;

 

(13)         the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the settlement, compromise, submission to arbitration or any other form of dispute resolution, or abandonment of, any claim, cause of action, liability, debt or damages, due or owing to or from the Partnership, the commencement or defense of suits, legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, and the representation of the Partnership in all suits or legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, the incurrence of legal expense, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

(14)         the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in any Subsidiary or any other Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons);

 

(15)         the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as the General Partner may adopt;

 

(16)         the enforcement of any rights against any Partner pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to such Partner’s contribution of property or assets to the Partnership;

 

(17)         the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment held by the Partnership;

 

28



 

(18)         the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or other Person;

 

(19)         the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the Partnership does not have an interest pursuant to contractual or other arrangements with such Person;

 

(20)         the making, execution, delivery and performance of any and all deeds, leases, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities, waivers, releases or legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary, appropriate or convenient, in the judgment of the General Partner, for the accomplishment of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement;

 

(21)         the issuance of additional Partnership Units and other partnership interests, as appropriate, in connection with Capital Contributions by Additional Limited Partners and additional Capital Contributions by Partners pursuant to Article 4 hereof; and

 

(22)         the taking of any action necessary or appropriate to enable the Company to qualify as a REIT.

 

B.            Each of the Limited Partners agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as provided in Section 7.3), the Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, to the fullest extent permitted under the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation. The execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

 

C.            At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain at any and all times working capital accounts and other cash or similar balances in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

 

D.            In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner of any action taken by it. The General Partner and the Partnership shall not be liable to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of an income tax liability incurred by such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner taken pursuant to its authority under this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of Section 7.3.

 

29



 

Section 7.2.            Certificate of Limited Partnership

 

The General Partner has filed the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and any other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate or convenient, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all of the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware and each other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 8.5.A(4) hereof, the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment thereto or restatement thereof to any Limited Partner.

 

Section 7.3.            Restrictions on General Partner Authority

 

The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of an express prohibition or limitation of this Agreement without the written Consent of Limited Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners, or such other percentage of the Limited Partners as may be specifically provided for under a provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4.            Reimbursement of the General Partner and the Company

 

A.            Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 regarding distributions, payments, and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

 

B.            The General Partner and its Affiliates shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenditures that each incurs relating to the ownership and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership; provided , that the amount of any such reimbursement shall be reduced by any interest earned by the General Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it on behalf of the Partnership; and provided , further , that the General Partner and its Affiliates shall not be reimbursed for any (i) trustees’/directors’ fees, (ii) income tax liabilities or (iii) filing or similar fees in connection with maintaining the General Partner’s or any such Affiliate’s continued existence that are incurred by the General Partner or an Affiliate, but the Partners acknowledge that all other expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates are deemed to be for the benefit of the Partnership. Such reimbursement shall be in addition to any reimbursement made as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.  Included among the expenditures for which the General Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement hereunder shall be any payments of debt service made by the General Partner, in its capacity as General Partner, as guarantor or otherwise, with respect to indebtedness encumbering any property held by the Partnership.

 

30



 

C.            As set forth in Section 4.3, the Company shall be treated as having made a Capital Contribution in the amount of all expenses that it incurs and pays relating to the Initial Public Offering, the Concurrent Offering, the Direct Offering, any other REIT Share Offering and any other issuance of REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities pursuant to Section 4.2, the proceeds from the issuance of which are contributed to the Partnership.

 

D.            In the event that the Company shall elect to purchase from its shareholders REIT Shares for the purpose of delivering such REIT Shares to satisfy an obligation under any distribution reinvestment program adopted by the Company, any employee share purchase plan adopted by the Company, or any similar obligation or arrangement undertaken by the Company in the future, the purchase price paid by the Company for such REIT Shares and any other expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such purchase shall be considered expenses of the Partnership and shall be reimbursed to the Company, subject to the condition that: (i) if such REIT Shares subsequently are sold by the Company, the Company shall pay to the Partnership any proceeds received by the Company for such REIT Shares (which sales proceeds shall include the amount of distributions reinvested under any distribution reinvestment or similar program; provided , that a transfer of REIT Shares for Partnership Units pursuant to Section 8.6 would not be considered a sale for such purposes); and (ii) if such REIT Shares are not retransferred by the Company within 30 days after the purchase thereof, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to cancel a number of Partnership Units held by the Company equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of such REIT Shares (in which case such reimbursement shall be treated as a distribution in redemption of Partnership Units held by the Company).

 

Section 7.5.            Outside Activities of the General Partner

 

The General Partner shall not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests and the management of the business of the Partnership, and such activities as are incidental thereto.  The General Partner and any Affiliates of the General Partner may acquire Limited Partner Interests and shall be entitled to exercise all rights of a Limited Partner relating to such Limited Partner Interests.

 

Section 7.6.            Contracts with Affiliates

 

A.            The Partnership may lend or contribute funds or other assets to its or the Company’s Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it or the Company has an equity investment and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

 

B.            Except as provided in Section 7.5, the Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, limited liability companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

 

31



 

C.            Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are determined by the General Partner in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

 

D.            The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners, may propose and adopt, on behalf of the Partnership, employee benefit plans, share option plans, and similar plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, the Company, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership, the Company, the General Partner or any Subsidiaries of the Partnership.

 

E.             The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the Partnership, and without the approval of the Limited Partners, a right of first opportunity arrangement and other conflict avoidance agreements with various Affiliates of the Partnership, the Company and the General Partner, on such terms as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

 

Section 7.7.            Indemnification

 

A.            To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership or the Company as set forth in this Agreement, in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, except to the extent such Indemnitee acted in bad faith, or with gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7 in favor of any Indemnitee having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and neither the General Partner nor any Limited Partner shall have any obligation to contribute to the capital of the Partnership, or otherwise provide funds, to enable the Partnership to fund its obligations under this Section 7.7.

 

B.            Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 7.7.A.

 

32


 

C.            The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity unless otherwise provided in a written agreement pursuant to which such Indemnities are indemnified.

 

D.            The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of the Indemnities and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

E.             For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 7.7; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.

 

F.             In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

G.            An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

H.            The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnities, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.7, as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 7.8.            Liability of the General Partner

 

A.            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, none of the General Partner, its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, trustees, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents or any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Partnership and its Affiliates (individually, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, any Partners or

 

33



 

any Assignees for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or of any act or omission if the Covered Person’s conduct did not constitute bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

B.            The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership and the shareholders of the Company collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (except as otherwise provided herein) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions, and that the General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions; provided , that the General Partner has acted in good faith.

 

C.            Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1.A hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its employees and agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such employee or agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

 

D.            Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Covered Person’s liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

E.             To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, any Covered Person acting under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

 

F.             Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” or under a similar grant of authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires and may consider its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Limited Partners, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or by law or any other agreement contemplated herein.

 

Section 7.9.            Other Matters Concerning the General Partner

 

A.            The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting, or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,

 

34



 

consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

B.            The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

C.            The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers and duly appointed attorneys-in-fact. Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and duty which is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

 

D.            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the Company to continue to qualify as a REIT; or (ii) to avoid the Company incurring any taxes under Section 337(d), 857, 1374 or 4981 of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.

 

Section 7.10.          Title to Partnership Assets

 

Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

 

Section 7.11.          Reliance by Third Parties

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without consent or approval of any other Partner or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the

 

35



 

Partnership, and take any and all actions on behalf of the Partnership and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if the General Partner were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies which may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect; (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership; and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE 8.

 

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 8.1.            Limitation of Liability

 

The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement, including Section 10.5 hereof, or under the Act.

 

Section 8.2.            Management of Business

 

No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, trustee, director, member, employee or agent of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, trustee, director, member, employee or agent of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.3.            Outside Activities of Limited Partners

 

Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.6.E hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, any Limited Partner (other than the Company) and any officer, trustee, director, member, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or shareholder of any Limited Partner (other than the Company) shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the

 

36



 

Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee. None of the Limited Partners (other than the Company) nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the Partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.

 

Section 8.4.            Return of Capital

 

Except pursuant to the right of redemption set forth in Section 8.6, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein. Except to the extent provided by Exhibit C hereof or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee, either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

 

Section 8.5.            Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

 

A.            In addition to the other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5.C hereof, each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense (including such copying and administrative charges as the General Partner may establish from time to time):

 

(1)           to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports prepared by the Company and distributed to its shareholders, including, annual and quarterly reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act;

 

(2)           to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each Partnership Year;

 

(3)           to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

 

(4)           to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

 

(5)           to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of any other property or services contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner.

 

37



 

B.            The Partnership shall notify each Limited Partner, upon request, of the then current Conversion Factor.

 

C.            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business; or (ii) the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with an unaffiliated third party to keep confidential.

 

Section 8.6.            Redemption Right

 

A.            Subject to Sections 8.6.B and 8.6.C hereof and on or after such date, if any, as expressly provided for in any agreement entered into between the Partnership and any Limited Partner, each Limited Partner (other than the Company) shall have the right (the “ Redemption Right ”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Partnership Units (provided that such Partnership Units constitute Common Units) held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price per Unit equal to and in the form of the Cash Amount to be paid by the Partnership. The Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the Company) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the redemption right (the “ Redeeming Partner ”); provided , however , that the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Redemption Right if the Company elects to purchase the Partnership Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.6.B. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Partnership Units at any one time or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Partnership Units, all of the Partnership Units held by such Partner. The Redeeming Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Partnership Units so redeemed, to receive any distributions paid on or after the Specified Redemption Date. The Assignee of any Limited Partner may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6, and such Limited Partner shall be deemed to have assigned such rights to such Assignee and shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by such Assignee. In connection with any exercise of such rights by an Assignee on behalf of a Limited Partner, the Cash Amount shall be paid by the Partnership directly to such Assignee and not to such Limited Partner.  Any Partnership Units redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 8.6.A shall be cancelled upon such redemption.

 

B.            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6.A, a Limited Partner that exercises the Redemption Right shall be deemed to have offered to sell the Partnership Units described in the Notice of Redemption to the Company, and the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to purchase directly and acquire such Partnership Units by paying to the Redeeming Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by the Company (in its sole and absolute discretion), on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon the Company shall acquire the Partnership Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Partnership Units. If the Company shall elect to exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units under this Section 8.6.B with respect to a Notice of Redemption, it shall so notify the Redeeming Partner within

 

38



 

five (5) Business Days after the receipt by it of such Notice of Redemption. Unless the Company (in its sole and absolute discretion) shall exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units from the Redeeming Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6.B, the Company shall not have any obligation to the Redeeming Partner or the Partnership with respect to the Redeeming Partner’s exercise of the Redemption Right. In the event the Company shall exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units with respect to the exercise of a Redemption Right in the manner described in the first sentence of this Section 8.6.B, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Partner with respect to such Redeeming Partner’s exercise of such Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Partner, the Partnership and the Company shall treat the transaction between the Company and the Redeeming Partner, for federal income tax purposes, as a sale of the Redeeming Partner’s Partnership Units to the Company. Each Redeeming Partner agrees to execute such documents as the Company may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Redemption Right.  In case of any reclassification of the REIT Shares (including, but not limited to, any reclassification upon a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) into securities other than REIT Shares, for purposes of this Section 8.6.B, the Company (or its Successor) may thereafter exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units for the kind and amount of shares of such securities receivable upon such reclassification by a holder of the number of REIT Shares for which such Units could be purchased pursuant to this Section immediately prior to such reclassification.

 

C.            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6.A and Section 8.6.B, a Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.6.A to the extent that the delivery of REIT Shares to such Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by the Company pursuant to Section 8.6.B (regardless of whether or not the Company would in fact exercise its rights under Section 8.6.B) would (i) be prohibited, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company, under the Declaration of Trust or (ii) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of REIT Shares for purposes of complying with the Securities Act.

 

Section 8.7.            Conversion of LTIP Units

 

A.            An LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right”), at his or her option, at any time to convert all or a portion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Partnership Units; provided, however, that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than 100 Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than 100 Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the Partnership Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “Capital Account Limitation”).  LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Partnership Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided, however, that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause his or her Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition.  The

 

39



 

General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Partnership Units.  In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Partnership Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 8.7.

 

B.            Subject to the Capital Account Limitation, a holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable Partnership Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.2.C.  In order to exercise his or her Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “Conversion Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit F to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the “Conversion Date”) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided, however, that if the General Partner has not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Transaction at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the 10th day after such notice from the General Partner of a Transaction or (y) the third Business Day immediately preceding the effective date of such Transaction.  A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 15.1.  Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 8.7.B shall be free and clear of all liens.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 8.6.A hereof relating to those Partnership Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Partnership Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided, however, that the redemption of such Partnership Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date.  For clarity, it is noted that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if he or she so wishes, the Partnership Units into which his or her Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be redeemed by the Partnership simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if the Company elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such Partnership Units under Section 8.6.B hereof by delivering to such holder REIT Shares rather than cash, then such holder can have such REIT Shares issued to him or her simultaneously with the conversion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Partnership Units.  The General Partner shall cooperate with an LTIP Unitholder to coordinate the timing of the different events described in the foregoing sentence.

 

C.            The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “Forced Conversion”) into an equal number of Partnership Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.2.C; provided, however, that the Partnership may not cause a Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 8.7.

 

D.            In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “Forced Conversion Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit G to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice.  A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 15.1.

 

40



 

E.             A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Partnership Units issuable upon such conversion.  After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of Partnership Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such Person immediately after such conversion.  The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article 11 hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.7 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.

 

F.             For purposes of making future allocations under Section 6.1.C and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Partnership Unit Economic Balance.

 

G.            If the Partnership or the General Partner shall be a party to any transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or substantially all Partnership Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Partnership Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the holders of such Partnership Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “Transaction”), then the General Partner shall, immediately prior to the Transaction, exercise its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Transaction).  In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Transaction in consideration for the Partnership Units into which his or her LTIP Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Transaction by a holder of the same number of Partnership Units, assuming such holder of Partnership Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “Constituent Person”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person.  In the event that holders of Partnership Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of a Transaction, prior to such Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner,

 

41



 

the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Partnership Units in connection with such Transaction.  If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by him or her (or by any of his or her transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Partnership Unit would receive if such Partnership Unit holder failed to make such an election.  Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the Company under any LTIP Unit Agreement and the Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable effort to cause the terms of any Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section 8.7.G and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Partnership Units in connection with the Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Partnership Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.

 

Section 8.8.            Voting Rights of LTIP Units

 

LTIP Unitholders shall have (a) those voting rights required from time to time by applicable law, if any, (b) the same voting rights as a holder of Partnership Units, with the LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Partnership Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit, and (c) the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below.  So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the LTIP Units outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to materially and adversely affect any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the holders of Partnership Units; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:  (i) with respect to any Transaction, so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 8.7.G hereof, the consummation of such Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and (ii) any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Partnership Units, LTIP Units or Preferred Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.  The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into Partnership Units.

 

42


 

ARTICLE 9.

 

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 9.1.            Records and Accounting

 

The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership those records and documents required to be maintained by the Act and other books and records deemed by the General Partner to be appropriate with respect to the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.  Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP, or such other basis as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 9.2.            Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

 

Section 9.3.            Reports

 

A.            As soon as practicable, but in no event later than one hundred five (105) days after the close of each Partnership Year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the close of the Partnership Year, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership, or of the Company if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the Company, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with GAAP, such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

 

B.            As soon as practicable, but in no event later than one hundred five (105) days after the close of each calendar quarter (except the last calendar quarter of each year), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership, or of the Company, if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the Company, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

 

C.            The Partnership shall also cause to be prepared such reports and/or information as are necessary for the Company to determine its qualification as a REIT and its compliance with the requirements for REITs pursuant to the Code and Regulations.

 

43



 

ARTICLE 10.

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 10.1.          Preparation of Tax Returns

 

The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within ninety (90) days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.

 

Section 10.2.          Tax Elections

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code. Notwithstanding the above, in making any such tax election the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to the Limited Partners resulting from any such election.

 

The General Partner shall make such tax elections on behalf of the Partnership as the Limited Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners request; provided , that the General Partner believes that such election is not adverse to the interests of the Company, including its interest in preserving its qualification as a REIT under the Code. The General Partner can elect to use any method permitted by Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of any property contributed to the Partnership by any Partner after the date hereof and such property’s initial Carrying Value.  The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any tax election it makes (including, without limitation, an election under Section 754 of the Code) upon the General Partner’s determination, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partners.

 

Section 10.3.          Tax Matters Partner

 

A.            The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. Pursuant to Section 6230(e) of the Code, upon receipt of notice from the IRS of the beginning of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Partnership, the tax matters partner shall furnish the IRS with the name, address, taxpayer identification number, and profit interest of each of the Limited Partners and the Assignees; provided , however , that such information is provided to the Partnership by the Limited Partners and the Assignees.

 

B.            The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

 

(1)           to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial

 

44



 

review”), and in the settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner; or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(8) of the Code) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);

 

(2)           in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “ final adjustment ”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the Tax Court or the filing of a complaint for refund with the United States Claims Court or the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;

 

(3)           to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;

 

(4)           to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;

 

(5)           to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax which is attributable to any item required to be taken account of by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and

 

(6)           to take any other action on behalf of the Partners or the Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.

 

The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner, and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner set forth in Section 7.7 of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.

 

C.            The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services. All third party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership. Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting and/or law firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.

 

45



 

Section 10.4.          Organizational Expenses

 

The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in forming the Partnership ratably over a one-hundred eighty (180) month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

 

Section 10.5.          Withholding

 

Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from, or pay on behalf of or with respect to, such Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local, or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Section 1441, 1442, 1445, or 1446 of the Code. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within fifteen (15) days after notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made unless (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner, or (ii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership which would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) shall be treated as having been distributed to such Limited Partner. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.5 when due, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited Partner. Without limitation, in such event the General Partner shall have the right to receive distributions that would otherwise be distributable to such defaulting Limited Partner until such time as such loan, together with all interest thereon, has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been distributed to the defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid by the defaulting Limited Partner to the General Partner in repayment of such loan. Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the lesser of (A) the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , plus four (4) percentage points, or (B) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date such amount is due (i.e., fifteen (15) days after demand) until such amount is paid in full. Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder.  Upon a Limited Partner’s complete withdrawal from the Partnership, such Limited Partner shall be required to restore funds to the Partnership to the extent that the cumulative amount of taxes withheld from or paid on behalf of, or with respect to, such Limited Partner exceeds the sum of such amounts (i) repaid to the Partnership by such Limited Partner, (ii) withheld from distributions to such Limited Partner and (iii) paid by the General Partner on behalf of such Limited Partner.

 

46



 

ARTICLE 11.

 

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 11.1.          Transfer

 

A.            The term “transfer,” when used in this Article 11 with respect to a Partnership Unit, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner purports to assign all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person or by which a Limited Partner purports to assign all or any part of its Limited Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise. The term “transfer” when used in this Article 11 does not include (i) any redemption of Partnership Interests by the Partnership from a Limited Partner, (ii) any acquisition of Partnership Units from a Limited Partner by the Company pursuant to Section 8.6, or (iii) any distribution of Partnership Units by a Limited Partner to its beneficial owners.

 

B.            No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11.  Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void.

 

C.            Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 11, the Partnership Interests of the General Partner or the Company may be transferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, to any Person that is, at the time of such transfer, a Qualified REIT Subsidiary.  Any transferee of the entire General Partner Interest pursuant to this Section 11.1.C shall automatically become, without further action or Consent of any Limited Partners, the sole general partner of the Partnership, subject to all the rights, privileges, duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Act relating to a general partner.  Upon any transfer permitted by this Section 11.1.C, the transferor Partner shall be relieved of all its obligations under this Agreement.  The provisions of Sections 11.2.B, 11.3, 11.4.A and 11.5 hereof shall not apply to any transfer permitted by this Section 11.1.C.

 

Section 11.2.          Transfer of General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interest

 

A.            The General Partner may not transfer any of its General Partner Interest or withdraw as General Partner, or transfer any of its Limited Partner Interest, except as provided in Sections 11.1.C, 11.2.B and 11.2.C hereof.

 

B.            Except as set forth in Section 11.1.C or 11.2.C, the General Partner shall not withdraw from the Partnership and shall not transfer all or any portion of its Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership (whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) unless Limited Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners Consent to such transfer or withdrawal.  Upon any transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest pursuant to the Consent of the Limited Partners and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.2.B, the transferee shall become a successor General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and rights of the transferor General Partner, and shall be liable for all obligations and responsible for all duties of

 

47



 

the General Partner, once such transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest so acquired.  It is a condition to any transfer by the General Partner otherwise permitted hereunder that the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership Interest, and such transfer shall relieve the transferor General Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the Consent of the Limited Partners.  In the event that the General Partner withdraws from the Partnership, in violation of this Agreement or otherwise, or otherwise dissolves or terminates, or upon an Event of Bankruptcy of the General Partner, as described in Section 13.2 hereof, the remaining Partners may agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership by selecting a successor General Partner in accordance with the Act.

 

C.            The General Partner may merge with another entity if immediately after such merger substantially all of the assets of the surviving entity, other than the General Partner Interest held by the General Partner, are contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units.

 

Section 11.3.          Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer

 

A.            Except as provided in Section 11.3.B, no Limited Partner shall Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the written consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the Company may not transfer any portion of its Limited Partnership Interest without the Consent of Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners; and provided, further, that if a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, such Incapacitated Limited Partner may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest;.

 

B.            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11, a Limited Partner may Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any of its Affiliates and such transferee shall be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, all without obtaining the consent of the General Partner.

 

C.            If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all of the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to transfer all or any part of his or its interest in the Partnership. The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

 

D.            Without limiting the generality of Section 11.3.A hereof, the General Partner may prohibit any transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Interest if, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership, such transfer would require filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Units.

 

48



 

E.             No transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of either Code Section 469(k)(2) or 7704(b); (ii) such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code; (iii) such transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA or to Section 4975 of the Code, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code); (iv) such transfer would, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101; (v) such transfer would subject the Partnership to be regulated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA; or (vi) such transfer would cause the Partnership to be terminated for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708.

 

F.             No transfer of any Partnership Units may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability, without the consent of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

G.            The General Partner shall keep a register for the Partnership on which the transfer, pledge or release of Partnership Units shall be shown and pursuant to which entries shall be made to effect all transfers, pledges or releases as required by the applicable sections of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, in effect in the States of California and Delaware; provided , however , that if there is any conflict between such requirements, the provisions of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code shall govern.  The General Partner shall (i) place proper entries in such register clearly showing each transfer and each pledge and grant of security interest and the transfer and assignment pursuant thereto, such entries to be endorsed by the General Partner, and (ii) maintain the register and make the register available for inspection by all of the Partners and their pledgees at all times during the term of this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent to any pledge or transfer otherwise prohibited under this Agreement.

 

Section 11.4.          Substituted Limited Partners

 

A.            No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee as a Limited Partner in his or its place. The General Partner shall, however, have the right to consent to the admission of a transferee of the interest of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 11.4 as a Substituted Limited Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The General Partner’s failure or refusal to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or any Partner.  A Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Substituted Limited Partner only upon the aforementioned consent of the General Partner and the furnishing to the General Partner of (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof and (ii) such other documents of the General

 

49



 

Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as a Substituted Limited Partner.  The admission of any Person as a Substituted Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

 

B.            A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.

 

C.            Upon the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A to reflect the name, address, number of Partnership Units and Percentage Interest (as applicable) of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and interest of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.

 

Section 11.5.          Assignees

 

If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be deemed to have had assigned to it, and shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses, Recapture Income, and any other items, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Interest assigned to such transferee, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of a Partnership Interest for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to vote such Partnership Interest in any matter presented to the Limited Partners for a vote (such Partnership Interest being deemed to have been voted on such matter in the same proportion as all other Partnership Interest held by Limited Partners are voted). In the event any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Partnership Interest, such transferee shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of his or its Partnership Interest.

 

Section 11.6.          General Provisions

 

A.            No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest in accordance with this Article 11 or pursuant to redemption of all of its Partnership Units, or the acquisition thereof by the Company, under Section 8.6.

 

B.            Any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its Partnership Interest in a transfer permitted pursuant to this Article 11 shall cease to be a Limited Partner upon the admission of all Assignees of such Partnership Interest as Substituted Limited Partners. Similarly, any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its Partnership Units pursuant to a redemption of all of its Partnership Units, or the acquisition thereof by the Company, under Section 8.6 shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

 

C.            Transfers pursuant to this Article 11 may only be made on the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the General Partner otherwise agrees.

 

50



 

D.            If any Partnership Interest is transferred or assigned during any quarterly segment of the Partnership’s fiscal year in compliance with the provisions of this Article 11 or redeemed or transferred pursuant to Section 8.6 on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Partnership Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor Partner and the transferee Partner by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method. All distributions of Available Cash attributable to such Partnership Interest with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such transfer, assignment, or redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner or the Redeeming Partner, as the case may be, and in the case of a transfer or assignment other than a redemption, all distributions of Available Cash thereafter attributable to such Partnership Interest shall be made to the transferee Partner.

 

ARTICLE 12.

 

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

Section 12.1.          Admission of Successor General Partner

 

A successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 11.1.C or 11.2 hereof who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to such transfer. Any such transferee shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission. In the case of such admission on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, all items attributable to the General Partner Interest for such Partnership Year shall be allocated between the transferring General Partner and such successor as provided in Section 11.6.D hereof.

 

Section 12.2.          Admission of Additional Limited Partners

 

A.            A Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

 

B.            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

 

51



 

C.            If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items allocable among Partners and Assignees for such Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Partners and Assignees by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method.  All distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees, other than such Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter shall be made to all of the Partners and Assignees, including such Additional Limited Partner.

 

Section 12.3.          Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

 

For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A) and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 13.

 

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 13.1.          Dissolution

 

The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution.  The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, only upon the first to occur of any of the following (“ Liquidating Events ”):

 

A.            the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.5 hereof;

 

B.            an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, as defined in the Act, other than an event of bankruptcy as defined in the Act, unless, (i) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one remaining general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to and does carry on the business of the Partnership, or (ii) within ninety (90) days after such event of withdrawal not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests of the remaining Partners (or such greater Percentage Interest as may be required by the Act and determined in accordance with the Act), determined, in case the withdrawing General Partner continues as a Limited Partner, by both excluding and including Limited Partner Interests continuing to be held by the withdrawing General Partner, agrees in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a successor General Partner;

 

52


 

C.            from and after the date of this Agreement through December 31, 2069, an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner with the Consent of Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners;

 

D.            on or after January 1, 2070, an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

E.             entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

 

F.             the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Partnership; or

 

G.            a final and non-appealable judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction ruling that the General Partner is bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction against the General Partner, in each case under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect (hereinafter referred to as an “ Event of Bankruptcy ,” and such term as used herein is intended and shall be deemed to supersede and replace the events of withdrawal described in Section 17-402(a)(4) and (5) of the Act), unless prior to the entry of such order or judgment all of the remaining Partners agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of a date prior to the date of such order or judgment, of a substitute General Partner.

 

Section 13.2.          Winding Up

 

A.            Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners.  No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs.  The General Partner, or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected by a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners (the General Partner or such other Person being referred to herein as the “ Liquidator ”), shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include REIT Shares of the Company) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

 

(1)           First, in satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);

 

(2)           Second, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner;

 

(3)           Third, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Partners; and

 

53



 

(4)           The balance, if any, to the General Partner and Limited Partners in accordance with their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, and allocations for all periods.

 

The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13.

 

B.            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation.  Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Partners, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time.  The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

C.            In the discretion of the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Article 13 may be:

 

(1)           distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and Limited Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership.  The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Liquidator, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

(2)           withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership; provided , that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 13.2.A as soon as practicable.

 

Section 13.3.          Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations

 

In the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article 13 to the General Partner

 

54



 

and Limited Partners who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  If any Partner has a deficit balance in his or its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

 

Section 13.4.          Deemed Contribution and Distribution

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 13, in the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up.  Instead, for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts pursuant to Exhibit B hereto, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all Partnership property and liabilities to a new limited partnership in exchange for an interest in such new limited partnership and, immediately thereafter, the Partnership will be deemed to liquidate by distributing interests in the new limited partnership to the Partners.

 

Section 13.5.          Rights of Limited Partners

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Partner as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions, or allocations.

 

Section 13.6.          Notice of Dissolution

 

In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for the provisions of an election or objection by one or more Partners pursuant to Section 13.1, result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners.

 

Section 13.7.          Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

 

Upon the completion of the winding up of the Partnership and liquidation of its assets, as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the Partnership shall be terminated by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, canceling all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and taking such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

 

Section 13.8.          Reasonable Time for Winding Up

 

A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to

 

55



 

minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect among the Partners during the period of liquidation.

 

Section 13.9.          Waiver of Partition

 

Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

ARTICLE 14.

 

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

 

Section 14.1.          Amendment of Partnership Agreement

 

A.            Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by Limited Partners holding twenty percent (20%) or more of the Partnership Interests.  Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit any proposed amendment to the Limited Partners.  The General Partner shall seek the written vote of the Partners on the proposed amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate.  For purposes of obtaining a written vote, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a vote which is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation with respect to the proposal.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a proposed amendment shall be adopted and be effective as an amendment hereto if it is approved by the General Partner and it receives the Consent of Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.

 

B.            Notwithstanding Section 14.1.A, the General Partner shall have the power, without the consent of the Limited Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

(1)           to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;

 

(2)           to reflect the admission, substitution, termination, or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(3)           to set forth the designations, rights (including redemption rights that differ from those specified in Section 8.6), powers, duties, and preferences of Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 4.2.A hereof;

 

(4)           to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature and does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement; and

 

56



 

(5)           to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law.

 

The General Partner shall provide notice to the Limited Partners when any action under this Section 14.1.B is taken.

 

C.            Notwithstanding Section 14.1.A and 14.1.B hereof, this Agreement shall not be amended without the Consent of each Partner adversely affected if such amendment would (i) convert a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership into a General Partner Interest; (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner in a manner adverse to such Limited Partner; (iii) alter rights of such Partner to receive distributions pursuant to Article 5 or Article 13, or the allocations specified in Article 6 (except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.2 and Section 14.1.B(3) hereof) in a manner adverse to such Partner; (iv) alter or modify the Redemption Right and REIT Shares Amount as set forth in Section 8.6, and the related definitions, in a manner adverse to such Partner; (v) cause the termination of the Partnership prior to the time set forth in Section 2.5 or 13.1; or (vi) amend this Section 14.1.C; provided , however , that the Consent of each Partner adversely affected shall not be required for any amendment or action that affects all Partners holding the same class or series of Partnership Units on a uniform or pro rata basis.  Any amendment consented to by any Partner shall be effective as to that Partner, notwithstanding the absence of such Consent by any other Partner.

 

D.            Notwithstanding Section 14.1.A or Section 14.1.B hereof, the General Partner shall not amend Sections 4.2.A, 7.5, 7.6, 11.2 or 14.2 without the Consent of Limited Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.

 

Section 14.2.          Meetings of the Partners

 

A.            Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner and shall be called upon the receipt by the General Partner of a written request by Limited Partners (other than the Company) holding twenty percent (20%) or more of the Partnership Interests.  The request shall state the nature of the business to be transacted.  Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less than seven (7) days nor more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of such meeting.  Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting.  Whenever the vote or Consent of the Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or Consent may be given at a meeting of the Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.1.A hereof.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Consent of holders of a majority of the Percentage Interests held by Limited Partners shall control.

 

B.            Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).  Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).  Such consent

 

57



 

shall be filed with the General Partner.  An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified.

 

C.            Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act for him by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting.  Every proxy must be signed by the Limited Partner or his or its attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Limited Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Limited Partner executing such proxy.

 

D.            Each meeting of the Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate.  Without limitation, meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of the shareholders of the Company and may be held at the same time, and as part of, meetings of the shareholders of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 15.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 15.1.          Addresses and Notice

 

Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to such Partner or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address of which such Partner shall notify the General Partner in writing.

 

Section 15.2.          Titles and Captions

 

All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only.  They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof.  Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.3.          Pronouns and Plurals

 

Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

58



 

Section 15.4.          Further Action

 

The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.5.          Binding Effect

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 15.6.          Creditors

 

Other than as expressly set forth herein with respect to the Indemnitees, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

 

Section 15.7.          Waiver

 

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

Section 15.8.          Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all of the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.  Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing his or its signature hereto.

 

Section 15.9.          Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

 

Section 15.10.        Invalidity of Provisions

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 15.11.        Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes the Prior Agreement and any other prior written or oral understandings or agreements among them with respect thereto.

 

59



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

 

 

 

PennyMac GP OP, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

 

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PARTNERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Name and Address
of Partner

 

Cash
Contribution

 

Agreed Value of
Contributed Property

 

Total
Contribution

 

Partnership
Units

 

Percentage
Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Partner:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac GP OP, Inc.
27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor
Calabasas, California 91301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1% general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust
27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor
Calabasas, California 91301

 

$

334,706,340

*

N/A

 

$

334,706,340

*

16,735,317

+

99% limited partner

 

 


* Constitutes gross proceeds from REIT Share Offerings in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof.

 

+ Subject to change as a result of subsequent contributions by the Company.

 

61


 

EXHIBIT B

 

CAPITAL ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE

 

1.                                        Capital Accounts of the Partners

 

A.                                    The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).  Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions and any other deemed contributions made by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the Agreement; and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 1.B hereof and allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 6.1.A of the Agreement and Exhibit C hereof, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made to such Partner pursuant to the Agreement, and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 1.B hereof and allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 6.1.B of the Agreement and Exhibit C hereof.

 

B.                                      For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, deduction or loss (“ Net Income ” or “ Net Loss ”) to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

(1)                                   Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership; provided , that the amounts of any adjustments to the adjusted bases of the assets of the Partnership made pursuant to Section 734 of the Code as a result of the distribution of property by the Partnership to a Partner (to the extent that such adjustments have not previously been reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts) shall be reflected in the Capital Accounts of the Partners in the manner and subject to the limitations prescribed in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4).

 

(2)                                   The computation of all items of income, gain, and deduction shall be made without regard to the fact that items described in Sections 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes.

 

(3)                                   Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

 

62



 

(4)                                   In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such fiscal year.

 

(5)                                   In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership Asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 1.D hereof, the amount of any such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset.

 

(6)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.B, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Exhibit C or Section 6.1.C. of the Agreement shall not be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss.

 

The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Exhibit C or Section 6.1.C. of the Agreement shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in Sections 1.B(1) through 1.B(5) above.

 

C.                                      Generally, a transferee (including an Assignee) of a Partnership Unit shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor.

 

D.                                     (1)                                   Consistent with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), and as provided in Section 1.D(2), the Carrying Value of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as of the times of the adjustments provided in Section 1.D(2) hereof, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property and allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement.

 

(2)                                   Such adjustments shall be made as of the following times: (a) immediately prior to the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) immediately prior to the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership; (c) in connection with the grant of an interest (including LTIP Units) in the Partnership (other than a de minimis interest), as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership by an existing Partner acting in a partner capacity or by a new partner acting in a partner capacity or in anticipation of being a partner; and (d) immediately prior to the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided , however , that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall be made only if the General Partner determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership.

 

(3)                                   In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), the Carrying Value of Partnership assets distributed in kind shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as of the time any such asset is distributed.

 

63



 

(4)                                   The Carrying Value of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and Section 1.B(1) hereof or Section 1.F. of Exhibit C ; provided , however , that Carrying Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this Section 1.D(4) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to Section 1.D(2) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.D(4).

 

(5)                                   In determining Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss for purposes of this Exhibit B , the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including cash or cash equivalents) shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt, or in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Article 13 of the Agreement, shall be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.  The General Partner, or the Liquidator, as the case may be, shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its sole and absolute discretion to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties).

 

If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to Section 1.B(2) or Section 1.B(4), such Carrying Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Loss.

 

E.                                       The provisions of the Agreement (including this Exhibit B and other Exhibits to the Agreement) relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-l(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.  In the event the General Partner shall determine that it is prudent to modify (i) the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Partnership, the General Partner, or the Limited Partners) are computed; or (ii) the manner in which items are allocated among the Partners for federal income tax purposes, in order to comply with such Regulations or to comply with Section 704(c) of the Code, the General Partner may make such modification without regard to Article 14 of the Agreement; provided , that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Person pursuant to Article 13 of the Agreement upon the dissolution of the Partnership.  The General Partner also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q); and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause the Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).  In addition, the General Partner may adopt and employ such methods and procedures for (i) the maintenance of book and tax capital accounts; (ii) the determination and allocation of adjustments under Sections 704(c), 734 and 743 of the Code; (iii) the determination of Net Income, Net Loss, taxable income, taxable loss and items thereof under the Agreement and pursuant to the Code; (iv) the adoption of reasonable conventions and methods for the valuation of assets and the determination of tax basis; (v) the allocation of asset value and tax

 

64



 

basis; and (vi) conventions for the determination of cost recovery, depreciation and amortization deductions, as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary or appropriate to execute the provisions of the Agreement, to comply with federal and state tax laws, and are in the best interest of the Partners.

 

2.                                        No Interest

 

No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions or on balances in Partners’ Capital Accounts.

 

3.                                        No Withdrawal

 

No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of his or its Capital Contribution or his or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Articles 4, 5, 7 and 13 of the Agreement.

 

65



 

EXHIBIT C

 

SPECIAL ALLOCATION RULES

 

1.                                        Special Allocation Rules

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or this Exhibit C , the following special allocations shall be made in the following order:

 

A.                                    Minimum Gain Chargeback .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1 of the Agreement or any other provisions of this Exhibit C , if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(2)-(5), each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(g).  Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(6).  This Section 1.A is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.  Solely for purposes of this Section 1.A, each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement of Partner Minimum Gain during such Partnership taxable year.

 

B.                                      Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback .  Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 6.1 of the Agreement or any other provisions of this Exhibit C (except Section 1.A hereof), if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions referred to in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).  Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This Section 1.B is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in such Section of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.  Solely for purposes of this Section 1.B, each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement or this Exhibit with respect to such Partnership taxable year, other than allocations pursuant to Section 1.A hereof.

 

C.                                      Qualified Income Offset .  In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), and after giving effect to the allocations required under Sections 1.A and 1.B hereof such Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit,

 

66



 

items of Partnership income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income, including gross income and gain for the Partnership taxable year) shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, its Adjusted Capital Account Deficit created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible.  This Section 1.C is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

D.                                     Nonrecourse Deductions .  Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership taxable year shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.  If the General Partner determines in its good faith discretion that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions must be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the Limited Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio for such Partnership taxable year which would satisfy such requirements.

 

E.                                       Partner Nonrecourse Deductions .  Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

 

F.                                       Code Section 754 Adjustments .  To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.

 

G.                                      Curative Allocations .  The allocations set forth in Section 1.A through 1.F of this Exhibit C (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code.  The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions.  Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of income, gain, deduction and loss among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners.  In general, the Partners anticipate that, if necessary, this will be accomplished by specially allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each person is zero.  However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner; provided , however , that no allocation pursuant to this Section 1.G shall cause the Partnership to fail to comply with the requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), -2(e) or -2(i).

 

67



 

2.                                        Allocations for Tax Purposes

 

A.                                    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Section 1 of this Exhibit C .

 

B.                                      In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, and deduction shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

 

 

(1)

(a)

In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners, consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, and with the procedures and methods described in Section 10.2 of the Agreement, to take into account the variation between the 704(c) Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Section 1 of this Exhibit C .

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

(a)

In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)         first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Exhibit B ; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)         second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 2.B(1) of this Exhibit C ; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Section 1 of this Exhibit C .

 

C.                                      To the extent that the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit the Partnership to utilize alternative methods to eliminate the disparities between the Carrying Value of property and its adjusted basis, the General Partner

 

68



 

shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership and such election shall be binding on all Partners.

 

3.                                        No Withdrawal

 

No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Articles 4, 5, 8 and 13 of the Agreement.

 

69



 

EXHIBIT D

 

NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

 

The undersigned Limited Partner hereby irrevocably requests PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), to redeem                              Partnership Units in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership and the Redemption Right referred to therein; and the undersigned Limited Partner irrevocably (i) surrenders such Partnership Units and all right, title and interest therein; and (ii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as determined by the Company) deliverable upon exercise of the Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below.  The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has marketable and unencumbered title to such Limited Partnership Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to request such redemption and surrender such Partnership Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent or approve such redemption and surrender of Units.  The undersigned Limited Partner further agrees that, in the event that any state or local property tax is payable as a result of the transfer of its Partnership Units to the Partnership or the Company, the undersigned Limited Partner shall assume and pay such transfer tax.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Limited Partner:

 

 

 

 

Please Print

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Limited Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Street Address)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Please insert social security or identifying number:

 

 

70


 

EXHIBIT E

 

CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP DEFINITION

 

The term “Constructively Owns” means ownership determined through the application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 318 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. Generally, as of the date first set forth above, these rules provide the following:

 

a.  an individual is considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for his spouse, his children, his grandchildren, and his parents;

 

b.   an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for a partnership, limited liability company or estate is considered as owned proportionately by its partners or beneficiaries;

 

c.  an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for a trust is considered as owned by its beneficiaries in proportion to the actuarial interest of such beneficiaries ( provided , however , that in the case of a “grantor trust” the Ownership Interest will be considered as owned by the grantors);

 

d.   if ten (10) percent or more in value of the stock in a corporation is owned, actually or constructively, by or for any person, such person shall be considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for such corporation in that proportion which the value of the stock which such person so owns bears to the value of all the stock in such corporation;

 

e.   an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for a partner or member which actually or constructively owns a 25% or greater capital interest or profits interest in a partnership or limited liability company, or by or to or for a beneficiary of an estate or trust shall be considered as owned by the partnership, limited liability company, estate, or trust (or, in the case of a grantor trust, the grantors);

 

f.  if ten (10) percent or more in value of the stock in a corporation is owned, actually or constructively, by or for any person, such corporation shall be considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for such person;

 

g.  if any person has an option to acquire an Ownership Interest (including an option to acquire an option or any one of a series of such options), such Ownership Interest shall be considered as owned by such person;

 

h.   an Ownership Interest that is constructively owned by a person by reason of the application of the rules described in paragraphs (a) through (g) above shall, for purposes of applying paragraphs (a) through (g), be considered as actually owned by such person; provided , however , that (i) an Ownership Interest constructively owned by an individual by reason of paragraph (a) shall not be considered as owned by him for purposes of again applying paragraph (a) in order to make another person the constructive owner of such Ownership Interest, (ii) an Ownership Interest constructively owned by a partnership, estate, trust, or corporation by reason of the application of paragraphs (e) or (f) shall not be considered as owned by it for purposes of

 

71



 

applying paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) in order to make another person the constructive owner of such Ownership Interest, (iii) if an Ownership Interest may be considered as owned by an individual under paragraph (a) or (g), it shall be considered as owned by him under paragraph (g), and (iv) for purposes of the above described rules, an S corporation shall be treated as a partnership and any shareholder of the S corporation shall be treated as a partner of such partnership except that this rule shall not apply for purposes of determining whether stock in the S corporation is constructively owned by any person.

 

i.   For purposes of the above summary of the constructive ownership rules, the term “ Ownership Interest ” means the ownership of stock with respect to a corporation and, with respect to any other type of entity, the ownership of an interest in either its assets or net profits.

 

72



 

EXHIBIT F

 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

The undersigned LTIP Unitholder hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “Partnership”) set forth below into Partnership Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Partnership Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below.  The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent or approve such conversion.

 

 

Name of LTIP Unitholder:

 

 

 

(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

 

 

 

 

Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of this Notice:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Limited Partner: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

 

 

 

 

(Street Address) ---------------------------- (City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

 

 

73



 

EXHIBIT G

 

NOTICE OF FORCED CONVERSION

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “Partnership”) hereby irrevocably elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the LTIP Unitholder set forth below to be converted into Partnership Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented and restated from time to time.

 

 

Name of LTIP Unitholder:

 

 

 

(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of this Notice:

 

 

 

74



 

EXHIBIT H

 

SCHEDULE OF PARTNERS’ OWNERSHIP
WITH RESPECT TO TENANTS

 

NONE

 

75




Exhibit 10.3

 

 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST,

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

and

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Dated as of August 4, 2009

 

 



 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 4, 2009, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is a newly-formed Maryland real estate investment trust which intends to invest primarily in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes and will elect to receive the tax benefits accorded by Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Trust conducts substantially all of its operations, and makes substantially all of its investments, through the Operating Partnership, which is a Subsidiary of the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Operating Partnership desire to retain the Manager to manage the business and investment affairs of the Trust and the Subsidiaries (as defined below) and to perform services for the Trust and the Subsidiaries in the manner and on the terms set forth herein and the Manager wishes to be retained to provide such services.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions.  (a)  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1(a):

 

Affiliate ” means (1) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, (2) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (3) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

Agreement ” means this Management Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Allocation Policy ” means the allocation policy for the Trust and the Manager, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived by the Board of Trustees as specified therein.

 

Automatic Renewal Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof.

 

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the filing by such Person of a voluntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment, in any form, of its debts under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal, state or foreign insolvency law, or such Person’s filing an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any such petition, (b) the making by such Person of any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (c) the expiration of 60 days after the filing of an involuntary petition under Title 11 of the Unites States

 

1



 

Code, an application for the appointment of a receiver for a material portion of the assets of such Person, or an involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of its debts under any other federal, state or foreign insolvency law, provided , that the same shall not have been vacated, set aside or stayed within such 60-day period or (d) the entry against it of a final and non-appealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereinafter in effect.

 

Base Management Fee ” means the base management fee, calculated and payable (in cash) quarterly in arrears, in an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of the Trust’s Shareholders’ Equity.  For purposes of calculating the Base Management Fee, outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

Board of Trustees ” means the board of trustees of the Trust.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

 

Change in Control of the Manager ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Manager, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more Affiliates of the Manager, the Trust or a Subsidiary; or (2) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Affiliates of the Manager, the Trust or a Subsidiary, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the voting securities of the Manager.

 

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) hereof.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of closing of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Common Shares ” means the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01, of the Trust.

 

“Conditional Payments” means the Manager Conditional Payment and the Underwriter Conditional Payment.

 

“Conduct Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(t) hereof.

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Core Earnings ” means:

 

2



 

(A) GAAP net income (loss) excluding non-cash equity compensation expense;

 

(B) excluding any unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items recorded in the period, regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income; and

 

(C) adjusted to exclude one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between the Manager and the Independent Trustees and after approval by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

For the initial four fiscal quarters following the Initial Public Offering, Core Earnings will be calculated on the basis of each of the previously completed fiscal quarters on an annualized basis.  Core Earnings for the initial fiscal quarter following the Initial Public Offering will be calculated from the Closing Date on an annualized basis.

 

In the event the Conditional Payments are made pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement and the Underwriting Agreement, respectively, such Conditional Payments shall be excluded from the calculation of Core Earnings.

 

Core Earnings Offset ” means any portion of a Core Loss from a period prior to the Rolling Four Quarters Period that has not been taken into account in reducing the amount of Core Earnings (but not below zero) from a period subsequent to the period in which such Core Loss occurred in connection with the calculation of the Incentive Fee for any period.

 

Core Loss ” means a loss with regard to any period as calculated in accordance with the definition of Core Earnings.

 

Effective Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

Excess Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(u) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date such principles are applied.

 

Governing Instruments ” means, with regard to any entity, the trust instrument in the case of a trust, the articles of incorporation or certificate of incorporation and bylaws in the case of a corporation, the certificate of limited partnership (if applicable) and the partnership agreement in the case of a general or limited partnership, the certificate of formation and operating agreement in the case of a limited liability company, or similar governing documents, in each case as amended.

 

Incentive Fee ” means an incentive management fee calculated and payable (in cash) each fiscal quarter in arrears in an amount equal to 20% of the dollar amount by which the Trust’s Core Earnings, for the Rolling Four Quarters Period, plus the amount of the Incentive Fee, if any, during any of the fiscal quarters in such Rolling Four Quarters Period and less the amount of any Core Earnings Offset, exceeds the product of:

 

3



 

(1) the weighted average of the issue price per Common Share of all of the Trust’s public offerings of Common Shares (including the Initial Public Offering) multiplied by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding (including, for the avoidance of doubt, restricted share units granted under one or more of the Trust’s equity incentive plans) in the four-quarter period; and

 

(2) 8.0%.

 

For purposes of calculating the Incentive Fee, outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

 

Independent Trustee ” means a member of the Board of Trustees who is not an officer or employee of the Manager or any Affiliate thereof and who otherwise is “independent” in accordance with the rules of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the sale by the Trust of 14,706,327 Common Shares in the initial public offering of the Trust registered with the SEC.

 

Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a) hereof.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Investment Policies ” means the Trust’s investment policies, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B , as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived by the Board of Trustees as specified therein.

 

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

Manager Conditional Payment ” means the conditional obligation of the Trust and the Manager pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Manager an amount equal to the Manager Offering Payments (as such term is defined in the Underwriting Agreement) if the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement are met during the Conditional Payment Period (as defined in the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement).

 

Manager Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Nonrenewal Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

4



 

PennyMac Brand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(a) hereof.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

Portfolio Management Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” as defined under the Code.

 

Rolling Four Quarters Period ” means the most recently completed fiscal quarterly period and the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the most recently completed fiscal quarter.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shareholder ” means a shareholder of the Trust.

 

Shareholders’ Equity ” means:

 

(A) the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of the Trust’s equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance); plus

 

(B) the Trust’s retained earnings at the end of such quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods); less

 

(C) any amount that the Trust pays for repurchases of its Common Shares; excluding

 

(D) any unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items that have impacted the Trust’s shareholders’ equity as reported in the Trust’s financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income; and excluding

 

(E) one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between the Manager and the Independent Trustees and after approval by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

The Conditional Payments shall be taken into account in the calculation of Shareholders’ Equity only from and after the payment thereof, if any.

 

5



 

For purposes of calculating the Base Management Fee, outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Trust, any partnership (including the Operating Partnership), the general partner of which is the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust; any limited liability company, the managing member of which is the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust; and any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust.

 

Termination Fee ” means a termination fee equal to three (3) times the sum of (a) the average annual Base Management Fees and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is less than 24 months, annualized) Incentive Fees earned by the Manager during the 24-month period immediately preceding the date of termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter before the date of termination.

 

Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

 

Trust Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

Trust Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

 

“Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

Underwriter Conditional Payment ” means the conditional obligation of the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement to pay to the Underwriters the Conditional Payment (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) if the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement are met during the Conditional Payment Period (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

 

Underwriters ” means the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Underwriting Agreement ” means the purchase agreement, dated July 29, 2009, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership, the Manager and the Underwriters relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement ” means the Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2009, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager.

 

(b)            As used herein, accounting terms relating to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, if any, not defined in Section 1(a) and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1(a), to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

(c)            The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any

 

6



 

particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)            The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.  The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

 

Section 2.  Appointment and Duties of the Manager.  (a)  The Trust and the Operating Partnership hereby appoint the Manager to manage the investments and day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, subject at all times to the further terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and to the supervision of, and such further limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by, the Board of Trustees.  The Manager hereby agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to perform each of the duties set forth herein, except where a specific standard of care is specified, in which case such specific standard of care shall apply.  The appointment of the Manager shall be exclusive to the Manager, except to the extent that the Manager elects, in its sole and absolute discretion, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to cause the duties of the Manager as set forth herein to be provided by third parties.

 

(b)            The Manager, in its capacity as manager of the investments and the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, at all times will be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and will have only such functions and authority as the Board of Trustees may delegate to it, including, without limitation, the functions and authority identified herein and delegated to the Manager hereby.  The Manager will be responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and will perform (or cause to be performed) such services and activities relating to the operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, including the investments of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and their financing, as may be appropriate, which may include, without limitation:

 

(i)             serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to the periodic review of the Investment Policies and Allocation Policy, which review shall occur no less often than annually, any modifications to which shall be approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, and other policies and recommendations with respect thereto for approval by the Board of Trustees;

 

(ii)            serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to the identification, investigation, evaluation, analysis, underwriting, selection, purchase, origination, negotiation, structuring, monitoring and disposition of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ investments;

 

(iii)           serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to decisions regarding any financings, securitizations and hedging activities undertaken by the Trust or any Subsidiary, including (1) assisting the Trust or any Subsidiary in developing criteria for debt and equity financing that is specifically tailored to the Trust’s or such Subsidiary’s investment objectives, (2) advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries with respect to obtaining appropriate short-term financing arrangements for

 

7



 

their investments and pursuing a particular arrangement for each individual investment, if necessary, and (3) advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries with respect to pursuing and structuring long-term financing alternatives for their investments, in each case consistent with the Investment Policies;

 

(iv)           serving as the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to arranging for the issuance of mortgage-backed securities from pools of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities owned by the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(v)            representing and making recommendations to the Trust and the Subsidiaries in connection with the purchase and finance and commitment to purchase and finance investments and the sale and commitment to sell such investments;

 

(vi)           negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, credit finance agreements, repurchase agreements, securitization agreements, agreements relating to borrowings under temporary programs established by the U.S. government, commercial paper, interest rate swap agreements, warehouse facilities and all other agreements and instruments required for the Trust and the Subsidiaries to conduct their business;

 

(vii)          advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries on, preparing, negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, applications and agreements relating to programs established by the U.S. government;

 

(viii)         with respect to any prospective investment by the Trust or any Subsidiary and any sale, exchange or other disposition of any investment by the Trust or any Subsidiary, conducting negotiations on behalf of the Trust or such Subsidiary with real estate brokers, sellers and purchasers and their respective agents, representatives and investment bankers and owners of privately and publicly held real estate companies;

 

(ix)            evaluating and recommending to the Trust and the Subsidiaries hedging strategies and engaging in hedging activities on their behalf that are consistent with such strategies, as so modified from time to time, and with the Trust’s qualification as a REIT and with the Investment Policies;

 

(x)             making available to the Trust and the Subsidiaries the Manager’s knowledge and experience with respect to mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities, real estate, real estate securities, other real estate-related assets and non-real estate-related assets and real estate operating companies;

 

(xi)            investing and re-investing any funds of the Trust and the Subsidiaries (including in short-term investments) and advising the Trust and the Subsidiaries as to its capital structure and capital-raising activities;

 

8



 

(xii)           monitoring the operating performance of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ investments and providing periodic reports with respect thereto to the Board of Trustees, including comparative information with respect to such operating performance and budgeted or projected operating results;

 

(xiii)          engaging and supervising, on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, and at the expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), independent contractors that provide real estate, investment banking, mortgage brokerage, securities brokerage, appraisal, engineering, environmental, seismic, insurance, legal, accounting, transfer agent, registrar, leasing, due diligence and such other services as may be required relating to the operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, including their investments (or potential investments);

 

(xiv)         coordinating and managing operations of any joint venture or co-investment interests held by the Trust or any Subsidiary and conducting all matters with the joint venture or co-investment partners;

 

(xv)          providing executive and administrative personnel, office space and office services required in rendering services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries;

 

(xvi)         performing and supervising the performance of administrative functions necessary in the management of the Trust and the Subsidiaries as may be agreed upon by the Manager and the Board of Trustees, including, without limitation, the services in respect of any of the equity incentive plans, the collection of revenues and the payment of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s debts and obligations and maintenance of appropriate information technology services to perform such administrative functions;

 

(xvii)        furnishing reports and statistical and economic research to the Trust and the Subsidiaries regarding their activities and services performed for the Trust and the Subsidiaries by the Manager;

 

(xviii)       counseling the Trust and the Subsidiaries in connection with policy decisions to be made by the Board of Trustees;

 

(xix)          communicating on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary with the holders of any equity or debt securities of the Trust or such Subsidiary as required to satisfy the reporting and other requirements of any governmental bodies or agencies or trading exchanges or markets and to maintain effective relations with such holders, including website maintenance, logo design, analyst presentations, investor conferences and annual meeting arrangements;

 

(xx)           counseling the Trust and the Subsidiaries regarding the maintenance of their exclusions and, if applicable, exemptions from status as an

 

9



 

investment company under the Investment Company Act, monitoring compliance with the requirements for maintaining such exclusions and exemptions and using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust and the Subsidiaries to maintain their exclusions and exemptions from such status;

 

(xxi)          assisting the Trust and the Subsidiaries in complying with all regulatory requirements applicable to them in respect of their business activities, including preparing or causing to be prepared all financial statements required under applicable regulations and all reports and documents, if any, required under the Exchange Act, the Securities Act and by the NYSE;

 

(xxii)         counseling the Trust regarding the maintenance of its qualification as a REIT and monitoring compliance with the various REIT qualification tests and other rules set out in the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(xxiii)        causing the Trust and the Subsidiaries to retain qualified accountants and legal counsel, as applicable, to (1) assist in developing appropriate accounting procedures, compliance procedures and testing systems with respect to financial reporting obligations and compliance with the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs and, if applicable, taxable REIT subsidiaries and (2) conduct quarterly compliance reviews with respect thereto;

 

(xxiv)        taking all necessary actions to enable the Trust and any Subsidiary to make required tax filings and reports, including soliciting Shareholders or interest holders in any such Subsidiary for required information to the extent necessary under the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to REITs;

 

(xxv)         causing the Trust and the Subsidiaries to qualify to do business in all jurisdictions in which such qualification is required or advisable and to obtain and maintain all appropriate licenses;

 

(xxvi)        using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust and the Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable laws;

 

(xxvii)       handling and resolving on the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s behalf all claims, disputes or controversies (including all litigation, arbitration, settlement or other proceedings or negotiations) in which the Trust or such Subsidiary may be involved or to which the Trust or such Subsidiary may be subject arising out of its day-to-day operations (other than with the Manager or its Affiliates), subject to such limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by the Board of Trustees;

 

10


 

(xxviii)               arranging marketing materials, advertising, industry group activities (such as conference participations and industry organization memberships) and other promotional efforts designed to promote the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ business;

 

(xxix)                       using commercially reasonable efforts to cause expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries to be commercially reasonable or commercially customary and within any budgeted parameters or expense guidelines set by the Board of Trustees from time to time; and

 

(xxx)                          performing such other services as may be required from time to time for the management and other activities relating to the operations, including investments, of the Trust and the Subsidiaries as the Board of Trustees reasonably requests or the Manager deems appropriate under the particular circumstances.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager will perform portfolio management services (the “ Portfolio Management Services ”) on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries with respect to their investments. Such services will include, but not be limited to, consulting with the Trust and the Subsidiaries on the purchase and sale of, and other investment opportunities in connection with, the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ portfolio of assets; the collection of information and the submission of reports pertaining to the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ assets, interest rates and general economic conditions; periodic review and evaluation of the performance of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ portfolio of assets; acting as liaison between the Trust and the Subsidiaries and banking, mortgage banking, investment banking and other parties with respect to the purchase, financing and disposition of assets; and other customary functions related to portfolio management.

 

(c)            For the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes the Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact and as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of any other Subsidiary, in its name, place and stead, to negotiate, execute, deliver and enter into such credit agreements, repurchase agreements, securitization agreements, agreements relating to borrowings under temporary programs established by the U.S. government, commercial paper, interest rate swap agreements, warehouse facilities, brokerage agreements, custodial agreements and such other agreements, instruments and authorizations on their behalf, on such terms and conditions as the Manager, acting in its sole and absolute discretion, deems necessary or appropriate. This power of attorney is deemed to be coupled with an interest.

 

(d)            The Manager may enter into agreements with other parties, including its Affiliates, for the purpose of engaging one or more parties for and on behalf of the Trust and/or one or more of the Subsidiaries, and at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), to provide property management, asset management, securitization, leasing, development and/or other services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Portfolio Management Services) pursuant to

 

11



 

agreement(s) with terms which are then customary for agreements regarding the provision of services to companies that have assets similar in type, quality and value to the assets of the Trust and the Subsidiaries; provided , that (i) any such agreements entered into with Affiliates of the Manager shall be (A) on terms no more favorable to such Affiliates than would be obtained from a third party on an arm’s-length basis and (B) to the extent the same do not fall within the provisions of the Investment Policies, approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees and (ii) with respect to Portfolio Management Services, (A) any such agreements shall be subject to the Trust’s prior written approval and (B) the Manager shall remain liable for the performance of such Portfolio Management Services.

 

(e)            To the extent that the Manager deems necessary or advisable, the Manager may, from time to time, propose to retain one or more additional entities for the provision of sub-advisory services to the Manager in order to enable the Manager to provide the services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries specified by this Agreement; provided , that any such agreement (1) shall be on terms and conditions substantially identical to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or otherwise not adverse to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, (2) shall not result in an increased Base Management Fee, Incentive Fee or expenses payable hereunder and (3) shall be approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

(f)             The Manager may retain, for and on behalf of the Trust and/or one or more of the Subsidiaries, and at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), such services of accountants, legal counsel, appraisers, insurers, brokers, transfer agents, registrars, financial printers, developers, investment banks, financial advisors, internal audit service providers, due diligence firms, underwriting review firms, banks and other lenders, surveyors, engineers, environmental and seismic consultants, information technology consultants, tax advisors and preparers, other consultants, agents, contractors, vendors, advisors and others as the Manager deems necessary or advisable in connection with the management and operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Manager shall have the right to cause any such services to be rendered by its employees or Affiliates. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary) shall pay or reimburse the Manager or its Affiliates performing such services for the cost thereof; provided , that such costs and reimbursements are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis.

 

(g)            The Manager may effect transactions by or through the agency of another person with it or its Affiliates which have an arrangement under which that party or its Affiliates will from time to time provide to or procure for the Manager and/or its Affiliates goods, services or other benefits (including, but not limited to, research and advisory services; economic and political analysis, including valuation and performance measurement; market analysis, data and quotation services; computer hardware and software incidental to the above goods and services; clearing and custodian services and investment related publications), the nature of which is such that provision can reasonably be expected to benefit the Trust and the Subsidiaries as a whole and may contribute to an improvement in the performance of the Trust and the Subsidiaries or the Manager or its Affiliates in providing services to the Trust and the Subsidiaries on terms that

 

12



 

no direct payment is made but instead the Manager and/or its Affiliates undertake to place business with that party.

 

(h)            In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers or dealers, the Manager will use its best efforts to seek on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries the best overall terms available. In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Manager shall consider all factors that it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis. In evaluating the best overall terms available, and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Manager may also consider whether such broker or dealer furnishes research and other information or services to the Manager.

 

(i)             The Manager has no duty or obligation to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular purchase, sale or other transaction, or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported or “posted” commission rate, but will endeavor to be aware of the current level of charges of eligible broker-dealers and to minimize the expense incurred for effecting purchases, sales and other transactions to the extent consistent with the interests and policies of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.  Although the Manager will generally seek competitive commission rates, it is not required to pay the lowest commission or commission equivalent, provided , that such decision is made in good faith to promote the best interests of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.

 

(j)             The Manager shall refrain from any action that, in its sole judgment made in good faith, (1) is not in compliance with the Investment Policies, (2) would adversely affect the qualification of the Trust as a REIT under the Code or the status of the Trust or any Subsidiary as an entity excluded or exempted from investment company status under the Investment Company Act, or (3) would violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Trust or any Subsidiary or of any exchange on which the securities of the Trust may be listed or that would otherwise not be permitted by the Governing Instruments of the Trust or such Subsidiary.  If the Manager is ordered to take any action by the Board of Trustees, the Manager shall promptly notify the Board of Trustees if it is the Manager’s judgment that such action would adversely affect such status or violate any such law, rule or regulation or the Governing Instruments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager, its Affiliates and their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees and members and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager shall not be liable to the Trust, the Subsidiaries, the Board of Trustees, the Shareholders or the interest holders in any Subsidiary for any act or omission by such Person except as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

(k)            The Trust (including the Board of Trustees) and the Operating Partnership agree to take all actions reasonably required to permit and enable the Manager to carry out its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all steps reasonably necessary to allow the Manager to file any registration statement or other filing required to be made under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, rules of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed, the Code or other applicable law, rule or

 

13



 

regulation on behalf of the Trust and any applicable Subsidiary in a timely manner.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership further agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Manager all resources, information and materials reasonably requested by the Manager to enable the Manager to satisfy its obligations hereunder, including its obligations to deliver financial statements and any other information or reports with respect to the Trust and the Subsidiaries.  If the Manager is not able to provide a service, or in the reasonable judgment of the Manager it is not prudent to provide a service, without the approval of the Board of Trustees, as applicable, then the Manager shall be excused from providing such service (and shall not be in breach of this Agreement) until the applicable approval has been obtained, which the Manager shall seek promptly upon determining an approval is required.

 

(l)             The Manager shall require each seller or transferor of investment assets to the Trust and the Subsidiaries to make such representations and warranties regarding such assets as may, in the judgment of the Manager, be necessary and appropriate. In addition, the Manager shall take such other action as it deems necessary or appropriate with regard to the protection of the investments of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.

 

(m)           The Board of Trustees shall periodically review the Investment Policies and the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ portfolio of investments but will not review each proposed investment, except as otherwise provided herein. If a majority of the Independent Trustees determines in such periodic review of transactions that a particular transaction does not comply with the Investment Policies, then a majority of the Independent Trustees will consider what corrective action, if any, can be taken. The Manager shall be permitted to rely upon the direction of the Secretary of the Trust to evidence the approval of the Board of Trustees or the Independent Trustees with respect to a proposed investment.

 

(n)            Neither the Trust nor the Subsidiaries shall invest in any security structured or issued by an entity managed by the Manager or any Affiliate thereof, unless (i) the investment is made in accordance with the Investment Policies; (ii) such investment is approved in advance by a majority of the Independent Trustees; and (iii) the investment is made in accordance with applicable laws.

 

(o)            Reporting Requirements .

 

(i)                                      As frequently as the Manager may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, or at the direction of the Board of Trustees, the Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, with respect to any investment, reports and other information with respect to such investment as may be reasonably requested by the Trust.

 

(ii)                                   The Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, all reports, financial

 

14



 

or otherwise, with respect to the Trust and the Subsidiaries reasonably required by the Board of Trustees in order for the Trust and the Subsidiaries to comply with their Governing Instruments, or any other materials required to be filed with any governmental body or agency, and shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, all materials and data necessary to complete such reports and other materials including, without limitation, an annual audit of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ books of account by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm.

 

(iii)                                The Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership), cause to be prepared, regular reports for the Board of Trustees to enable the Board of Trustees to review the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ acquisitions, portfolio composition and characteristics, credit quality, performance and compliance with the Investment Policies and policies approved by the Board of Trustees.

 

(p)            Managers, officers, trustees, directors, members, employees and agents of the Manager or Affiliates of the Manager may serve as trustees, officers, agents, nominees or signatories for the Trust and the Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by their Governing Instruments, as from time to time amended, or by any resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Trustees pursuant to the Trust’s Governing Instruments or, to the extent applicable, the governing body of any Subsidiary, pursuant to the Governing Instruments of such Subsidiary.  When executing documents or otherwise acting in such capacities for the Trust or any Subsidiary, such Persons shall indicate in what capacity they are executing on behalf of the Trust or such Subsidiary.  Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to Section 13 below, the Manager will be obligated to supply the Trust with a management team, including a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer or similar positions, along with appropriate support personnel, to provide the management services to be provided by the Manager to the Trust and the Subsidiaries hereunder, who shall devote such of their time to the management of the Trust and the Subsidiaries as is necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of the Trust from time to time.

 

(q)            The Manager shall provide personnel for service on an investment or similar type of committee.

 

(r)             The Manager shall maintain reasonable and customary “errors and omissions” insurance coverage and other customary insurance coverage.

 

(s)            The Manager shall provide such internal audit, compliance and control services as may be required for the Trust and the Subsidiaries to comply with applicable law (including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act), regulation (including SEC regulations) and the rules and requirements of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common

 

15



 

Shares may be listed and as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trust, the Operating Partnership or the Board of Trustees from time to time.

 

(t)             The Manager acknowledges receipt of the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Policy Against Insider Trading (collectively, the “ Conduct Policies ”) and agrees to require its officers and employees who provide services to the Trust to comply with such Conduct Policies in the performance of such services hereunder or such comparable policies as shall in substance hold officers and employees of the Manager to at least the standards of conduct set forth in the Conduct Policies.

 

(u)            Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, except to the extent that the payment of additional moneys is proven by the Trust to have been required as a direct result of the Manager’s acts or omissions which result in the right of the Trust to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be required to expend money (“ Excess Funds ”) in connection with any expenses that are required to be paid for or reimbursed by the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary) pursuant to Section 8 in excess of that contained in any applicable Trust Account (as herein defined) or otherwise made available by the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary) to be expended by the Manager hereunder.  Failure of the Manager to expend Excess Funds out-of-pocket shall not give rise or be a contributing factor to the right of the Trust under Section 11(c) of this Agreement to terminate this Agreement due to the Manager’s unsatisfactory performance.

 

(v)            In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Manager shall be entitled to rely reasonably on qualified experts and professionals (including, without limitation, accountants, legal counsel and other professional service providers) hired by the Manager at the sole cost and expense of the Operating Partnership (except to the extent determined by the Operating Partnership, in its sole discretion, to be the expense of a Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership).

 

Section 3.  Additional Activities of the Manager.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, the Allocation Policy and the Investment Policies, nothing in this Agreement shall (i) prevent the Manager or any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any other Person or entity, whether or not the investment objectives or policies of any such other Person or entity are similar to those of the Trust or (ii) in any way bind or restrict the Manager or any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members from buying, selling or trading any securities or commodities for their own accounts or for the account of others for whom the Manager or any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members may be acting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the term of this Agreement, neither the Manager nor any of its Affiliates may act as the manager to, or otherwise provide investment advisory services to, any other entity the primary investment objective of which is to invest in distressed residential mortgage loans, excluding (a) the two private fund vehicles managed by the Manager as of the date of this Agreement, (b) any entity in which the Trust or any of its Subsidiaries is an investor and (c) any government-related entity; provided , however , that the Manager and/or any of its Affiliates may act as manager to an entity that it would otherwise not be permitted to manage pursuant to the foregoing if the Trust and its Subsidiaries are not able to pursue additional investment in distressed residential mortgage loans due to

 

16



 

limitations on available capital and the Trust and its Subsidiaries determine not to raise additional capital, as long as the Independent Trustees do not determine that such activities would be detrimental to the Trust and its Subsidiaries.

 

While information and recommendations supplied to the Trust and the Subsidiaries shall, in the Manager’s reasonable and good faith judgment, be appropriate under the circumstances and in light of the investment objectives and policies of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, they may be different from the information and recommendations supplied by the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager to others.  The Trust and the Subsidiaries shall be entitled to equitable treatment under the circumstances in receiving information, recommendations and any other services, but the Trust and the Operating Partnership recognize that the Trust and the Subsidiaries are not entitled to receive preferential treatment as compared with the treatment given by the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager to others.  The Trust and the Subsidiaries shall have the benefit of the Manager’s best judgment and effort in rendering services hereunder and, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Manager shall not undertake activities that, in its good faith judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 4.  Agency. The Manager shall act as agent of the Trust and the Subsidiaries in making, acquiring, financing and disposing of investments, disbursing and collecting the funds of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, paying the debts and fulfilling the obligations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, supervising the performance of professionals engaged by or on behalf of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and handling, prosecuting and settling any claims of or against the Trust and the Subsidiaries, the Board of Trustees, holders of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s securities or representatives or properties of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.

 

Section 5.  Bank Accounts.  At the direction of the Board of Trustees, the Manager may establish and maintain one or more bank accounts in the name of the Trust or any Subsidiary (any such account, a “ Trust Account ”), and may collect and deposit into any such account or accounts, and disburse funds from any such account or accounts, under such terms and conditions as the Board of Trustees may approve; and the Manager shall from time to time render appropriate accountings of such collections and payments to the Board of Trustees and, upon request, to the auditors of the Trust or any Subsidiary.

 

Section 6.  Records; Confidentiality.  (a)  The Manager shall maintain appropriate books of accounts and records relating to services performed hereunder, and such books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by representatives of the Trust or any Subsidiary at any time during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice.  The Manager shall keep confidential any and all non-public information, written or oral, obtained by it in connection with the services rendered hereunder (“ Confidential Information ”) and shall not use Confidential Information except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement or disclose Confidential Information, in whole or in part, to any Person other than (1) to its Affiliates, managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees, members, agents, representatives or advisors who need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of rendering services hereunder, (2) to appraisers, financing sources and others in the ordinary course of the Trust’s and any Subsidiary’s business ((1) and (2) collectively, “ Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties ”), (3) in connection with any governmental or regulatory filings of the Trust or any Subsidiary or disclosure or presentations to Trust investors, (4) to governmental officials having

 

17



 

jurisdiction over the Trust, (5) as required by law or legal process to which the Manager or any Person to whom disclosure is permitted hereunder is a party, or (6) with the consent of the Board of Trustees.  The Manager agrees to inform each of its Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to direct such Persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with the terms hereof.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Manager from disclosing Confidential Information (1) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (2) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any law or regulation, any regulatory agency or authority, (3) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, or (4) to its legal counsel or independent auditors; provided , however , that with respect to clauses (1) and (2), it is agreed that the Manager will provide the Trust and the Operating Partnership with prompt written notice of such order, request or demand so that the Trust and the Operating Partnership may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive the Manager’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Manager is, in the opinion of counsel, required to disclose Confidential Information, the Manager may disclose only that portion of such information that its counsel advises is legally required without liability hereunder; provided , that the Manager agrees to exercise its best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the following shall be deemed to be excluded from the provisions hereof:  any Confidential Information that (A) is available to the public from a source other than the Manager, (B) is released in writing by the Trust to the public or to Persons who are not under similar obligation of confidentiality to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, or (C) is obtained by the Manager from a third party without breach by such third party of an obligation of confidence with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed.

 

(b)            Each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership shall keep confidential, and shall cause any other Subsidiary to keep confidential, any and all Confidential Information and shall not use, and shall cause any other Subsidiary not to use, Confidential Information except in furtherance of the terms of this Agreement or disclose Confidential Information, in whole or in part, to any Person other than (1) to its Affiliates, officers, trustees, directors, employees, members, agents, representatives or advisors who need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of fulfilling the Trust’s and the Operating Partnership’s obligations hereunder (collectively, “ Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties ”), (2) as required by law or legal process to which the Trust or any Subsidiary or any Person to whom disclosure is permitted hereunder is a party, or (3) with the consent of the Manager.  Each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership agrees to (1) inform each of its Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to direct such Persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with the terms hereof and (2) not disclose any Confidential Information to its Trust Permitted Disclosure Parties upon the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 11 hereof.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Trust or any Subsidiary from disclosing Confidential Information (1) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (2) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any law or regulation, any regulatory agency or authority, (3) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, or (4) to its legal counsel or independent auditors; provided , however , that with respect to clauses (1) and (2), it is agreed that the Trust and the Operating Partnership will provide the Manager with prompt written notice of such order, request or demand so that the Manager may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive the Trust’s and the Operating

 

18



 

Partnership’s compliance with the provisions of this Section.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Trust or any Subsidiary is, in the opinion of counsel, required to disclose Confidential Information, the Trust or such Subsidiary may disclose only that portion of such information that its counsel advises is legally required without liability hereunder; provided , that each of the Trust and the Operating Partnership shall exercise, and shall cause any other Subsidiary to exercise, its best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the following shall be deemed to be excluded from the provisions hereof:  any Confidential Information that (A) is available to the public from a source other than the Trust or any Subsidiary, (B) is released in writing by the Manager to the public or to Persons who are not under similar obligation of confidentiality to the Manager, or (C) is obtained by the Trust or any Subsidiary from a third party without breach by such third party of an obligation of confidence with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed.  For the avoidance of doubt, information about the systems, employees, policies, procedures and investment portfolio (other than investments in which the Trust or any Subsidiary and the Manager have co-invested) shall be deemed to be included within the meaning of “Confidential Information” for purposes of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ obligations pursuant to this Section 6(b).

 

(c)            The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for a period of one year.

 

Section 7.  Compensation.  (a)  For the services rendered under this Agreement, the Operating Partnership shall pay to the Manager the Base Management Fee and the Incentive Fee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision contained in this Agreement, in the event that any of the services provided hereunder by the Manager are rendered to or for the benefit of any Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership, then, in the sole discretion of the Operating Partnership, a portion of the Base Management Fee and/or the Incentive Fee, as determined by the Operating Partnership, shall be payable by such Subsidiary.

 

(b)            The parties acknowledge that the Base Management Fee is intended to compensate the Manager for the costs and expenses of its executive officers and employees (and certain related overhead and employee costs not otherwise reimbursable under Section 8 below) incurred in providing to the Trust the investment advisory services and certain general management services rendered under this Agreement.

 

(c)            The Manager will not receive any compensation for the period prior to the Closing Date other than expenses incurred and reimbursed pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 hereunder.

 

(d)            The Base Management Fee shall be payable in arrears in cash, in quarterly installments commencing with the fiscal quarter in which this Agreement was executed (with such initial payment pro-rated based on the number of days during such quarter that this Agreement was in effect).   The Manager shall calculate each installment of the Base Management Fee within thirty (30) days after the end of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such installment is payable.  A copy of the computations made by the Manager to calculate such installment shall thereafter, for informational purposes only, promptly be delivered to the Board of Trustees and, upon such delivery, payment of such installment of the Base Management Fee

 

19



 

shown therein shall be due and payable no later than the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery to the Board of Trustees of such computations.

 

(e)            The Manager shall compute each installment of the Incentive Fee within 30 days after the end of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such installment is payable.  A copy of the computations made by the Manager to calculate such installment shall thereafter, for informational purposes only, promptly be delivered to the Board of Trustees and, upon such delivery, payment of such installment of the Incentive Fee shown therein shall be due and payable no later than the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery to the Board of Trustees of such computations.

 

Section 8.  Expenses of the Trust.  (a)  The Manager shall be responsible for compensation and related expenses of the Manager’s employees (including the officers of the Trust who are also employees of the Manager), including, without limitation, salaries, bonus and other wages, payroll taxes and the cost of employee benefit plans of such personnel; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall pay or reimburse the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager for the costs and expenses (including any employment expenses) incurred in connection with the performance by the Manager or such Affiliate of any services performed by the Manager or such Affiliate pursuant to Section 2(d) or 2(f) hereof.

 

(b)            The Trust and the Subsidiaries shall pay all of their costs and expenses and the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall reimburse the Manager or its Affiliates for expenses of the Manager and its Affiliates incurred on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary, excepting only those expenses that are specifically the responsibility of the Manager pursuant to Section 8(a) of this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is specifically agreed that the following costs and expenses of the Trust or any Subsidiary shall be paid by the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary) and shall not be paid by the Manager or Affiliates of the Manager:

 

(i)                                      all costs and expenses associated with the formation and capital raising activities of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, if any, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of the preparation of the Trust’s registration statements, any and all costs and expenses of the Initial Public Offering, any subsequent offerings and any filing fees and costs of being a public company, including, without limitation, filings with the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the NYSE (or any other exchange or over-the-counter market), among other such entities;

 

(ii)                                   all costs and expenses in connection with the acquisition, origination, disposition, development, modification, protection, maintenance, financing, refinancing, hedging, administration and ownership of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s investment assets (including costs and expenses incurred for transactions that are not subsequently completed), including, without limitation, costs and expenses incurred in contracting with third parties, including Affiliates of the Manager, to provide such services, such as legal fees, accounting fees, consulting fees, loan

 

20


 

 

 

servicing fees, trustee fees, appraisal fees, insurance premiums, commitment fees, brokerage fees, guaranty fees, ad valorem taxes, costs of diligence, foreclosure, maintenance, repair and improvement of property and premiums for insurance on property owned or leased by the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(iii)

all legal, audit, accounting, consulting, underwriting, brokerage, listing, filing, custodian, transfer agent, rating agency, registration and other fees and charges, printing, engraving and other expenses and taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, distribution, transfer, registration and stock exchange listing of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s equity securities or debt securities;

 

 

 

 

(iv)

all costs and expenses in connection with legal, accounting, due diligence (including due diligence costs for assets that are not subsequently acquired), asset management, securitization, property management, brokerage, leasing and other services that outside professionals or outside consultants perform or otherwise would perform on the Trust’s behalf and that are performed by the Manager or an Affiliate thereof, as provided in Section 2(d) or 2(f);

 

 

 

 

(v)

all expenses relating to communications to holders of equity securities or debt securities issued by the Trust or any Subsidiary and the other third party services utilized in maintaining relations with holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies (including, without limitation, the SEC), including any costs of computer services in connection with this function, the cost of printing and mailing certificates for such securities and proxy solicitation materials and reports to holders of the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s securities and the cost of any reports to third parties required under any indenture to which the Trust or any Subsidiary is a party;

 

 

 

 

(vi)

all costs and expenses of money borrowed by the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, principal, interest and the costs associated with the establishment and maintenance of any credit facilities, warehouse loans, repurchase agreements and other indebtedness of the Trust or any Subsidiary (including commitment fees, accounting fees, legal fees, closing and other costs and expenses);

 

 

 

 

(vii)

all taxes and license fees applicable to the Trust or any Subsidiary, including interest and penalties thereon;

 

 

 

 

(viii)

all fees paid to and expenses of third-party advisors and independent contractors, consultants, managers and other agents (including real estate underwriters, brokers and special servicers) engaged by the Trust or any

 

21



 

 

 

Subsidiary or by the Manager for the account of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(ix)

all insurance costs incurred by the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any costs to obtain liability or other insurance to indemnify the Manager and underwriters of any securities of the Trust;

 

 

 

 

(x)

all costs and expenses relating to the acquisition of, and maintenance and upgrades to, the portfolio accounting systems of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(xi)

all compensation and fees paid to trustees or directors of the Trust or any Subsidiary (excluding those trustees or directors who are also officers or employees of the Manager), all expenses of trustees or directors of the Trust or any Subsidiary (including those trustees or directors who are also employees of the Manager), the cost of trustees and officers liability insurance and premiums for errors and omissions insurance, and any other insurance deemed necessary or advisable by the Board of Trustees for the benefit of the Trust and its trustees and officers (including those trustees who are also employees of the Manager);

 

 

 

 

(xii)

all third-party legal, accounting and auditing fees and expenses and other similar services relating to the Trust’s or any Subsidiary’s operations (including, without limitation, all quarterly and annual audit or tax fees and expenses);

 

 

 

 

(xiii)

all third-party legal, expert and other fees and expenses relating to any actions, proceedings, lawsuits, demands, causes of action and claims, whether actual or threatened, made by or against the Trust or any Subsidiary, or which the Trust or any Subsidiary is authorized or obligated to pay under applicable law or its Governing Instruments or by the Board of Trustees;

 

 

 

 

(xiv)

subject to Section 9 below, any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) against the Trust or any Subsidiary, or against any trustee, director or officer of the Trust or any Subsidiary in his capacity as such for which the Trust or any Subsidiary is required to indemnify such trustee, director or officer by any court or governmental agency, or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings;

 

 

 

 

(xv)

all travel and related expenses of trustees, directors, officers and employees of the Trust or any Subsidiary and the Manager, incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Trustees or holders of securities of the Trust or any Subsidiary or performing other business activities that relate to the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitations, travel and expenses incurred in connection with the purchase,

 

22



 

 

 

consideration for purchase, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of any investment or potential investment of the Trust or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall only be responsible for a proportionate share of such expenses, as determined by the Manager in good faith, where such expenses were not incurred solely for the benefit of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(xvi)

all expenses of organizing, modifying or dissolving the Trust or any Subsidiary and costs preparatory to entering into a business or activity, or of winding up or disposing of a business activity of the Trust or any Subsidiary, if any;

 

 

 

 

(xvii)

all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Trustees to or on account of holders of the securities of the Trust or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan;

 

 

 

 

(xviii)

all costs and expenses related to the design and maintenance of the Trust’s website or sites and associated with any computer software, hardware, electronic equipment or purchased information technology services from third party vendors that is used primarily for the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(xix)

costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, research publications and materials, and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall only be responsible for a proportionate share of such expenses, as determined by the Manager in good faith, where such expenses were not incurred solely for the benefit of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(xx)

the costs and expenses incurred with respect to administering the Trust’s incentive plans;

 

 

 

 

(xxi)

the costs and expenses of maintaining compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and applicable regulatory body rules and regulations; provided , however , that the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) shall only be responsible for a proportionate share of such costs and expenses, as determined by the Manager in good faith, where such costs and expenses were not incurred solely for the benefit of the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

(xxii)

expenses relating to any office or office facilities, including disaster backup recovery sites and facilities, maintained for the Trust or any Subsidiary separate from the offices of the Manager;

 

23



 

 

(xxiii)

all other expenses of the Trust or any Subsidiary relating to the business and investment operations of the Trust and the Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of acquiring, originating, owning, protecting, maintaining, financing, refinancing, developing, modifying and disposing of investments that are not the responsibility of the Manager under Section 9(a) of this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(xxiv)

all other expenses actually incurred by the Manager or its Affiliates or their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees, members, representatives or agents, or any Affiliates thereof, that are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Manager of its duties and functions under this Agreement.

 

In addition, the Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided below) will be required to pay the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ pro rata portion of rent, telephone, utilities, office furniture, equipment, machinery and other office, internal and overhead expenses of the Manager and its Affiliates required for the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ operations. These expenses will be allocated between the Manager, on the one hand, and the Operating Partnership (or such other Subsidiary), on the other hand, based on the ratio of the Trust’s and the Subsidiaries’ proportion of gross assets compared to all remaining gross assets managed by the Manager as calculated at each fiscal quarter end. The Manager, the Trust and the Operating Partnership will modify this allocation methodology, subject to the Board of Trustees’ approval, if the allocation becomes inequitable.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision contained in this Agreement, in the event that any of the services provided hereunder by the Manager are rendered to or for the benefit of any Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership, then, in the sole discretion of the Operating Partnership, a portion of the expense reimbursements to the Manager and/or its Affiliates hereunder, as determined by the Operating Partnership, shall be payable by such Subsidiary.

 

(c)            Costs and expenses incurred by the Manager or an Affiliate thereof on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary shall be reimbursed quarterly to the Manager.  The Manager shall prepare a written statement in reasonable detail documenting the costs and expenses of the Trust and the Subsidiaries and those incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Trust or any Subsidiary during each fiscal quarter, and shall deliver such written statement to the Trust within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.  The Operating Partnership (or any other Subsidiary, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph) shall pay all amounts payable to the Manager pursuant to this Section 8 within five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery of such written statement without demand, deduction, offset or delay.  Cost and expense reimbursement to the Manager shall be subject to adjustment at the end of each calendar year in connection with the annual audit of the Trust and the Subsidiaries.  The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement to the extent such expenses have previously been incurred or are incurred in connection with such expiration or termination.

 

24



 

(d)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may, at its option, elect not to seek reimbursement for certain expenses during a given quarterly period, which determination shall not be deemed to construe a waiver of reimbursement for similar expenses in future periods.

 

Section 9.  Limits of the Manager’s Responsibility; Indemnification.  (a)  The Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to provide the services specified hereunder in good faith and shall not be responsible for any action of the Board of Trustees in following or declining to follow any advice or recommendations of the Manager.  None of the Manager or its Affiliates or their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees or members or any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager will be liable to the Trust, any Subsidiary, the Board of Trustees, or the Shareholders or interest holders of any Subsidiary for any acts or omissions performed under this Agreement, except because of acts constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Manager and its Affiliates and their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees and members and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager (each, a “ Manager Indemnified Party ”), with respect to all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively “ Losses ”) in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions of such Manager Indemnified Party, performed in good faith under this Agreement and not constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of the Manager under this Agreement.

 

(b)            The Manager shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust (or any Subsidiary), and the trustees, officers and Shareholders and each Person, if any, controlling the Trust (each, a “ Trust Indemnified Party ”; a Manager Indemnified Party and a Trust Indemnified Party are each sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) with respect to all Losses in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions under this Agreement constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of the Manager under this Agreement or any claims by the Manager’s employees relating to the terms and conditions of their employment by the Manager.

 

(c)            In case any such claim, suit, action or proceeding (a “ Claim ”) is brought against any Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnification may be sought by such Indemnified Party pursuant hereto, the Indemnified Party shall give prompt written notice thereof to the indemnifying party, which notice shall include all documents and information in the possession of or under the control of such Indemnified Party reasonably necessary for the evaluation and/or defense of such Claim and shall specifically state that indemnification for such Claim is being sought under this Section; provided , however , that the failure of the Indemnified Party to so notify the indemnifying party shall not limit or affect such Indemnified Party’s rights to be indemnified pursuant to this Section.  Upon receipt of such notice of Claim (together with such documents and information from such Indemnified Party), the indemnifying party shall, at its sole cost and expense, in good faith defend any such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, which counsel may, without limiting the rights of such Indemnified Party pursuant to the next succeeding sentence of this Section, also represent the indemnifying party in such investigation, action or proceeding.  In the alternative, such

 

25



 

Indemnified Party may elect to conduct the defense of the Claim, if (1) such Indemnified Party reasonably determines that the conduct of its defense by the indemnifying party could be materially prejudicial to its interests, (2) the indemnifying party refuses to defend (or fails to give written notice to the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days of receipt of a notice of Claim that the indemnifying party assumes such defense), or (3) the indemnifying party shall have failed, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, to defend the Claim in good faith.  The indemnifying party may settle any Claim against such Indemnified Party without such Indemnified Party’s consent, provided , (1) such settlement is without any Losses whatsoever to such Indemnified Party, (2) the settlement does not include or require any admission of liability or culpability by such Indemnified Party and (3) the indemnifying party obtains an effective written release of liability for such Indemnified Party from the party to the Claim with whom such settlement is being made, which release must be reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Party, and a dismissal with prejudice with respect to all claims made by the party against such Indemnified Party in connection with such Claim.  The applicable Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party’s sole cost and expense, in connection with the defense or settlement of any Claim in accordance with the terms hereof.  If such Indemnified Party is entitled pursuant to this Section to elect to defend such Claim by counsel of its own choosing and so elects, then the indemnifying party shall be responsible for any good faith settlement of such Claim entered into by such Indemnified Party.  Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no Indemnified Party may pay or settle any Claim and seek reimbursement therefor under this Section.

 

(d)            The provisions of this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.  No Joint Venture.  The Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager are not partners or joint venturers with each other and nothing herein shall be construed to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on any of them.

 

Section 11.  Term; Termination.

 

(a)            Initial Term .  This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and shall continue in operation, unless terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, until August 4, 2012 (the “ Initial Term ”).

 

(b)            Automatic Renewal Terms .  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed renewed automatically each year for an additional one-year period (an “ Automatic Renewal Term ”) unless the Trust or the Manager terminates this Agreement in accordance with Section 11(c) of this Agreement.

 

(c)            Termination of this Agreement .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term and upon at least 180 days’ prior written notice to the Manager or the Trust, as applicable (the “ Termination Notice ”), either (A) the Trust (without cause), upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Trust’s outstanding Common Shares (other than those Common Shares held by the Manager or any Affiliate thereof), in each case based upon (1) unsatisfactory performance by the

 

26



 

Manager that is materially detrimental to the Trust and the Subsidiaries or (2) the determination that the compensation payable to the Manager under this Agreement is not fair; or (B) the Manager (without cause) may, in connection with the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term, decline to renew this Agreement (any such nonrenewal, a “ Nonrenewal Termination ”); provided , that the Trust shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement under clause (2) above if the Manager agrees to continue to provide services under this Agreement at fees that at least two-thirds of the Independent Trustees determine to be fair pursuant to the procedures set forth below.

 

If the Trust (but not the Manager) issues the Termination Notice, the Operating Partnership shall be obligated to pay the Manager the Termination Fee within 90 days of the last day of the Initial Term or Automatic Renewal Term, as applicable (the “ Effective Termination Date ”); provided , however , that in the event a Termination Notice is given in connection with a determination that the compensation payable to the Manager is not fair, the Manager shall have the right to renegotiate such compensation by delivering to the Trust and the Operating Partnership, no fewer than 45 days prior to the prospective Effective Termination Date, written notice (any such notice, a “ Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ”) of its intention to renegotiate its compensation under this Agreement.  Thereupon, the Trust (represented by the Independent Trustees), the Operating Partnership and the Manager shall endeavor to negotiate in good faith the revised compensation payable to the Manager under this Agreement. Provided that the Manager, the Trust and the Operating Partnership agree to the terms of the revised compensation to be payable to the Manager within 45 days following the receipt of the Notice of Proposal to Negotiate, the Termination Notice shall be deemed of no force and effect and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect on the terms stated in this Agreement, except that the compensation payable to the Manager hereunder shall be the revised compensation then agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement. The Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager agree to execute and deliver an amendment to this Agreement setting forth such revised compensation promptly upon reaching an agreement regarding the same. In the event that the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager are unable to agree to the terms of the revised compensation to be payable to the Manager during such 45-day period, this Agreement shall terminate, such termination to be effective on the date which is the later of (A) 10 days following the end of such 45-day period and (B) the Effective Termination Date originally set forth in the Termination Notice.  In the event of any Nonrenewal Termination, after delivery of the Termination Notice, the Manager shall thereafter have the authority to invest only such capital that represents the return of capital resulting from the liquidation or repayment of investments of the Trust or any Subsidiary existing at the time of the Termination Notice, and subject to the Investment Policies and all other existing investment and other policies of the Trust.  The Manager shall cooperate with the Trust and the Subsidiaries in executing an orderly transition of the management of the Trust’s assets to a new manager.  The Trust may terminate this Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement even after a Nonrenewal Termination and no Termination Fee shall be payable.

 

(d)            If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 11 or pursuant to Section 12, 13 or 14, such termination shall be without any further liability or obligation of any party to the other, except with respect to the payment of a Termination Fee, if applicable, and except as provided in Sections 6, 8 and 15 of this Agreement. In addition, Sections 9, 17(b) and 18(e) of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

27



 

Section 12.  Assignments.  (a) Except as set forth in Section 12(b) of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate automatically without payment of the Termination Fee in the event of its assignment, in whole or in part, by the Manager, unless such assignment is consented to in writing by the Trust with the consent of a majority of the Independent Trustees.  Any such permitted assignment shall bind the assignee under this Agreement in the same manner as the Manager is bound, and the Manager shall be liable to the Trust and the Subsidiaries for all errors or omissions of the assignee under any such assignment.  In addition, the assignee shall execute and deliver to the Trust and the Operating Partnership a counterpart of this Agreement naming such assignee as the Manager.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Trust or the Operating Partnership without the prior written consent of the Manager, except in the case of assignment by the Trust or the Operating Partnership to another REIT (in the case of the Trust) or other organization which is a successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets, or similar transaction) to the Trust or the Operating Partnership, in which case such successor organization shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of such assignment in the same manner as the Trust and the Operating Partnership are bound under this Agreement.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Manager may subcontract and assign any or all of its responsibilities under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates in accordance with the terms of this Agreement applicable to any such subcontract or assignment, and the Trust and the Operating Partnership hereby consent to any such assignment and subcontracting. In addition, provided that the Manager provides prior written notice to the Trust and the Operating Partnership for informational purposes only, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any amounts payable to the Manager under this Agreement. In addition, the Manager may assign one or more of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates without the Trust’s or the Operating Partnership’s approval if such assignment does not require their approval under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 13.  Termination by the Trust for Cause.  At the option of the Trust and at any time during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be and become terminated upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Board of Trustees to the Manager, without payment of the Termination Fee, if any of the following events shall occur, which shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Trustees:

 

(i)                                      the Manager shall materially breach any provision of this Agreement and such breach shall continue for a period of 30 days after the Manager’s receipt of written notice thereof specifying such breach and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period (or 45 days after the Manager’s receipt of written notice of such breach if the Manager takes steps to cure such breach within 30 days of the written notice);

 

(ii)                                   the Manager shall commit any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds, or embezzlement against the Trust or any Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                                the Manager shall commit any act of gross negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement;

 

28



 

(iv)                               upon the commencement of any proceeding relating to the Manager’s Bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

(v)                                  upon the dissolution of the Manager; or

 

(vi)                               upon a Change in Control of the Manager.

 

If any of the events specified above shall occur, the Manager shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 14.  Termination by the Manager for Cause .

 

(a)            At the option of the Manager and at any time during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be and become terminated upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Manager to the Trust and the Operating Partnership, with payment of the Termination Fee, if the Trust or the Subsidiaries shall have defaulted in the performance of any material term of this Agreement, and such default has continued uncured for a period of 30 days after the Trust’s and the Operating Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such default from the Manager.

 

(b)            At the option of the Manager and at any time during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be and become terminated, without payment of the Termination Fee, if the Trust becomes required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, with such termination deemed to occur immediately before such event.

 

Section 15.  Action Upon Termination.  From and after the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 11, 12, 13 or 14 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be entitled to compensation for further services hereunder, but shall be paid all compensation accruing to the date of termination and, if the Manager is so entitled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Termination Fee.  Upon any such termination, the Manager shall forthwith:

 

(a)            after deducting any accrued compensation and reimbursement for its expenses to which it is then entitled, pay over to the Trust or a Subsidiary all money collected and held for the account of the Trust or a Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(b)            deliver to the Board of Trustees a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board of Trustees with respect to the Trust and any Subsidiary; and

 

(c)            deliver to the Board of Trustees all property and documents of the Trust and any Subsidiary then in the custody of the Manager.

 

Section 16.  Release of Money or Other Property Upon Written Request.  The Manager agrees that any money or other property of the Trust or any Subsidiary held by the Manager shall be held by the Manager as custodian for the Trust or such Subsidiary, and the Manager’s records shall be appropriately and clearly marked to reflect the ownership of such

 

29



 

money or other property by the Trust or such Subsidiary.  Upon the receipt by the Manager of a written request signed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust requesting the Manager to release to the Trust any money or other property then held by the Manager for the account of the Trust or any Subsidiary under this Agreement, the Manager shall release such money or other property to the Trust or any Subsidiary within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than 45 days following such request.  Upon delivery of such money or other property to the Trust, the Manager shall not be liable to the Trust, any Subsidiary, the Board of Trustees, or the Shareholders or the interest holders of any Subsidiary for any acts or omissions by the Trust or any Subsidiary in connection with the money or other property released in accordance with this Section.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership shall indemnify the Manager and its Affiliates and their respective managers, officers, trustees, directors, employees and members and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager against any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever, which arise in connection with the Manager’s release of such money or other property in accordance with the terms of this Section 16.  Indemnification pursuant to this provision shall be in addition to any right of the Manager to indemnification under Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Use of Name.

 

(a)            The Manager hereby grants to the Trust and the Subsidiaries during the term of this Agreement a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “PennyMac” brand, trademark, logo and service marks and any derivation thereof related thereto (the “ PennyMac Brand ”) in the United States.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Manager and its other Affiliates retain the right to continue to use the PennyMac Brand during the term of this Agreement.  It is further acknowledged and agreed that under no circumstances shall the Manager be prohibited from licensing or transferring the ownership of the PennyMac Brand to third parties.

 

(b)            In the event of the termination of this Agreement, the Trust shall be required to cease using the PennyMac Brand as promptly as possible, including by changing its name to remove the word “PennyMac” therefrom as promptly as practicable.  The provisions of this Section 17(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 18.  Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (1) personal delivery, (2) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (3) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (4) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below (or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto in accordance with this Section 18):

 

30


 

The Trust and the Operating Partnership:

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

 

 

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

 

 

Calabasas, California 91301

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Fax: (818) 337-2138

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Sidley Austin LLP

 

 

787 Seventh Avenue

 

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Attention: Edward J. Fine and J. Gerard Cummins

 

 

Fax: (212) 839-5599

 

 

 

The Manager:

 

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

 

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

 

 

Calabasas, California 91301

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Fax: (818) 337-2138

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

 

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

 

 

Calabasas, California 91301

 

 

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

 

Fax: (818) 337-2138

 

(b)            Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

(c)            Integration .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

(d)            Amendments .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)            GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND

 

31



 

THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR ANY DISTRICT WITHIN SUCH STATE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR JUDGMENT RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN SUCH COURT.

 

(f)             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(g)            No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

(h)            Costs and Expenses .  Each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiations and preparation of and the closing under this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto.

 

(i)             Section Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

(j)             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(k)            Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed this Management Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Title: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: PENNYMAC GP OP, INC.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

 

Title: Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

 

33




Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,

as Owner

 

and

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

as Servicer

 

Dated as of August 4, 2009

 

FIXED- AND ADJUSTABLE-RATE RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

SERVICING

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

 

Servicer to Act as Servicer

 

18

Section 2.02

 

Liquidation of Mortgage Loans

 

20

Section 2.03

 

Collection of Mortgage Loan Payments; Payment Clearing Account

 

20

Section 2.04

 

Establishment of and Deposits to Custodial Account

 

21

Section 2.05

 

Permitted Withdrawals From Custodial Account

 

22

Section 2.06

 

Establishment of and Deposits to Escrow Account

 

23

Section 2.07

 

Permitted Withdrawals From Escrow Account

 

24

Section 2.08

 

Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Other Charges

 

25

Section 2.09

 

Protection of Accounts

 

25

Section 2.10

 

Maintenance of Hazard Insurance

 

26

Section 2.11

 

Maintenance of Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy

 

27

Section 2.12

 

Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance

 

28

Section 2.13

 

Inspections

 

28

Section 2.14

 

Restoration of Mortgaged Property

 

29

Section 2.15

 

Title, Management and Disposition of REO Property

 

29

Section 2.16

 

Costs and Expenses

 

30

Section 2.17

 

Liquidity and Litigation Reserves

 

31

Section 2.18

 

[Reserved]

 

32

Section 2.19

 

[Reserved]

 

32

Section 2.20

 

Notification of Adjustments

 

32

Section 2.21

 

Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage

 

32

Section 2.22

 

[Reserved]

 

32

Section 2.23

 

Credit Reporting

 

32

Section 2.24

 

Superior Liens

 

32

Section 2.25

 

Prepayments in Full

 

33

Section 2.26

 

Tax and Flood Service Contracts

 

33

Section 2.27

 

Maintenance of PMI Policies and LPMI Policies; Collections Thereunder

 

34

Section 2.28

 

Obligations of the Owner and the Servicer Related to Servicing Transfers

 

34

Section 2.29

 

Reliability of Information/Exceptional Expenses

 

36

Section 2.30

 

Escrow Obligations

 

36

Section 2.31

 

[Reserved]

 

37

Section 2.32

 

Additional Activities of the Servicer

 

37

Section 2.33

 

No Obligation to Advance Delinquent Payments

 

37

 

i



 

ARTICLE III

PAYMENTS; REPORTS

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

 

Remittances

 

38

Section 3.02

 

Monthly Reports to the Owner

 

38

Section 3.03

 

[Reserved]

 

39

Section 3.04

 

Cost of Funds

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL SERVICING PROCEDURES

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

 

Transfers of Mortgaged Property

 

40

Section 4.02

 

Satisfaction of Mortgages and Release of Mortgage Files

 

41

Section 4.03

 

Servicing Compensation

 

42

Section 4.04

 

Annual Statement as to Compliance

 

43

Section 4.05

 

Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report

 

43

Section 4.06

 

[Reserved]

 

44

Section 4.07

 

Right to Examine Servicer Records

 

44

Section 4.08

 

Compliance with Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999

 

44

Section 4.09

 

On-Line Access

 

44

Section 4.10

 

[Reserved]

 

45

Section 4.11

 

Use of Subservicers

 

45

Section 4.12

 

Mortgage Loans Held by Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Owner

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

SERVICER TO COOPERATE

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

 

Provision of Information

 

46

Section 5.02

 

Financial Statements; Servicing Facilities

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

 

Termination

 

47

Section 6.02

 

Transfer of Servicing

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

 

Possession of Servicing Files Prior to the Related Servicing Transfer Date

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND ASSIGNMENT

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

 

Indemnification; Remedies

 

52

Section 8.02

 

Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others

 

53

Section 8.03

 

Limitation on Resignation and Assignment by Servicer

 

54

Section 8.04

 

Assignment by Owner

 

55

Section 8.05

 

Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF OWNER

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

 

Organization and Good Standing; Licensing

 

56

Section 9.02

 

Authorization; Binding Obligations

 

56

Section 9.03

 

No Consent Required

 

56

Section 9.04

 

No Violations

 

56

Section 9.05

 

Litigation

 

56

 

ii



 

ARTICLE X

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

 

Due Organization and Authority

 

58

Section 10.02

 

Ordinary Course of Business

 

58

Section 10.03

 

No Conflicts

 

58

Section 10.04

 

Ability to Service

 

58

Section 10.05

 

Ability to Perform

 

59

Section 10.06

 

No Litigation Pending

 

59

Section 10.07

 

No Consent Required

 

59

Section 10.08

 

No Untrue Information

 

59

Section 10.09

 

[Reserved]

 

59

Section 10.10

 

MERS

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

DEFAULT

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

 

Events of Default

 

61

Section 11.02

 

Waiver of Defaults

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

CLOSING

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

Section 12.01

 

Closing Documents

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

Section 13.01

 

Notices

 

65

Section 13.02

 

Waivers

 

65

Section 13.03

 

Entire Agreement; Amendment

 

66

Section 13.04

 

Execution; Binding Effect

 

66

Section 13.05

 

Headings

 

66

Section 13.06

 

Applicable Law

 

66

Section 13.07

 

Relationship of Parties

 

66

Section 13.08

 

Severability of Provisions

 

67

Section 13.09

 

Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage

 

67

Section 13.10

 

Exhibits

 

67

Section 13.11

 

Counterparts

 

67

Section 13.12

 

Cooperation of Servicer with a Reconstitution

 

67

Section 13.13

 

Trademarks

 

69

Section 13.14

 

Confidentiality of Information

 

70

Section 13.15

 

[Reserved]

 

70

Section 13.16

 

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

 

70

Section 13.17

 

LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

 

70

Section 13.18

 

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS

 

70

 

iii



 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

LIST OF MONTHLY AND DAILY REPORTS

EXHIBIT 2

 

FORM OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 3

 

FORM OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 4

 

FORM OF ESCROW ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 5

 

FORM OF ESCROW ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 6

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT 7

 

MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

EXHIBIT 8

 

FORM OF LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

EXHIBIT 9

 

TERM SHEET

EXHIBIT 10

 

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY MATRIX

 

iv


 

FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

This Flow Servicing Agreement (this “ Servicing Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 4, 2009, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Servicer ”), and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Owner ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Servicer is in the business of servicing residential mortgage loans similar to the Mortgage Loans; and

 

WHEREAS, the Owner may from time to time desire that some or all of the Mortgage Loans be serviced pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and the Servicer has agreed to service and administer the Mortgage Loans that become subject to this Agreement, and the parties desire to provide the terms and conditions of such servicing by the Servicer.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                                                     Definitions.

 

The following terms are defined as follows:

 

Accepted Servicing Practices :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan (including any related REO Property), each of those mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, which servicing practices (i) are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) shall be in accordance with the Servicer’s policies and procedures as amended from time to time for mortgage loans of the same type, (iii) are in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note and (iv) are at a minimum based on the requirements set forth from time to time by Fannie Mae.

 

Actual/Actual Basis :  Remittance to the Owner or its designee which requires the Servicer to remit to the Owner or such designee the actual interest and actual principal collected from each Mortgagor.

 

Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan which provides for the adjustment of the Mortgage Interest Rate payable in respect thereto.

 

Affiliate :  With respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Ancillary Income :  All income derived from the Mortgage Loans (other than payments or other collections in respect of principal, interest, Escrow Payments and Prepayment Penalties attributable to the Mortgage Loans) including, but not limited to, the Servicer’s share of all late charges, all interest received on funds deposited in the Custodial Account or any Escrow Account (subject to applicable law), assumption fees, reconveyance fees, subordination fees, speedpay fees, mortgage pay on the web fees, automatic clearing house fees, demand statement fees, modification fees, if any, fees received with respect to checks on bank drafts returned by the related bank for insufficient funds, assumption fees and other similar types of fees arising from or in connection with any Mortgage Loan to the extent not otherwise payable to the Mortgagor under applicable law or pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note.  In no event shall the Servicer be entitled to any Prepayment Penalties.

 

Appraised Value :  With respect to any Mortgaged Property, the lesser of (i) the value thereof as determined by an appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan at the time of origination of the Mortgage Loan and (ii) the purchase price for the related Mortgaged Property paid by the Mortgagor with the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan; provided, however , in

 

2



 

the case of a Refinanced Mortgage Loan, such value of the Mortgaged Property is based solely upon the value determined by an appraisal made for the originator of such Refinanced Mortgage Loan at the time of origination of such Refinanced Mortgage Loan.

 

Asset Balance :  On any day for any Mortgage Loan, other than a liquidated Mortgage Loan, the total unpaid outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan on such date.

 

Assignment of Mortgage :  An assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage to the Owner.

 

Base Servicing Fee Percentage :  The Base Servicing Fee Percentage set forth in Exhibit 9 hereto.

 

BPO :  A broker price opinion.

 

Business Day :  Any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking and savings and loan institutions in the States of New York or California are authorized or obligated by law or executive authority to be closed.

 

Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio or CLTV :  With respect to any Second Lien Mortgage Loan, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Second Lien Mortgage Loan plus the outstanding principal amount of the related First Lien Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if such Second Lien Mortgage Loan was made to finance part of the acquisition of the related Mortgaged Property, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Code :  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Competitors : Any entity whose business includes, as a primary strategy, acquiring and modifying distressed mortgage loans.

 

Condemnation Proceeds :  All awards or settlements in respect of a Mortgaged Property, whether permanent or temporary, partial or entire, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemnation, to the extent not required to be released to a Mortgagor in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Cost of Funds :  The amount payable by the Owner to the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.04 , which amount shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (x) the average daily balance of Servicing Advances and (y) the sum of (i) the Cost of Funds Index plus 0 basis points.

 

Cost of Funds Index :  A per annum rate equal to the London interbank offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits as such rate appears, in The Wall Street Journal (West Coast edition), as of the first Business Day of such calendar month.  If the rate above is unavailable, the Servicer shall select a comparable source mutually agreeable to the Servicer and the Owner from which to determine such rate.

 

3



 

Custodial Account :  The separate trust account or accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 2.04 at a Qualified Depository.

 

Custodial Agreement :  The agreement governing the retention of the originals of each Mortgage Note, Mortgage, Assignment of Mortgage and other Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Custodian :  The custodian of the Mortgage Loan Documents as specified under the related Custodial Agreement.

 

Cut-off Date :  The date set forth in the related Purchase Agreement, if applicable.

 

Delinquent Mortgage Loan :  As defined in Section 6.01(c) .

 

Due Date :  The day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Due Period :  With respect to amounts collected by the Servicer and required to be remitted to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) on each Remittance Date, the period commencing on the first day of the month and ending on the last day of the month preceding the month of the Remittance Date.

 

Eligible Investments :  Any one or more of the obligations or securities listed below, acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par which investment provides for a date of maturity not later than one day prior to the Remittance Date in each month (or such other date as permitted under this Servicing Agreement):

 

(i)             direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof,  provided such the obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America (“ Direct Obligations ”);

 

(ii)            (A) federal funds, demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposits of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any depository institution or trust company (including U.S. subsidiaries of foreign depositories) incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state authorities, so long as at the time of such investment or the contractual commitment providing for such investment, such depository institution or trust company has a short-term uninsured debt rating in the highest available rating category of Moody’s and S&P and provided that each such investment has an original maturity of no more than 365 days; and (B) any other demand or time deposit or deposit which is fully insured by the FDIC;

 

(iii)           repurchase obligations with a term not to exceed 30 days with respect to any security described in clause (i) above and entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) rated A-1+ or higher by S&P, and A2 or higher by Moody’s, provided, however, that collateral transferred pursuant to such repurchase obligation must be of the type described

 

4



 

in clause (i) above and must (A) be valued daily at current market prices plus accrued interest, (B) pursuant to such valuation, be equal, at all times, to 105% of the cash transferred by a party in exchange for such collateral and (C) be delivered to such party or, if such party is supplying the collateral, an agent for such party, in such a manner as to accomplish perfection of a security interest in the collateral by possession of certificated securities;

 

(iv)           securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof which have a credit rating from each Rating Agency, that rates such securities in its highest long-term unsecured rating categories at the time of investment or the contractual commitment providing for such investment;

 

(v)            commercial paper (including both non interest bearing discount obligations and interest bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than thirty (30) days after the date of issuance thereof) that is rated by each Rating Agency that rates such securities in its highest short term rating category available at the time of such investment;

 

(vi)           certificates or receipts representing direct ownership interests in future interest or principal payments on obligations of the United States of America or its agencies or instrumentalities (which obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America) held by a custodian in safekeeping on behalf of the holders of such receipts; and

 

(vii)          any other demand, money market, common trust fund or time deposit or obligation, or interest bearing or other security or investment rated in the highest rating category by each Rating Agency;

 

provided, however , that no such instrument shall be an Eligible Investment if such instrument evidences either (i) a right to receive only interest payments with respect to the obligations underlying such instrument, or (ii) both principal and interest payments derived from obligations underlying such instrument and the principal and interest payments with respect to such instrument provide a yield to maturity of greater than 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying obligations.

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan :  A mortgage loan that is a fixed-rate or Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan that is secured by either a 1st lien or 2nd lien Mortgage on a single family ( i.e. , one- to four-unit) residential Mortgaged Property located in any of the 50 states of the United States or in the District of Columbia; provided, however, that such mortgage loan shall not be a High Cost Loan or a HOEPA Loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Mortgage Loan shall be one of the types of mortgage loans that the Servicer currently services on its servicing platform.

 

Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy :  An errors and omissions insurance policy to be maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.12 .

 

5



 

Escrow Account :  The separate trust account or accounts created and maintained pursuant to Section 2.06 at a Qualified Depository.

 

Escrow Payment :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, flood insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the related Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default :  Any one of the conditions or circumstances enumerated in Section 11.01 .

 

Fannie Mae :  The Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae Guides :  The Fannie Mae Sellers’ Guide and the Fannie Mae Servicers’ Guide and all amendments or additions thereto.

 

FDIC :  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Fidelity Bond :  A fidelity bond to be maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.12 .

 

First Lien Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage in first lien position on the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Fitch :  Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Fixed-Rate Mortgage Loan :  A fixed-rate mortgage loan serviced pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Flood Zone Service Contract :  A transferable contract maintained for a Mortgaged Property with a nationally recognized flood zone service provider for the purpose of obtaining the current flood zone status relating to such Mortgaged Property.

 

Foreclosure Commencement :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the delivery of the applicable file to the Servicer’s foreclosure counsel for initiation of foreclosure proceedings.

 

Freddie Mac :  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Gross Margin :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note which amount is added to the Index in accordance with the terms of such Mortgage Note to determine on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date the Mortgage Interest Rate for such Mortgage Loan.

 

High Cost Loan :  A Mortgage Loan (a) covered by HOEPA or (b) classified as a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” “predatory” or similar loan under any other applicable state,

 

6



 

federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees).

 

HOEPA :  The Federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, as amended.

 

HOEPA Loan :  A Mortgage Loan which (a) is subject to HOEPA or (b) which the Servicer discovers is subject to HOEPA.

 

Index :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the index set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Insurance Proceeds :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, proceeds of insurance policies insuring such Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the date specified in the related Mortgage Note on which the Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted.

 

Interim Servicing Period :  With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the period commencing on the related Servicing Transfer Date and ending on the Reconstitution Date.

 

Lender Paid Mortgage Insurance Policy or LPMI Policy :  A policy of mortgage guaranty insurance issued by an insurer which meets the requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in which the owner or servicer of the Mortgage Loan is responsible for the premiums associated with such mortgage insurance policy.

 

Lifetime Rate Cap :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the related Mortgage Note that provides for an absolute maximum Mortgage Interest Rate thereunder.  The Mortgage Interest Rate during the terms of each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan shall not at any time exceed the Mortgage Interest Rate at the time of origination of such Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan by more than the amount per annum set forth on the Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

Liquidation Proceeds :  Amounts, other than Condemnation Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds, received in connection with the liquidation of a defaulted Mortgage Loan, whether through the sale or assignment of such Mortgage Loan, trustee’s sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise, or the sale of the related Mortgaged Property if the Mortgaged Property is acquired in satisfaction of the Mortgage Loan, other than amounts received following the acquisition of an REO Property pursuant to Section 2.15 and prior to such liquidation.

 

Liquidity Reserve :  As defined in Section 2.17 .

 

Liquidity Reserve Account :  The separate trust account or accounts to be created and maintained under the circumstances described in Section 2.17 .

 

Litigation Reserve :  As defined in Section 2.17 .

 

7



 

Litigation Reserve Account :  The separate trust account or accounts to be created and maintained under the circumstances described in Section 2.17 .

 

Loan-to-Value Ratio or LTV :  With respect to any First Lien Mortgage Loan, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the outstanding principal amount of such First Lien Mortgage Loan to the lesser of (a) the Appraised Value of the related Mortgaged Property at origination or (b) if such First Lien Mortgage Loan was made to finance the acquisition of the related Mortgaged Property, the purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.

 

Management Agreement :  The Management Agreement dated as of August 4, 2009 by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

 

MERS :  Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS Mortgage Loan :  Any Mortgage Loan as to which the related Mortgage or Assignment of Mortgage has been recorded in the name of MERS, as agent for the holder from time to time of the Mortgage Note and which is identified as a MERS Mortgage Loan on the related Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

MERS ®  System :  The system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

MOM Loan :  Any Mortgage Loan as to which MERS acts as the mortgagee of record of such Mortgage Loan, solely as nominee for the originator of such Mortgage Loan and its successors and assigns, at the origination thereof.

 

Monthly Payment :  The scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Moody’s :  Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgage :  The mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first or second lien, as applicable, on an unsubordinated estate in fee simple in real property securing such Mortgage Note; except that with respect to real property located in jurisdictions in which the use of leasehold estates for residential properties is a widely accepted practice, the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing the Mortgage Note may secure and create a first or second lien, as applicable, upon a leasehold estate of the Mortgagor.

 

Mortgage File :  The items pertaining to a particular Mortgage Loan referred to as the Mortgage File in Exhibit 7 annexed hereto, and any additional documents required to be added to the Mortgage File pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy :  A mortgage impairment or blanket hazard insurance policy as described in Section 2.11 .

 

8



 

Mortgage Interest Rate :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the annual rate of interest borne on the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Loan :  An individual mortgage loan to be serviced pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, as identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule, which mortgage loan shall be an Eligible Mortgage Loan and includes without limitation the Mortgage File, the Monthly Payments, Principal Prepayments, Liquidation Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds, Servicing Rights and all other rights, benefits, proceeds and obligations arising from or in connection with such mortgage loan, excluding replaced or repurchased mortgage loans.

 

Mortgage Loan Documents :  The documents listed on Exhibit 7 attached hereto pertaining to any Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Loan Remittance Rate :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the annual rate of interest remitted to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner), which shall be equal to the related Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule :  The schedule of Mortgage Loans in the form attached as a schedule to the Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans, to be delivered from time to time by the Owner to the Servicer, which schedule shall include, but not be limited to, the following information with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(1)                                 the name of the Seller and the Seller’s Mortgage Loan identifying number;

 

(2)                                 the Mortgagor’s name;

 

(3)                                 the street address of the Mortgaged Property including the city, state and ZIP code;

 

(4)                                 a code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner-occupied, a second home or investment property;

 

(5)                                 the number and type of residential units constituting the Mortgaged Property ( i.e., a one-family residence, a two- to four-family residence, a unit in a condominium project or a unit in a planned unit development);

 

(6)                                 the original months to maturity or the remaining months to maturity from the related Cut-off Date, in any case based on the original amortization schedule and, if different, the maturity expressed in the same manner but based on the actual amortization schedule;

 

(7)                                 the LTV at origination in the case of a First Lien Mortgage Loan;

 

(8)                                 the CLTV at origination in the case of a Second Lien Mortgage Loan;

 

(9)                                 the Mortgage Interest Rate as of the related Cut-off Date;

 

(10)                           the date on which the Monthly Payment was due on the Mortgage Loan and, if such date is not consistent with the Due Date currently in effect, such Due Date;

 

(11)                           the stated maturity date;

 

9



 

(12)                           the amount of the Monthly Payment as of the related Cut-off Date;

 

(13)                           the last payment date on which a Monthly Payment was actually applied to pay interest and the outstanding principal balance;

 

(14)                           the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan;

 

(15)                           the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan as of the close of business on the related Cut-off Date, after deduction of payments of principal due and collected on or before the related Cut-off Date;

 

(16)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the next Interest Rate Adjustment Date;

 

(17)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Gross Margin;

 

(18)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Lifetime Rate Cap under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(19)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, a code indicating the type of Index;

 

(20)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Periodic Rate Cap under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(21)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Periodic Rate Floor under the terms of the Mortgage Note;

 

(22)                           the type of Mortgage Loan ( i.e. , Fixed-Rate, Adjustable-Rate, First Lien, Second Lien);

 

(23)                           a code indicating the purpose of the loan ( i.e. , purchase, rate and term refinance, equity take-out refinance);

 

(24)                           a code indicating the related documentation program ( i.e. full, alternative or reduced);

 

(25)                           the loan credit classification (as described in the related Underwriting Guidelines);

 

(26)                           whether the Mortgage Loan provides for a Prepayment Penalty;

 

(27)                           the Prepayment Penalty period of the Mortgage Loan, if applicable;

 

(28)                           a description of the Prepayment Penalty, if applicable;

 

(29)                           the Mortgage Interest Rate as of origination;

 

(30)                           the credit risk score (FICO score) of the related Mortgagor at origination;

 

(31)                           the date of origination;

 

(32)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment period;

 

(33)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment percentage;

 

10



 

(34)                           in the case of an Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Interest Rate floor;

 

(35)                           the Mortgage Interest Rate calculation method ( i.e ., 30/360, simple interest, other);

 

(36)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is assumable;

 

(37)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan has been modified;

 

(38)                           the one year payment history;

 

(39)                           the Due Date for the first Monthly Payment;

 

(40)                           the original Monthly Payment due;

 

(41)                           with respect to the related Mortgagor, the debt-to-income ratio;

 

(42)                           the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(43)                           the sales price of the Mortgaged Property if the Mortgage Loan was originated in connection with the purchase of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(44)                           the MERS identification number;

 

(45)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan has borrower paid, lender paid or deep primary mortgage insurance coverage and, if so, (i) the insurer’s name, (ii) the policy or certification number, (iii) the premium rate and (iv) the coverage percentage;

 

(46)                           in the case of a Second Lien Mortgage Loan, the outstanding principal balance of the superior lien;

 

(47)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a HOEPA Loan;

 

(48)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a High Cost Loan;

 

(49)                           a code indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a subject to a buydown;

 

(50)                           flood zone and flood insurance coverage information with respect to the Mortgage Loan (to the extent known by the Owner);

 

(51)                           whether the Mortgage Loan is subject to a repurchase agreement;

 

(52)                           if the Mortgage Loan is subject to a repurchase agreement, the name of the counterparty; and

 

(53)                           in the case of a negative amortization Mortgage Loan, the next payment adjustment date and the maximum negative amortization.

 

With respect to the Mortgage Loans in the aggregate, the Mortgage Loan Schedule shall set forth the following information, as of the related Cut-off Date:

 

(a)                                 the number of Mortgage Loans;

 

(b)                                the current aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans;

 

(c)                                 the weighted average Mortgage Interest Rate of the Mortgage Loans; and

 

(d)                                the weighted average maturity of the Mortgage Loans.

 

11


 

Mortgage Note :  The note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage.

 

Mortgaged Property :  The real property (or leasehold estate, if applicable) securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagor :  The obligor on a Mortgage Note.

 

Nonrecoverable Advance :  Any Servicing Advance previously made or proposed to be made in respect of a Mortgage Loan or REO Property which, in the good faith judgment of the Servicer, will not or, in the case of a proposed advance, would not, be ultimately recoverable from related Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise from such Mortgage Loan or REO Property.  The determination by the Servicer that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance or that any proposed Servicing Advance or advance of principal and interest, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Owner.

 

Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans :  A written instrument in the form mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Servicer prior to a pending transfer whereby the Owner notifies the Servicer of the addition of the Mortgage Loans specified therein to the coverage of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Notice Date : As defined in Section 11.01(b) .

 

Officer’s Certificate :  A certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President or Vice President or the Treasurer or the Secretary or one of the Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Secretaries of the Servicer, and delivered to the Owner.

 

Opinion of Counsel :  A written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Servicer, reasonably acceptable to the Owner; provided, however, that any Opinion of Counsel relating to the qualification of any account required to be maintained pursuant to this Servicing Agreement at a Qualified Depository must be (unless otherwise stated in such Opinion of Counsel) an opinion of counsel who (i) is in fact independent of the Servicer, (ii) does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in the related Servicer or is an Affiliate of either of them and (iii) is not connected with the Servicer as an officer, employee, director or person performing similar functions.

 

Originator :  With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the originator of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Other Fees :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, those fees set forth in Exhibit 9 for the specific services described therein.

 

Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances :  As defined in Section 2.28(f) .

 

Parent :  As defined in Section 13.14 .

 

12



 

Payment Clearing Account :  The account established and maintained pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 2.03 .

 

PennyMac Property Preservation Program:   The proprietary property preservation programs designed by PNMAC Capital Management, LLC to modify and enhance the value of Mortgage Loans or mitigate losses to Mortgage Loans, as amended from time to time, and presented to the Servicer by the program technology and other documentation administered and provided by the PennyMac REIT Manager.

 

PennyMac REIT :  PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust.

 

PennyMac REIT Manager :  PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Periodic Rate Cap :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the Mortgage Note which provides for an absolute maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate specified therein may increase on an Interest Rate Adjustment Date above the Mortgage Interest Rate previously in effect.

 

Periodic Rate Floor :  With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the provision of the related Mortgage Note which provides for an absolute maximum amount by which the related Mortgage Interest Rate may decrease on an Interest Rate Adjustment Date below the Mortgage Interest Rate previously in effect.

 

Person :  Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

PMI Policy :  A policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance issued by a Qualified Insurer.

 

Prepayment Penalty :  Any prepayment premium, penalty or charge collected by the Servicer with respect to a Mortgage Loan from a Mortgagor in connection with any Principal Prepayment pursuant to the terms of such Mortgage Loan.

 

Prime Rate :  The prime rate in effect from time to time as published as the average rate in The Wall Street Journal (West Coast edition).

 

Principal Prepayment :  Any payment or other recovery of principal on a Mortgage Loan which is received in advance of its scheduled Due Date, including any Prepayment Penalty thereon, and which is not accompanied by an amount of interest representing scheduled interest due on any date or dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.

 

Private Securitization Transaction :  Any transaction involving either (1) a sale of some or all of the Mortgage Loans directly or indirectly to an entity that issues privately offered, rated mortgage-backed securities or (2) an entity that issues privately offered, rated securities,

 

13



 

the payments of which are determined primarily by reference to one or more portfolios of mortgage loans consisting, in whole or in part, of some or all of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Public Securitization Transaction :  Any transaction subject to Regulation AB involving either (1) a sale or other transfer of some or all of the Mortgage Loans directly or indirectly to an issuing entity in connection with an issuance of publicly offered, rated mortgage-backed securities or (2) an issuance of publicly offered, rated securities, the payments on which are determined primarily by reference to one or more portfolios of residential mortgage loans consisting, in whole or in part, of some or all of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Purchase Agreement :  The agreement pursuant to which the Owner purchased Mortgage Loans from the related Seller, if applicable.

 

Qualified Depository :  Either (i) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company the short-term unsecured debt obligations of which (or, in the case of a depository institution or trust company that is the principal subsidiary of a holding company, the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such holding company of which) are rated A-2 by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody’s (or a comparable rating if another rating agency is specified by the Owner by written notice to the Servicer) at the time any amounts are held on deposit therein, (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured by the FDIC or (iii) a trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity.

 

Qualified Insurer :  Any insurer which meets the requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

 

Rating Agency :  Any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or their respective successors, designated by the Owner.

 

Reconstitution :  A Whole Loan Transfer, a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be.

 

Reconstitution Date :  As defined in Section 13.12 .

 

Refinanced Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan the proceeds of which were not used to purchase the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Remittance Date :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, not later than the 20th day of the month following the month in which payments in respect of such Mortgage Loan are received and credited.

 

REO Marketing Fee :  With respect to each REO Property being managed by the Servicer, that fee set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

REO Property :  A Mortgaged Property acquired by the Servicer on behalf of the Owner through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, as described in Section 2.15 .

 

RESPA :  Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, as amended from time to time.

 

14



 

S&P :  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Second Lien Mortgage Loan :  A Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage in second lien position on the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Seller :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the Seller set forth in the related Mortgage Loan Schedule, if applicable.

 

Service Release Fee :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the fee set forth in Exhibit 9 hereto payable by the Owner to the Servicer upon the release of such Mortgage Loan from the Servicer’s loan administration system; provided, however, that no such fee shall be payable by the Owner if the Mortgage Loan is transferred (i) to the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer or (ii) pursuant to an Event of Default.

 

Servicer : PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or its successor in interest or any permitted assignee or designee of under this Servicing Agreement as herein provided and as provided in Section 6.02 .  Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to “Servicer” in this Servicing Agreement shall be deemed to include such Servicer’s successors in interest or permitted assignees or designees.

 

Servicer Employees :  As defined in Section 2.12 .

 

Servicer Information :  As defined in Section 13.12(b)(ii)(A) .

 

Servicing Advances :  All customary, reasonable and necessary “out-of-pocket” costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred (regardless if any such advance is not, in the reasonable determination of the Servicer, a Nonrecoverable Advance when made but, thereafter, becomes a Nonrecoverable Advance) in the performance by the Servicer of its servicing obligations, including, but not limited to, the cost of (a) the preservation, restoration and protection of the Mortgaged Property or REO Property, (b) any fees relating to any enforcement or judicial proceedings, excluding foreclosures, (c) amounts advanced to correct defaults on any mortgage loan which is senior to the Mortgage Loan and amounts advanced to keep current or pay off a mortgage loan that is senior to the Mortgage Loan, (d) any appraisals, valuations, broker price opinions, inspections, or environmental assessments, (e) the management and liquidation of the Mortgaged Property if the Mortgaged Property is acquired in satisfaction of the Mortgage, (f) taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, flood insurance premiums and other charges which are or may become a lien upon the Mortgaged Property, and (g) executing and recording instruments of satisfaction, deeds of reconveyance.

 

Servicing Fee :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the product of (i) the Base Servicing Fee Percentage and (ii) the unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage Loan as of the first day of each month for which the Mortgage Loan is serviced.  With respect to each newly boarded Mortgage Loan, boarded on or before the 15th day of month, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the full monthly Servicing Fee for each newly boarded Mortgage Loan.  With respect to each newly boarded Mortgage Loan boarded after the 15th day of the month, the Servicer shall be entitled to one-half of the monthly Servicing Fee for each newly boarded

 

15



 

Mortgage Loan.  With respect to each Mortgage Loan released from servicing, Servicer shall be entitled to receive the full monthly Servicing Fee irrespective of the applicable release date.

 

Servicing File :  With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the file retained by the Servicer consisting of originals, if provided, or copies of all documents in the related Mortgage File which are not delivered to the Owner, its designee or the Custodian and copies of the related Mortgage Loan Documents.

 

Servicing Officer :  Any officer of the Servicer involved in or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Mortgage Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers that is required to be furnished by the Servicer to the Owner, as such list may from time to time be amended.

 

Servicing Rights :  Any and all of the following:  (a) any and all rights to service the Mortgage Loans; (b) any payments to or monies received by the Servicer for servicing the Mortgage Loans; (c) any Ancillary Income with respect to the Mortgage Loans; (d) all agreements or documents creating, defining or evidencing any such servicing rights to the extent they relate to such servicing rights and all rights of the Servicer thereunder; (e) any and all rights to and in the Escrow Payments or other similar payments with respect to the Mortgage Loans and any amounts actually collected by the Servicer with respect thereto; (f) all accounts and other rights to payment related to any of the property described in this paragraph; and (g) any and all documents, files, records, servicing files, servicing documents, servicing records, data tapes, computer records, or other information pertaining to the Mortgage Loans or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Servicing Transfer Date :  The date on which the Servicer begins servicing the related Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Special Deposit Account :  An account which the Owner and the Servicer agree shall be a special deposit account for the benefit of the Owner under applicable law.

 

Subservicer :  Any Person that services Mortgage Loans on behalf of the Servicer or any Subservicer and is responsible for the performance (whether directly or through Subservicers) of a substantial portion of the material servicing functions required to be performed by the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement.

 

Tax Service Contract :  A life of loan tax service contract maintained for a Mortgaged Property with a tax service provider for the purpose of obtaining current information from local taxing authorities relating to such Mortgaged Property.

 

Transfer Date :  With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the date on which the physical servicing of such Mortgage Loan is transferred from the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement to a successor servicer.

 

Underwriting Guidelines :  The underwriting guidelines of the applicable Originator, as identified or specified in the related Purchase Agreement, if applicable.

 

16



 

Whole Loan Transfer :  The sale or transfer by Owner of some or all of the Mortgage Loans in a whole loan or participation format other than a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

17



 

ARTICLE II

 

SERVICING

 

Section 2.01                                                     Servicer to Act as Servicer.

 

The Servicer shall service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Servicing Agreement and its obligations in respect of the Mortgage Loans shall be limited to those set forth in this Servicing Agreement.  In accordance with and subject to the Delegation of Authority Matrix attached as Exhibit 10 hereto, the Owner shall delegate authority to the Servicer to carry out the Servicer’s servicing and administration duties without obtaining the Owner’s prior written approval.

 

Consistent with the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and Accepted Servicing Practices, the Servicer may (i) waive any late payment charge or, if applicable, any penalty interest, or (ii) extend the due dates for the Monthly Payments due on a Mortgage Note, or waive, in whole or in part, a Prepayment Penalty.  Unless in compliance with the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, the terms of any Mortgage Loan may only be modified, varied or forgiven with the prior written consent of the Owner while the Mortgage Loan remains outstanding.  The Servicer’s analysis supporting any forbearance and the conclusion that any forbearance meets the standards of this section shall be reflected in writing or electronically in the Servicing File.  The Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of itself and the Owner, all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release, discharge and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Mortgage Loans and with respect to the Mortgaged Properties.  If reasonably required by the Servicer, the Owner shall furnish the Servicer with a fully executed Power of Attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer may request the consent of the Owner in writing by certified mail, overnight courier or such other means as may be agreed to by the parties to a course of action that the Servicer proposes to take under this Servicing Agreement.  Unless the Owner shall give written notice to the Servicer that it objects to any recommended course of action within ten (10) Business Days immediately following the day on which the Owner received the Servicer’s written consent request (together with its recommended course of action and relevant supporting documentation), the Owner shall be deemed to have consented to such recommended course of action, and Servicer may take the action recommended to the Owner, unless the Servicer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such action is no longer prudent or applicable and the Servicer notifies the Owner of such decision not to act.  In the event that the Owner shall object to the Servicer’s recommended course of action, Servicer shall take such action as is required by the Owner, and the Servicer shall have no liability therefor if it is not negligent in performing such action.  Further, to the extent the Servicer has provided the Owner with reasonably timely notice, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Servicer from and against any penalty, fine or damages that may result from the Owner’s decision to wait for any period of time up to ten (10) Business Days before providing Servicer with direction as to the course of action to be taken as permitted in the second immediately preceding sentence.  In addition, except in accordance with the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer may not waive any Prepayment Penalty or portion thereof required by the terms of the related Mortgage Note unless

 

18



 

(i) the Servicer determines that such waiver would maximize recovery of Liquidation Proceeds for such Mortgage Loan, taking into account the value of such Prepayment Penalty and such Mortgage Loan, and the waiver of such Prepayment Penalty is standard and customary in servicing similar Mortgage Loans (including the waiver of a Prepayment Penalty in connection with a refinancing of the Mortgage Loan related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default) or (ii) the enforceability thereof is limited (1) by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or other similar laws relating to creditor’s rights or (2) due to acceleration in connection with a foreclosure or other involuntary payment, or (iii) in the Servicer’s reasonable judgment, (1) the waiver of such prepayment penalty relates to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default, (2) such waiver would maximize recovery of total proceeds taking into account the value of such Prepayment Penalty and such Mortgage Loan and (3) such waiver is standard and customary in servicing similar mortgage loans similar to such Mortgage Loan (including any waiver of a prepayment penalty in connection with a refinancing of a Mortgage Loan that is related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default). In no event will the Servicer waive a Prepayment Penalty in connection with a refinancing of a Mortgage Loan that is not related to a default or a reasonably foreseeable default.  In servicing and administering the Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall employ procedures (including collection procedures) and exercise the same care that it customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own account, where such procedures do not conflict with the requirements of this Servicing Agreement, and the Owner’s reliance on the Servicer.  In addition, the Servicer shall retain adequate personnel to effect such servicing and administration of the Mortgage Loans.  Servicer shall have no obligation to collect a Prepayment Penalty with respect to a Mortgage Loan unless the Servicer is provided with such information electronically; provided, however, that the Servicer shall compare the Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans provided by the Owner and any electronic data regarding the Mortgage Loans provided by the previous servicer of such Mortgage Loans and provide the Owner with prompt written notice of any discrepancies with respect to information regarding Prepayment Penalties.

 

The Owner may sell and transfer, in whole or in part, some or all of the Mortgage Loans at any time and from time to time (including, without limitation, in connection with a Private Securitization Transaction or a Public Securitization Transaction). Upon such execution, the Servicer shall mark its books and records to reflect the ownership of the Mortgage Loans by such transferee.

 

The Servicer shall notify MERS of the ownership interest of Owner in each MOM Loan.  At any time during the term of this Servicing Agreement, Owner may direct the Servicer to cause any MOM Loan to be deactivated from the MERS System.

 

The Servicing File maintained by the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement shall be appropriately marked and identified in the Servicer’s computer system to clearly reflect the ownership of the related Mortgage Loan by the Owner.  The Servicer shall release from its custody the contents of any Servicing File maintained by it only in accordance with this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall be responsible for the actions of any vendors which the Servicer utilizes to carry out its obligations hereunder.  The Owner shall promptly reimburse the Servicer for any fees paid to such vendors by the Servicer.

 

19



 

The Servicer shall maintain adequate capacity to service the Mortgage Loans, as well as other mortgage loans that it may service (including mortgage loans held by other entities managed by the PennyMac REIT Manager or any of it Affiliates).

 

Section 2.02                                                     Liquidation of Mortgage Loans.

 

In the event that any payment due under any Mortgage Loan and not postponed pursuant to Section 2.01 is not paid when the same becomes due and payable, or in the event the Mortgagor fails to perform any other covenant or obligation under the Mortgage Loan and such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period, the Servicer shall take such action as the Servicer shall determine reasonably to be in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  In the event that any payment due under any Mortgage Loan is not postponed pursuant to Section 2.01 and remains delinquent for a period of ninety (90) days or any other default continues for a period of ninety (90) days beyond the expiration of any grace or cure period (or such other period as is required by law in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located) or earlier as determined by the Servicer, the Servicer is granted authority to effect Foreclosure Commencement in accordance with and subject to Exhibit 10 hereto and Accepted Servicing Practices.  In such connection, the Servicer shall, acting in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices, advance on behalf of the Owner such funds as are necessary and proper in connection with any foreclosure or towards the restoration or preservation of any Mortgaged Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Servicing Advance shall be required to be made hereunder if such Servicing Advance would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance.  The determination by the Servicer that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance or that any proposed Servicing Advance would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer, delivered to the Owner, which details the reasons for such determination.

 

The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that it shall take and initiate any legal actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, including, without limitation, any foreclosure actions, acceptance of deeds in lieu of foreclosure, and any collection actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans or REO Properties on behalf of the Owner, but only in the name of the Servicer or its nominee and without reference to the Owner.  Except as otherwise required by law or with the consent of the Owner, under no circumstances shall any such action be taken in the name of, or with any reference to, the Owner.  The Servicer shall provide prior written notice to the Owner, if the Servicer is required by applicable law to take any legal actions with respect to the Mortgage Loan or REO Properties in the name of, or with reference to, the Owner.

 

Section 2.03                                                     Collection of Mortgage Loan Payments; Payment Clearing Account.

 

Continuously from the related Servicing Transfer Date until the principal and interest on all Mortgage Loans are paid in full (unless otherwise provided herein), the Servicer shall proceed diligently to collect all payments due under each of the Mortgage Loans when the same shall become due and payable and shall take special care in ascertaining and estimating Escrow Payments, to the extent applicable, and all other charges that will become due and payable with respect to the Mortgage Loans and each related Mortgaged Property, to the end that

 

20



 

the installments payable by the Mortgagors will be sufficient to pay such charges as and when they become due and payable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Servicer shall not be required to institute or join in litigation with respect to collection of any payment (whether under a Mortgage, Mortgage Note, PMI Policy or otherwise or against any public or governmental authority with respect to a taking or condemnation) if in its reasonable judgment it believes that it will be unable to enforce the provision of the Mortgage or other instrument pursuant to which payment is required.  Further, the Servicer shall take special care in ascertaining and estimating annual ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, flood insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, mortgage insurance premiums, and all other charges that, as provided in the Mortgage, will become due and payable to the end that the installments payable by the Mortgagors will be sufficient to pay such charges as and when they become due and payable.

 

The Servicer shall establish and maintain a Payment Clearing Account into which it shall deposit on a daily basis all payments received in respect of mortgage loans serviced by the Servicer (whether or not serviced pursuant to this Servicing Agreement).  Not later than the second Business Day following the receipt of a payment in respect of a Mortgage Loan subject to this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall withdraw the amount such payment form the Payment Clearing Account and shall immediately deposit (1) in the Custodial Account, the portion of such payment required to be deposited therein pursuant to Section 2.04 , and (2) in the Escrow Account, the portion of such payment required to be deposited therein pursuant to Section 2.06 .

 

Section 2.04                                                     Establishment of and Deposits to Custodial Account.

 

The Servicer shall establish one or more Custodial Accounts, in the form of time deposit or demand accounts, titled “ PNMAC Loan Svc LLC ITF PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. ttee and/or bailee for PNMAC LLC - and/or pmnts of var mtgrs and/or other owners of int in loans- P&I ”  The Custodial Account shall be established with a Qualified Depository acceptable to the Owner as a Special Deposit Account.  Any funds deposited in the Custodial Account shall at all times be fully insured to the full extent permitted by the FDIC and any amounts therein may be invested in Eligible Investments.  The creation of any Custodial Account shall be evidenced by a certification in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto, in the case of an account established with the Servicer (provided the Servicer qualifies as a Qualified Depository), or by a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto, in the case of an account held by a depository other than the Servicer.  A copy of such certification or letter agreement shall be furnished to the Owner on or prior to the execution of this Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds in the Custodial Account separate and apart from the Servicer’s own funds and general assets.

 

The Servicer shall deposit in the Custodial Account and retain therein the following collections received by the Servicer, together with any payments made by the Servicer subsequent to the Servicing Transfer Date pursuant to this Servicing Agreement:

 

(i)             all payments on account of principal on the Mortgage Loans, including all Principal Prepayments;

 

21


 

(ii)                                   all payments on account of interest on the Mortgage adjusted to the Mortgage Loan Remittance Rate;

 

(iii)                                all Liquidation Proceeds and any amount received with respect to REO Property;

 

(iv)                               all Insurance Proceeds including amounts required to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.10 (other than proceeds to be held in the Escrow Account and applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property or released to the Mortgagor in accordance with Section 2.14 ), and Section 2.11 ;

 

(v)                                  all Condemnation Proceeds affecting any Mortgaged Property that are not applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property or released to the Mortgagor in accordance with Section 2.14 ;

 

(vi)                               any amount required to be deposited in the Custodial Account pursuant to Section 2.15 or 4.02 ;

 

(vii)                            [reserved];

 

(viii)                         [reserved];

 

(ix)                               any Prepayment Penalties received with respect to any Mortgage Loan; and

 

(x)                                  any amounts required to be deposited by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.11 in connection with the deductible clause in any blanket hazard insurance policy.  Such deposit shall be made from Servicer’s own funds, without reimbursement therefor.

 

The foregoing requirements for deposit into the Custodial Account shall be exclusive, it being understood and agreed that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Ancillary Income and Prepayment Penalties need not be deposited by the Servicer into the Custodial Account.  Any interest paid by the depository institution on funds deposited in the Custodial Account shall accrue to the benefit of the Servicer and the Servicer may retain any such interest.

 

Section 2.05                                                      Permitted Withdrawals From Custodial Account.

 

Subject to Section 3.01 , the Servicer shall be entitled to withdraw funds from the Custodial Account for the following purposes:

 

(i)                                      to make payments to the Owner (or as otherwise directed by the Owner in writing) in the amounts and in the manner provided in Section 3.01 ;

 

(ii)                                   to fund any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account as and to the extent required by Section 2.17 ;

 

22



 

(iii)                                [reserved];

 

(iv)                               following the liquidation of a Mortgage Loan, to reimburse itself for (a) any unpaid Servicing Advances to the extent recoverable from Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or other amounts received with respect to the related Mortgage Loan plus (b) unreimbursed Nonrecoverable Advances made by the Servicer in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(v)                                  [reserved];

 

(vi)                               [reserved];

 

(vii)                            to invest funds in Eligible Investments in accordance with Section 2.09 ;

 

(viii)                         to withdraw funds deposited in the Custodial Account in error;

 

(ix)                               to pay to itself any interest earned on funds deposited in the Custodial Account (all such interest to be withdrawn monthly not later than each Remittance Date);

 

(x)                                  [reserved];

 

(xi)                               [reserved]; and

 

(xii)                            to clear and terminate the Custodial Account upon the termination of the Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall keep and maintain separate accounting, on a Mortgage Loan by Mortgage Loan basis, for the purpose of justifying any withdrawal from the Custodial Account pursuant to such subclause (iv)  above.

 

Section 2.06                                                      Establishment of and Deposits to Escrow Account.

 

The Servicer shall establish and maintain one or more Escrow Accounts, in the form of time deposit or demand accounts, titled “ PNMAC Loan Svc LLC ttee and/or bailee for PNMAC LLC and/or pmts of  var mtgrs and/or other owners of int in loans- T&I ”.  The Escrow Account shall be established with a Qualified Depository as a Special Deposit Account.  Funds deposited in the Escrow Accounts may be drawn on by the Servicer in accordance with Section 2.07 .  The creation of any Escrow Account shall be evidenced by a certification in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto, in the case of an account established with the Servicer (provided the Servicer qualifies as a Qualified Depository), or by a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto, in the case of an account held by a depository other than the Servicer.  A copy of such certification shall be furnished to the Owner on or prior to the execution of this Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds in any Escrow Account separate and apart from the Servicer’s own funds and general assets.

 

The Servicer shall deposit in the Escrow Account or Accounts and retain therein the following collections received by the Servicer:

 

23



 

(i)                                      all Escrow Payments collected on account of the Mortgage Loans, for the purpose of effecting timely payment of any such items as required under the terms of this Servicing Agreement;  and

 

(ii)                                   all amounts representing Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds which are to be applied to the restoration or repair of any Mortgaged Property.

 

The Servicer shall make withdrawals from the Escrow Account only to effect such payments as are required under this Servicing Agreement, as set forth in Section 2.07 .  Any interest paid on funds deposited in the Escrow Account by the depository institution shall accrue to the benefit of the Servicer, other than interest on escrowed funds required by law to be paid to the Mortgagor.  To the extent required by law, the Servicer shall be responsible to pay from its own funds interest on escrowed funds to the Mortgagor notwithstanding that the Escrow Account may be non interest bearing or that interest paid thereon is insufficient for such purposes.

 

Section 2.07                                                      Permitted Withdrawals From Escrow Account.

 

Withdrawals from the Escrow Account or Accounts may be made by the Servicer only:

 

(i)                                      to effect timely payments of ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, mortgage insurance premiums, condominium charges, flood insurance, fire and hazard insurance, premiums or other items constituting Escrow Payments for the related Mortgage;

 

(ii)                                   to reimburse the Servicer for any Servicing Advance made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.08 with respect to a Mortgage Loan, but only from amounts received on the related Mortgage Loan which represent late payments or collections of Escrow Payments thereunder;

 

(iii)                                to refund to any Mortgagor any funds found to be in excess of the amounts required under the terms of the related Mortgage Loan or applicable federal or state law or judicial or administrative ruling;

 

(iv)                               for transfer to the Custodial Account in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note or this Servicing Agreement;

 

(v)                                  for application to restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property in accordance with the procedures outlined in Section 2.14 ;

 

(vi)                               to pay the Servicer, or any Mortgagors to the extent required by law, any interest paid on the funds deposited in the Escrow Account;

 

(vii)                            to reimburse itself for any amounts deposited in the Escrow Account in error; and

 

(viii)                         to clear and terminate the Escrow Account on the termination of this Servicing Agreement.

 

24



 

Section 2.08                                                      Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Other Charges.

 

With respect to each First Lien Mortgage Loan that provides for Escrow Payments to be made, the Servicer shall maintain accurate records reflecting the status of ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates and other charges which are or may become a lien upon the Mortgaged Property and the status of PMI Policy premiums, flood insurance, and fire and hazard insurance coverage and shall obtain, from time to time, all bills for the payment of such charges (including renewal premiums) and shall effect payment thereof prior to the applicable penalty or termination date and at a time appropriate for securing maximum discounts allowable, employing for such purpose deposits of the Mortgagor in the Escrow Account which shall have been estimated and accumulated by the Servicer in amounts sufficient for such purposes, as allowed under the terms of the related Mortgage.

 

To the extent that any First Lien Mortgage Loan does not provide for Escrow Payments, the Servicer shall determine that any such payments are made by the related Mortgagor when due.  With respect to each First Lien Mortgage Loan that provides for Escrow Payments, subject to Accepted Servicing Practices, the Servicer assumes full responsibility for the payment of all such bills and shall effect payments of all such bills irrespective of the Mortgagor’s faithful performance in the payment of same or the making of the Escrow Payments and shall make Servicing Advances from its own funds to effect such payments within the time period required to avoid penalties and interest and  avoid the loss of the related Mortgaged Property by foreclosure from a tax or other lien. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Servicer reasonably determines that such Servicing Advance would be a Nonrecoverable Advance, Servicer shall have no obligation to make such Servicing Advance.  Solely with respect to Mortgage Loans that require escrow payments, if Servicer fails to make a Servicing Advance with respect to any payment prior to the date on which late payment penalties or costs related to protecting the lien accrue, the Servicer shall pay any such penalties or costs which accrued.

 

Section 2.09                                                      Protection of Accounts.

 

The Servicer may transfer the Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account to a different Qualified Depository from time to time.  Such transfer shall be made only upon obtaining consent of the Owner, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Servicer shall notify the Owner in writing of any such transfer fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such transfer.

 

Amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account may at the option of the Servicer be invested in Eligible Investments.  Any such Eligible Investment shall mature no later than one day prior to the Remittance Date in each month; provided, however, that if such Eligible Investment is an obligation of a Qualified Depository (other than the Servicer) that maintains the Custodial Account, the Escrow Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account, then such Eligible Investment may mature on the related Remittance Date.  Any such Eligible Investment shall be made in the name of the Servicer in trust for the benefit of the Owner.  All income on or gain realized from any such Eligible Investment shall be for the benefit of the Servicer and may be withdrawn at any time by the Servicer.  Any losses incurred in respect of any such investment shall be deposited in the Custodial Account, the Escrow

 

25



 

Account, any Liquidity Reserve Account or any Litigation Reserve Account, by the Servicer out of its own funds immediately as realized with no right to reimbursement.

 

Section 2.10                                                      Maintenance of Hazard Insurance.

 

The Servicer shall cause to be maintained for each First Lien Mortgage Loan, hazard insurance (with extended coverage as is customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located) such that all buildings upon the Mortgaged Property are insured by a generally acceptable insurer acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides against loss by fire, hazards of extended coverage and such other hazards as are required to be insured pursuant to the Fannie Mae Guides, in an amount which is at least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable value of the improvements securing such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the greater of (a) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan or (b) an amount such that the proceeds thereof shall be sufficient to prevent the Mortgagor or the loss payee from becoming a co-insurer (or, in the case of REO Property, the fair market value of such REO Property).

 

If required by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, each Mortgage Loan is, and shall continue to be, covered by a flood insurance policy meeting the requirements of the current guidelines of the Federal Insurance Administration with a generally acceptable insurance carrier acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides in an amount representing coverage not less than the least of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan (or, in the case of REO Property, the fair market value of such REO Property), (ii) maximum amount of insurance which is available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended (regardless of whether the area in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in such program), or (iii) the full replacement value of the improvements which are part of such Mortgaged Property.  If a Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area and is not covered by flood insurance or is covered in an amount less than the amount required by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, the Servicer shall notify the related Mortgagor that the Mortgagor must obtain such flood insurance coverage, and if said Mortgagor fails to obtain the required flood insurance coverage within forty-five (45) days after such notification, the Servicer shall immediately force place the required flood insurance on the Mortgagor’s behalf.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Servicer shall have no liability to Owner or any third party for any penalties or fines imposed based on Servicer’s failure to timely notify the Director of FEMA and the flood insurance provider related to a servicing transfer if Servicer is not provided with flood insurance information; provided that, the Servicer shall have promptly provided Owner with notice of such missing flood insurance information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall maintain a blanket insurance policy in sufficient amounts to cover any uninsured loss due to any gap in Mortgagor provided coverage.

 

If a First Lien Mortgage Loan is secured by a unit in a condominium project, the Servicer shall verify that the coverage required of the homeowners’ association, including hazard, flood, liability, and fidelity coverage, is being maintained in accordance with then current Fannie Mae requirements, and secure from the homeowners’ association its agreement to notify the Servicer promptly of any change in the insurance coverage or of any condemnation or casualty loss that may have a material effect on the value of the Mortgaged Property as security.

 

26



 

The Servicer shall cause to be maintained on each Mortgaged Property such other or additional insurance as may be required pursuant to such applicable laws and regulations as shall at any time be in force and as shall require such additional insurance, or pursuant to the requirements of any private mortgage guaranty insurer, or as may be required to conform with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

In the event that the Owner or the Servicer shall determine that the Mortgaged Property should be insured against loss or damage by hazards and risks not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by the Mortgagor pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage, the Servicer shall in accordance with the Fannie Mae Guides make commercially reasonable efforts to communicate and consult with the Mortgagor with respect to the need for such insurance and bring to the Mortgagor’s attention the desirability of protection of the Mortgaged Property.

 

All policies required hereunder shall name the Servicer and its successors and assigns as a mortgagee and loss payee and shall be endorsed with non contributory standard or New York mortgagee clauses which shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation, reduction in amount or material change in coverage.

 

The Servicer shall not interfere with the Mortgagor’s freedom of choice in selecting either his insurance carrier or agent, provided, however, that the Servicer shall not accept any such insurance policies from insurance companies unless such companies currently reflect a General Policy Rating of A:VI or better under Best’s Key Rating Guides, are acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guides and are licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located.  The Servicer shall determine that such policies provide sufficient risk coverage and amounts as required pursuant to the Fannie Mae Guides, that they insure the property owner, and that they properly describe the property address.  The Servicer shall furnish to the Mortgagor a formal notice of expiration of any such insurance in sufficient time for the Mortgagor to arrange for renewal coverage by the expiration date; provided, however, that in the event that no such notice is furnished by the Servicer, the Servicer shall ensure that replacement insurance policies are in place in the required coverages and the Servicer shall be solely liable for any losses in the event coverage is not provided.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.04 , any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such policies (other than amounts to be deposited in the Escrow Account and applied to the restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property, or property acquired in liquidation of the Mortgage Loan, or to be released to the Mortgagor, in accordance with the Servicer’s normal servicing procedures as specified in Section 2.14 ) shall be deposited in the Custodial Account subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 2.05 .

 

Section 2.11                                                      Maintenance of Mortgage Impairment Insurance Policy.

 

In the event that the Servicer shall obtain and maintain a blanket policy insuring against losses arising from flood, fire and hazards covered under extended coverage on all of the Mortgage Loans, then, to the extent such policy provides coverage in an amount equal to the amount required pursuant to Section 2.10 and otherwise complies with all other requirements of Section 2.10 , it shall conclusively be deemed to have satisfied its obligations as set forth in Section 2.10 .  Any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such policy relating to a

 

27



 

Mortgage Loan shall be deposited in the Custodial Account subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 2.05 .  Such policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case, in the event that there shall not have been maintained on the related Mortgaged Property a policy complying with Section 2.10 , and there shall have been a loss which would have been covered by such policy, the Servicer shall deposit in the Custodial Account at the time of such loss the amount not otherwise payable under the blanket policy because of such deductible clause, such amount to be deposited from the Servicer’s funds, without reimbursement therefor.  The Servicer may seek reimbursement from the Owner for the costs and premiums associated with obtaining and maintaining any such blanket policy.

 

Section 2.12                                                      Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance.

 

The Servicer shall maintain with responsible companies that would meet the requirements of Fannie Mae, at its own expense, a blanket Fidelity Bond and an Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy, with broad coverage on all officers, employees or other persons acting in any capacity requiring such persons to handle funds, money, documents or papers relating to the Mortgage Loans (“ Servicer Employees ”).  Any such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall be in the form of the Mortgage Banker’s Blanket Bond and shall protect and insure the Servicer against losses, including forgery, theft, embezzlement, fraud, errors and omissions and negligent acts of such Servicer Employees.  Such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy also shall protect and insure the Servicer against losses in connection with the failure to maintain any insurance policies required pursuant to this agreement and the release or satisfaction of a Mortgage Loan without having obtained payment in full of the indebtedness secured thereby.  No provision of this Section 2.12 requiring such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its duties and obligations as set forth in this Servicing Agreement.  Any such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall be comply with the applicable requirements from time to time of Fannie Mae. Upon request, the Servicer shall cause to be delivered to the Owner a certified true copy of such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy and shall obtain a statement from the surety and insurer that such Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy shall in no event be terminated or materially modified without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Owner.

 

Section 2.13                                                      Inspections.

 

The Servicer shall order an inspection of the Mortgaged Property when the related Mortgage Loan becomes 45 days delinquent and every 30 days thereafter so long as such Mortgage Loan remains delinquent to assure itself that the value of the Mortgaged Property is being preserved, provided that the Servicer shall be required to take such action only if it determines that the proceeds to the Owner (after giving effect to the recovery of the Servicer’s out-of-pocket expenses) from payment on, or disposition of, the related Mortgage Loan or REO Property would be increased as a result of the taking of such action.  The Servicer shall document on its servicing system each such inspection.  The costs of such inspections shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement for in accordance with Section 2.05(iv) .

 

28



 

Section 2.14                                                      Restoration of Mortgaged Property.

 

The Servicer need not obtain the approval of the Owner prior to releasing any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds to the Mortgagor to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property if such release is in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and the terms of this Servicing Agreement.  At a minimum, the Servicer shall comply with the following conditions in connection with any such release of Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds:

 

(i)                                      the Servicer shall receive satisfactory independent verification of completion in all material respects of repairs and issuance of any required approvals with respect thereto;

 

(ii)                                   the Servicer shall take all steps necessary to preserve the priority of the lien of the Mortgage, including, but not limited to requiring waivers with respect to mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens;

 

(iii)                                the Servicer shall verify that the Mortgage Loan is not in default; and

 

(iv)                               pending repairs or restoration, the Servicer shall place the Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds in the Escrow Account.

 

If the Owner is named as an additional loss payee, the Servicer is hereby empowered to endorse any loss draft issued in respect of such a claim in the name of the Owner.

 

Section 2.15                                                      Title, Management and Disposition of REO Property.

 

In the event that title to any Mortgaged Property is acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the deed or certificate of sale shall be taken in the name of the Servicer on behalf of the Owner and without reference to the Owner except as otherwise required by law, or in the event the Servicer is not authorized or permitted to hold title to real property in the state where the REO Property is located, or would be adversely affected under the “doing business” or tax laws of such state by so holding title, the deed or certificate of sale shall be taken in the name of such Person(s) as shall be consistent with an Opinion of Counsel obtained by Servicer from an attorney duly licensed to practice law in the state where the REO Property is located.  The Person or Persons holding such title other than the Owner shall acknowledge in writing that such title is being held as nominee for the Owner.

 

Upon approval by Owner, the Servicer shall manage, conserve, protect and operate each REO Property for the Owner solely for the purpose of its prompt disposition and sale.  In consideration therefor, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the REO Marketing Fee per month as set forth in Exhibit 9 .  The Servicer, either itself or through an agent selected by the Servicer, shall manage, conserve, protect and operate the REO Property in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and in the same manner that similar property in the same locality as the REO Property is managed.  The Servicer shall attempt to sell the same (and may temporarily rent the same, except as otherwise provided below) on such terms and conditions as the Servicer deems to be in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing

 

29



 

Practices.  The Servicer shall provide the Owner on a monthly basis with a report on the status of each REO Property.

 

In consideration therefor, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the REO Marketing Fee per month as set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

The Servicer shall also maintain on each REO Property fire and hazard insurance with extended coverage in an amount which is at least equal to the maximum insurable value of the improvements which are a part of such property, liability insurance and, to the extent required and available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, flood insurance in the amount required in Section 2.10 hereof, provided that the Servicer shall be required to maintain such insurance only if it determines that the proceeds to the Owner (after giving effect to the recovery of the Servicer’s out-of-pocket expenses) from payment on, or disposition of, the related REO Property would be increased as a result of the maintenance of such insurance.  Such costs to maintain appropriate insurance coverage shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement in accordance with Section 2.05(iv) .

 

The disposition of REO Property shall be carried out by the Servicer at such price, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Servicer deems to be in the best interests of the Owner in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  The proceeds of sale of the REO Property shall be promptly deposited in the Custodial Account pursuant to the terms of this Servicing Agreement but not later than the second Business Day following receipt thereof.  As soon as practical thereafter, the expenses of such sale shall be paid and the Servicer shall reimburse itself for any related unreimbursed Servicing Advances and unpaid Servicing Fees made pursuant to this Section.

 

With respect to each REO Property, the Servicer shall segregate and hold all funds collected and received in connection with the operation of the REO Property in the Custodial Account.  The Servicer shall cause to be deposited on  a daily basis in each Custodial Account all revenues received by Servicer (such revenues being those received by Servicer within two Business Days prior to actual deposit into the Escrow Account) with respect to the conservation and disposition of the related REO Property.  Any advances made to maintain appropriate insurance coverage shall be treated as Servicing Advances for which the Servicer shall be entitled to full reimbursement in accordance with Section 2.05(iv) .

 

The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner on a monthly basis the Servicer’s standard REO report on REO Property then serviced by the Servicer.

 

Section 2.16                                                      Costs and Expenses.

 

Owner will be responsible for all losses including but not limited to unrecoverable interest, “out-of-pocket” costs and expenses from either the Mortgagor or Owner that are normal and customary that occur as the result of normal business activity associated with owning the loans.

 

30



 

Section 2.17                                                      Liquidity and Litigation Reserves.

 

(a)                                  Liquidity Reserve .  The Servicer, in its discretion, may establish a liquidity reserve (the “ Liquidity Reserve ”) from which to fund Servicing Advances (other than litigation costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), which may be funded through the use of a Litigation Reserve pursuant to Section 2.17(b) ).  If the Servicer elects to establish a Liquidity Reserve it shall establish a Liquidity Reserve Account at a Qualified Depository.  The Liquidity Reserve Account shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Owner and shall be established and maintained for the sole purpose of holding and distributing the Liquidity Reserve funds.  The Servicer may fund the Liquidity Reserve with such portion of distributions on the Mortgage Loans as it deems appropriate, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion.  At the termination of this Servicing Agreement, all remaining funds held in the Liquidity Reserve shall be distributed to the Owner.  Amounts on deposit in the Liquidity Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments, shall not be used to pay costs or expenses other than Servicing Advances (excluding litigation costs and expenses), and shall be used to pay Servicing Advances (other than litigation costs and expenses) only in any month in which the distributions on the Mortgage Loans received during that month are insufficient to provide sufficient cash to pay all Servicing Advances due and payable (without prepayment) during that month.  No funds from any other source (other than interest or earnings on the funds held in the Liquidity Reserve Account) shall be commingled in the Liquidity Reserve Account.  Amounts on deposit in the Liquidity Reserve Account (including interest and earnings thereon) shall be used and may be withdrawn and disbursed only in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.  The Servicer shall be authorized and directed to withdraw funds from the Liquidity Reserve Account only to make disbursements in accordance with this Servicing Agreement and not for any other purpose.

 

(b)                                  Litigation Reserve .  The Servicer, in its discretion, may establish a litigation reserve (the “ Litigation Reserve ”) from which to fund litigation costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) that constitute Servicing Advances.  If the Servicer elects to establish a Litigation Reserve it shall establish a Litigation Reserve Account at a Qualified Depository.  The Litigation Reserve Account shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Owner and shall be established and maintained for the sole purpose of holding and distributing the Litigation Reserve funds.  The Servicer may fund the Litigation Reserve with such portion of distributions on the Mortgage Loans as it deems appropriate, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion.  At the termination of this Servicing Agreement, all remaining funds held in the Litigation Reserve shall be distributed to the Owner.  Amounts on deposit in the Litigation Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments, shall not be used to pay costs or expenses other than litigation costs and expenses that constitute Servicing Advances, and shall be used to pay such litigation costs and expenses only in any month in which distributions on the Mortgage Loans received during that month are insufficient to provide sufficient cash to pay all Servicing Advances due and payable (without prepayment) during that month.  No funds from any other source (other than interest or earnings on the funds held in the Litigation Reserve Account) shall be commingled in the Litigation Reserve Account.  Amounts on deposit in the Litigation Reserve Account (including interest and earnings thereon) shall be used and may be withdrawn and disbursed only in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.  The Servicer shall be authorized and directed to withdraw funds from the Litigation Reserve Account only to make disbursements in accordance with this Servicing Agreement and not for any other purpose.

 

31


 

Section 2.18                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 2.19                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 2.20                                                      Notification of Adjustments.

 

With respect to each Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan, the Servicer shall adjust the Mortgage Interest Rate on the related Interest Rate Adjustment Date in compliance with the requirements of applicable law and the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note. If, pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage Note, another Index is selected for determining the Mortgage Interest Rate because the original Index is no longer available, the same Index will be used with respect to each Mortgage Note which requires a new Index to be selected provided that such selection does not conflict with the terms of the related Mortgage Note.  The Servicer shall execute and deliver any and all necessary notices required under applicable law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage regarding the Mortgage Interest Rate and the Monthly Payment adjustments.  The Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Owner such notifications and any additional applicable data regarding such adjustments and the methods used to calculate and implement such adjustments.  Upon the discovery by the Servicer or the Owner that the Servicer has failed to adjust a Mortgage Interest Rate or a Monthly Payment pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage, the Servicer shall immediately deposit in the Custodial Account from its own funds the amount of any interest loss caused the Owner thereby without reimbursement therefor.

 

Section 2.21                                                      Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage.

 

Except in connection with Accepted Servicing Practices for defaulted Mortgage Loans, the Servicer shall not be responsible for the preparation or recording of the Assignments of Mortgage relating to the Mortgage Loans to the Owner, or any other party; provided, however, that in the event the Servicer agrees (which agreement shall be in Servicer’s sole discretion) to record any mortgage assignment, any expense, including the fees of third party service providers, incurred by the Servicer in connection with the preparation and recordation of Assignments of Mortgage shall be reimbursable by the Owner, or if not reimbursed by the Owner, as a Servicing Advance.

 

Section 2.22                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 2.23                                                      Credit Reporting.

 

The Servicer shall fully furnish, in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act and its implementing regulations, accurate and complete information (e.g. favorable and unfavorable) on the Mortgagor credit files to Equifax, Experian and Trans Union Credit Information Company (or their respective successors) on a monthly basis and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws.

 

Section 2.24                                                      Superior Liens.

 

If the Servicer is notified that any superior lienholder has accelerated or intends to accelerate the obligations secured by the superior lien, or has declared or intends to declare a

 

32



 

default under the superior mortgage or the promissory note secured thereby, or has filed or intends to file an election to have the Mortgaged Property sold or foreclosed, the Servicer shall take whatever actions are necessary to protect the interests of the Owner, and/or to preserve the security of the related Mortgage Loan, subject to any requirements applicable to real estate mortgage investment conduits pursuant to the Code.  The Servicer shall make a Servicing Advance of the funds necessary to cure the default or reinstate the superior lien if the Servicer determines that such Servicing Advance is in the best interests of the Owner and would be in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  The Servicer shall not make such a Servicing Advance except to the extent that it determines that such advance would not be a Nonrecoverable Advance from Liquidation Proceeds on the related Mortgage Loan.  The Servicer shall thereafter take such action as is necessary to recover the amount so advanced.

 

If a Mortgage Loan is identified on the Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans as a Second Lien Mortgage Loan, then the Servicer, may consent to the refinancing of the prior senior lien on the related Mortgaged Property, provided that the following requirements are met:

 

1.                                       the resulting CLTV of such Second Lien is no higher than its CLTV prior to such refinancing; and

 

2.                                       the interest rate, or, in the case of an adjustable-rate existing senior lien, the maximum interest rate, for the loan evidencing the refinanced senior lien is no more than 2.0% (or such higher rate that the Servicer determines to be in the Owner’s best interest) higher than the interest rate or the maximum interest rate, as the case may be, on the loan evidencing the existing senior lien immediately prior to the date of such refinancing; and

 

3.                                       the loan evidencing the refinanced senior lien is not subject to the possibility of negative amortization.

 

Section 2.25                                                      Prepayments in Full.

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the Servicer agrees to deliver on or prior to the fifth (5th) Business Day of each month to the Owner, a report setting forth information with respect to any prepayments in full with respect to such Mortgage Loan.

 

Section 2.26                                                      Tax and Flood Service Contracts.

 

The Servicer, at the Owner’s expense, shall cause each First Lien Mortgage Loan that is transferred to the Servicer for servicing to be covered to the extent not covered by a Tax Service Contract and/or Flood Service Contract, by (a) a Tax Service Contract and/or (b) a Flood Zone Service Contract.  If any Mortgage Loan is missing a required Tax Service Contract or if any Mortgage Loan is missing a required Flood Zone Service Contract at the time of the Servicing Transfer Date, Servicer shall place such Tax Service Contract or Flood Zone Service Contract, as applicable, and shall be entitled to the fee associated with acquiring such contracts as set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

33



 

Section 2.27                                                      Maintenance of PMI Policies and LPMI Policies; Collections Thereunder.

 

The Servicer shall maintain in full force and effect, a PMI Policy, issued by a Qualified Insurer, with respect to each Mortgage Loan for which such coverage is required, provided that the Servicer’s obligations to pay premiums in respect of any such Policy shall terminate if the Servicer determines that the related insurer is unwilling or unable to make all payments due under such policy.  Such coverage shall be maintained until the LTV Ratio or CLTV, as applicable, of the related Mortgage Loan is reduced to that amount for which Fannie Mae no longer requires such insurance to be maintained. The Servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew any PMI Policy in effect on the related Servicing Transfer Date that is required to be kept in force under this Servicing Agreement unless a replacement PMI Policy or LPMI Policy for such cancelled or non-renewed policy is obtained from and maintained with a Qualified Insurer.  The Servicer shall not take any action which would result in non-coverage under any applicable PMI Policy or LPMI Policy of any loss which, but for the actions of the Servicer, would have been covered thereunder.  In connection with any assumption or substitution agreement entered into or to be entered into pursuant to Section 4.01 , the Servicer shall promptly notify the insurer under the related PMI Policy or LPMI Policy, if any, of such assumption or substitution of liability in accordance with the terms of such policy and shall take all actions which may be required by such insurer as a condition to the continuation of coverage under the PMI Policy or LPMI Policy. If such PMI Policy is terminated as a result of such assumption or substitution of liability, the Servicer shall obtain a replacement PMI Policy as provided above.

 

In connection with its activities as servicer, the Servicer agrees to prepare and present, on behalf of itself, and the Owner, claims to the insurer under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms of such policies and, in this regard, to take such action as shall be necessary to permit recovery under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy respecting a defaulted Mortgage Loan.  Pursuant to Section 2.04 , any amounts collected by the Servicer under any PMI Policy or LPMI Policy shall be deposited in the related Custodial Account, subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 2.05 .

 

Section 2.28                                                      Obligations of the Owner and the Servicer Related to Servicing Transfers.

 

The Owner and the Servicer shall take the following actions with respect to each Mortgage Loan that the Owner desires to have serviced by the Servicer hereunder in order to effect the transfer of servicing to the Servicer on the related Servicing Transfer Date:

 

(a)                                  Delivery of Mortgage Loan Data .  With respect to each pool of Mortgage Loans to be serviced under this Servicing Agreement, no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer complete and accurate Mortgage Loan data reflecting the status of payments, balances and other pertinent information necessary to service such Mortgage Loans including but not limited to: (i) master file; (ii) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan master file; (iii) escrow file; (iv) tax and insurance payee file; (v) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loan history file; (vi) servicing activities; and (vii) any other pertinent information reasonably required by the Servicer.  Such information shall be provided to the Servicer in such electronic format as is mutually agreed upon by both

 

34



 

parties.  Not later than one (1) Business Day following the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall provide the Servicer with computer or like records (final data) reflecting the status of payments, balances and other pertinent information as set forth above and necessary to service the Mortgage Loans as of the Servicing Transfer Date.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Notification Letter . With respect to each pool of Mortgage Loans to be serviced under this Servicing Agreement, the Owner shall use its best efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Servicer a Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans for such Mortgage Loans not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date, the Servicer shall provide its written approval or denial within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such Notice, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                   Delivery of Servicing and Other Files .  The Owner shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide Servicer with hard copies (or imaged copies if available) of the Servicing File with respect to each Mortgage Loan transferred to Servicer within fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the applicable Servicing Transfer Date.  The Owner shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide Servicer with hard copies (or imaged copies if available) of any default file with respect to each Mortgage Loan transferred to Servicer within five (5) Business Days of the applicable Servicing Transfer Date.  Any costs and expenses to deliver the aforementioned files shall be borne by the Owner.

 

(d)                                  Notice to Mortgagors .  The Owner shall cause to be provided to each Mortgagor a “Notice of assignment, sale or transfer of servicing” to the Servicer.  Upon boarding of each Mortgage Loan originated by a third-party originator, the Servicer shall deliver to each related Mortgagor a “Welcome Letter” in accordance with RESPA and Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

(e)                                   Transfer of Escrow Funds and Other Proceeds .  The Owner shall use its best efforts to  transfer or cause to be transferred to the Servicer, within one (1) Business Day and not later than three (3) Business Days following the Servicing Transfer Date by wire transfer to the account designated by the Servicer, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Escrow Payments collected from each Mortgagor; and if applicable (ii) all undistributed insurance loss draft funds; (iii) all unapplied funds received by the Owner or any prior servicer; (iv) all unapplied interest on escrow balances accrued through the related Servicing Transfer Date; (v) all buydown funds held by the Owner or any prior servicer as of the related Servicing Transfer Date; and (vi) all other related amounts held by the respective owner of the Mortgage Loan or any prior servicer of such Mortgage Loan as of the related Servicing Transfer Date that the Owner or any prior servicer is not entitled to retain.  The Owner shall be responsible for any interest on escrow amounts held by the Owner prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date.  The Servicer shall be entitled to deduct from Servicer’s monthly remittance to the Owner any shortfalls in Escrow Payments that result from Owner’s failure to deliver any Escrow Payment in full to the Servicer.  To the extent the Custodial Account has insufficient funds to fully fund such shortfalls in the Escrow Payments plus all other amounts due to the Servicer as set forth in Section 4.03 herein, the Owner shall wire such shortfall amount to the Servicer promptly upon receipt of notice of such shortfalls from the Servicer.

 

35



 

(f)                                    Outstanding Servicing Advances . Not later than ten (10) Business Days following the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall deliver to the Servicer a schedule, certified by an authorized officer of the Owner as being true and correct and setting forth, in all material respects, those Servicing Advances made by the Owner with respect to the Mortgage Loans as of the related Servicing Transfer Date for which the Owner has not been reimbursed (the “ Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances ”).  The Servicer agrees to reimburse the prior servicer within thirty (30) days following the Servicing Transfer Date for all Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances with which the prior servicer or the Owner has provided the Servicer with reasonably detailed documentation evidencing such advances.  The Servicer shall have no obligation to board Outstanding Owner Servicing Advances or reimburse the prior servicer unless the Servicer has received reasonably detailed documentation allowing the Servicer to collect such advances from the Mortgagor.

 

Section 2.29                                                      Reliability of Information/Exceptional Expenses.

 

The Servicer may rely on all data and materials relating to the Mortgage Loans supplied to it by the Owner or the Owner’s designee(s) and the authenticity and accuracy of such data and materials, including any signatures contained therein.  The Servicer shall not be obligated to conduct an independent investigation of any data materials or audit of any data, materials or Mortgage File, and may rely on the authenticity and accuracy of such data and materials as provided, including any signatures contained therein and shall not be held accountable for data integrity, missing information or missing documents that prevent the boarding of a Mortgage Loan to the Servicer’s mortgage loan administration system.  The Servicer shall deliver notification to the Owner of any material data deficiencies discovered by the Servicer. If such error was identified prior to the Servicing Transfer Date, the Owner shall have the ability to correct such errors or provide missing data at no additional cost to Servicer. Should the Owner decline to provide such data corrections or provide such missing data, Servicer shall be entitled to charge the Owner a manual data backfill fee as set forth on Exhibit 9 .  If such error was identified after the Servicing Transfer Date and such error was not the result of Servicer’s negligence, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with a written cost estimate to correct such errors, and upon the Owner’s approval, which approval should not be unreasonably withheld, the Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for all documented costs and expenses incurred by the Servicer, including but not limited to, costs and expenses resulting from the Owner’s actions, instructions or any failure by the Owner to provide the Servicer complete, accurate and timely Mortgage Loan information.

 

Section 2.30                                                      Escrow Obligations.

 

In connection with impounded Mortgage Loans, the Owner shall (i) cause all taxes and assessments with respect to which the related tax bill is due within thirty (30) days following the related Servicing Transfer Date to be paid prior to such Servicing Transfer Date, and (b) cause all hazard, flood, earthquake, PMI Policy and other insurance premiums that are due on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following such Servicing Transfer Date to be paid on or prior to such Servicing Transfer Date.  The Owner shall be responsible for any losses including but not limited to tax penalties (including any loss of discount for which any Mortgagor or any third party for the benefit of the Mortgagor has a legal claim) for the current tax due period or for any tax period that ends no more than twelve (12) months earlier than the date of the last paid

 

36



 

installment of the Mortgage Loan, as well as for its advances to pay the delinquent taxes themselves in connection with any Mortgage Loan for which the Owner failed to pay taxes as required by this Section 2.30 as the result of an action or inaction of a previous servicer.

 

Section 2.31                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 2.32                                                      Additional Activities of the Servicer.

 

Subject to the following paragraph, nothing herein shall prevent the Servicer or any of its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses of any kind, including the issuance of mortgage-backed securities, or from rendering services of any kind to any other person or entity, including the performance of monitoring, administering or servicing activities for others investing in any type of real estate investment.

 

The Servicer shall not (i) act as servicer or subservicer for distressed residential mortgage loans held by Competitors, and (ii) act as the servicer or subservicer on a portfolio of distressed mortgage loans acquired in a competitive bidding process where the Servicer or another entity managed by the PennyMac REIT Manager or an Affiliate thereof does not have an interest in any part of the portfolio.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer may act as servicer or subservicer where a majority of the independent members of the board of trustees of PennyMac REIT determines that (i) the Servicer has sufficient capacity to service the loans without negatively affecting the quality of the services provided by the Servicer hereunder, and (ii) by acting in such capacity the Servicer will not competitively disadvantage the Owner or PennyMac REIT.  The Servicer may act as servicer or subservicer of residential mortgage loans for government-sponsored entities and other government-related entities and in other circumstances not prohibited by the limitations set forth in this paragraph.

 

Section 2.33                                                      No Obligation to Advance Delinquent Payments.

 

The Servicer shall have no obligation to advance amounts constituting delinquent principal and interest payments on any Mortgage Loan.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

37



 

ARTICLE III

 

PAYMENTS; REPORTS

 

Section 3.01                                                      Remittances.

 

On each Remittance Date the Servicer shall remit by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) all amounts deposited in the Custodial Account related to the Due Period (net of charges against or withdrawals from the Custodial Account pursuant to Section 2.05 ).  The Servicer shall remit to the Owner (or as otherwise directed in writing by the Owner) all Principal Prepayments, in full or in part, on the Remittance Date pursuant to Section 2.05 .

 

With respect to any remittance received by the Owner after the day on which such payment was due, the Servicer shall pay to the Owner interest on any such late payment at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate, adjusted as of the date of each change, plus one percentage point, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Such interest shall be remitted to the Owner by the Servicer on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive.  The payment by the Servicer of any such interest shall not be deemed an extension of time for payment or a waiver of any Event of Default.

 

All distributions made to the Owner pursuant to this Section 3.01 in accordance with the following wire transfer instructions:

 

BANK:

Bank of America

ABA:

026009593

ACCT #:

1257205359

ACCT NAME:

PennyMac Operating Partnership LP

 

Operating Account

 

Section 3.02                                                      Monthly Reports to the Owner.

 

Not later than the twentieth (20th) calendar day of each month or, if the 10th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner standard monthly reports as set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto or in a format mutually agreed upon (which shall be provided in Excel format and be accessible by the Owner via the Servicer’s secured website).  For all purposes of this Servicing Agreement, delinquency status shall be determined in accordance with standard MBA methodology, as is appropriate, as determined by the Owner for the applicable Mortgage Loan type.  At the time when a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to this Servicing Agreement, the Owner will include in the related Notice of Transfer of Mortgage Loans a statement of the related delinquency methodology to be used for such Mortgage Loan.

 

In addition, on or before March 15th of each calendar year, the Servicer shall furnish to each Person who was an Owner (or subsequent owner of a Mortgage Loans subject to

 

38



 

this Servicing Agreement) at any time during such calendar year an annual statement in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal income tax law as to the aggregate of remittances for the applicable portion of such year.

 

Such obligation of the Servicer shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Servicer pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time are in force.

 

The Servicer shall prepare and file any and all tax returns, information statements or other filings required to be delivered to any governmental taxing authority or to the Owner pursuant to any applicable law with respect to the Mortgage Loans and the transactions contemplated hereby.  In addition, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with such information concerning the Mortgage Loans as is necessary for the Owner to prepare its federal income tax return as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time and which is reasonably available to the Servicer.

 

Section 3.03                                                      [Reserved ]

 

Section 3.04                                                      Cost of Funds.

 

With respect to Servicing Advances made by Servicer under the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall be entitled to collect from the Owner monthly for the Cost of Funds on such Servicing Advances.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

39


 

ARTICLE IV

 

GENERAL SERVICING PROCEDURES

 

Section 4.01                                                      Transfers of Mortgaged Property.

 

The Servicer shall enforce any “due-on-sale” provision contained in any Mortgage or Mortgage Note and deny assumption by the Person to whom the Mortgaged Property has been or is about to be sold whether by absolute conveyance or by contract of sale, and whether or not the Mortgagor remains liable on the Mortgage and the Mortgage Note.  When the Mortgaged Property has been conveyed by the Mortgagor, the Servicer shall, to the extent it has knowledge of such conveyance, exercise its rights to accelerate the maturity of such Mortgage Loan under the “due-on-sale” clause applicable thereto, provided, however, that the Servicer shall not exercise such rights if prohibited by law from doing so.

 

If the Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law to enforce such “due-on-sale” clause, the Servicer, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into (i) an assumption and modification agreement with the Person to whom such property has been conveyed, pursuant to which such Person becomes liable under the Mortgage Note and the original Mortgagor remains liable thereon or (ii) in the event the Servicer is unable under applicable law to require that the original Mortgagor remain liable under the Mortgage Note and the Servicer has the prior consent of the primary mortgage guarantee insurer, a substitution of liability agreement with the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property pursuant to which the original Mortgagor is released from liability and the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property is substituted as Mortgagor and becomes liable under the Mortgage Note.  If an assumption fee is collected by the Servicer for entering into an assumption agreement, such fee will be retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.  In connection with any such assumption, neither the Mortgage Interest Rate borne by the related Mortgage Note, the term of the Mortgage Loan nor the outstanding principal amount of the Mortgage Loan shall be changed. Where an assumption is allowed pursuant to this Section 4.01 , the Servicer, with the prior written consent of the insurer under the PMI Policy or LPMI Policy, if any, is authorized to enter into a substitution of liability agreement with the Person to whom the Mortgaged Property has been conveyed or is proposed to be conveyed pursuant to which the original Mortgagor is released from liability and such Person is substituted as Mortgagor and becomes liable under the related Mortgage Note. Any such substitution of liability agreement shall be in lieu of an assumption agreement.  The Servicer shall notify the Owner that any such substitution of liability or assumption agreement has been completed by forwarding to the Owner, or its designee, the original of any such substitution of liability or assumption agreement, which document shall be added to the related Mortgage File and shall, for all purposes, be considered a part of such Mortgage File to the same extent as all other documents and instruments constituting a part thereof.

 

To the extent that any Mortgage Loan is assumable, the Servicer shall inquire diligently into the creditworthiness of the proposed transferee, and shall follow Accepted Servicing Practices and the underwriting practices and procedures of prudent mortgage lenders in  the respective states where the Mortgaged Properties are located including but not limited to Servicer conducting a review of the credit and financial capacity of the individual receiving the property, and may approve the assumption if it believes the recipient is capable of assuming the

 

40



 

mortgage obligations.  If the credit of the proposed transferee does not satisfy the relevant underwriting criteria and the transfer of ownership actually occurs, the Servicer diligently shall, to the extent permitted by the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note and by applicable law, accelerate the maturity of the Mortgage Loan.

 

The Servicer shall be required to take any action otherwise required by this Section 4.01 only if it determines that the proceeds to the Owner (after giving effect to the recovery of the Servicer’s out-of-pocket expenses) from payment on, or disposition of the related Mortgage Loan or REO Property would be increased as a result of the taking of such action.

 

Section 4.02                                                      Satisfaction of Mortgages and Release of Mortgage Files.

 

Upon the payment in full of any Mortgage Loan, or the receipt by the Servicer of a notification that payment in full will be escrowed in a manner customary for such purposes, the Servicer shall notify the Owner in the Monthly Remittance Advice as provided in Section 3.02 , and may request the release of any Mortgage Loan Documents from the Owner in accordance with this Section 4.02 .  The Servicer shall obtain discharge of the related Mortgage Loan as of record within any related time limit required by applicable law  (unless prevented from complying as a result of the failure of the local recording office to comply with its obligations on a timely basis).

 

In connection with any instrument of satisfaction or deed of reconveyance, the Servicer shall be entitled to a reconveyance fee.  Such reconveyance fee shall only be reimbursable to the Servicer by the Owner to the extent the reconveyance fee is uncollectible from the Mortgagor based on the terms of the security instrument or in the Servicer’s reasonable opinion that such fee is not allowable by statute.

 

Upon receipt of such request, the Owner or its designee shall within five (5) Business Days release or cause to be released the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Servicer and Servicer shall prepare and process any satisfaction or release.  If the Owner or its designee or the Custodian does not release the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Servicer within five (5) Business Days of receipt of request to do so, Servicer may retain a third party to complete the reconveyance and charge the Owner the actual cost of services provided by such third party.  Except as set forth in this paragraph, Servicer shall have no liability for third party delays that may result in assessed penalties.

 

If the Servicer satisfies or releases a Mortgage without first having obtained payment in full of the indebtedness secured by the Mortgage (or such lesser amount in connection with a discounted payoff accepted by the Servicer with respect to a defaulted Mortgage Loan) or should the Servicer otherwise prejudice any rights the Owner may have under the mortgage instruments, the Servicer shall deposit the shortfall amount of the paid indebtedness in the Custodial Account (unless such shortfall is $500 or less, in which case no deposit shall be required) within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such demand by the Owner.

 

The Servicer shall maintain the Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy as provided for in Section 2.12 insuring the Servicer against any loss it may

 

41



 

sustain with respect to any Mortgage Loan not satisfied in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

 

Section 4.03                                                      Servicing Compensation.

 

As consideration for servicing the Mortgage Loans, the Owner shall pay the Servicer the applicable Servicing Fee and Other Fees the Servicer is entitled to each month.  The obligation of the Owner to pay the Servicing Fee and Other Fees with regard to the Mortgage Loans shall be irrespective of Monthly Payments collected by the Servicer on the Mortgage Loans.  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner on the tenth (10th) calendar day of each month or, if the 10th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, an invoice setting forth the Servicing Fees and Other Fees, including accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees and Other Fees, with respect to the Mortgage Loans serviced by the Servicer during the preceding calendar month, and the Owner shall pay such invoice via wire transfer (in accordance with written instructions to be provided by the Servicer) no later than the related Distribution Date.  With respect to amounts due to the Servicer that remain unpaid after the Distribution Date pursuant to this section, interest shall be due on such late payment at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate, adjusted as of the date of each change, plus one percentage point, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Such interest shall be paid on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day following the Business Day on which such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive.  The Servicer shall be entitled to deduct such unpaid amounts due to Servicer on the Remittance Date following the Distribution Date that such amounts were due if Owner has not already made payment.

 

Additional servicing compensation in the form of Ancillary Income shall be retained by the Servicer to the extent not required to be deposited in the Custodial Account.  The Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing activities hereunder and shall not be entitled to reimbursement thereof except as specifically provided for herein.

 

Notwithstanding anything set forth in this section related to Ancillary Income, the Servicer shall not collect from the Mortgagor, pass through as an advance or as a liquidation expense any charges other than bona fide fees, which fees must be in compliance with local law.  Servicer can not add on a processing, or review fee or any additional fee, mark up or otherwise directly make a profit on or from services or activities rendered by a third party or affiliate (examples include but not limited to:  letters and notices, force placed insurance, BPOs, appraisals, inspections, property preservation costs).  Servicer may collect any third party fees which are charged in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.  In no event shall Servicer retain the Prepayment Penalties.

 

In the event of a dispute arising from any act or omission by the Servicer or the Owner hereunder during the course of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer and the Owner shall use best efforts to work together in good faith to resolve such dispute within a time period that is reasonable in the context of the cause of the dispute.  Except in the case of a monetary error, the Owner and the Servicer shall both work together in good faith to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days of a formal notice from either party.  In the case of a monetary error, the

 

42



 

party holding the amounts due the other party shall use reasonable efforts to submit the amount in error within ten (10) Business Days from the date the error was uncovered.  With respect to amounts due a party after the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date the error was uncovered, interest shall be due on such late payment at an annual rate equal to the federal funds rate as is publicly announced from time to time, plus three hundred basis points (3.00%) but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Such interest shall be paid on the date such late payment is made and shall cover the period commencing with the day following the Business Day on which such payment was due and ending with the Business Day on which such payment is made, both inclusive.

 

Section 4.04                                                      Annual Statement as to Compliance.

 

(a)                                  So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year beginning March 28, 2010 (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), a statement of compliance addressed to the Owner and signed by a Servicing Officer, to the effect that (i) a review of the Servicer’s servicing activities during the immediately preceding calendar year (or applicable portion thereof) and of its performance under the servicing provisions of this Servicing Agreement during such period has been made under such officer’s supervision, and (ii) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all of its servicing obligations under this Servicing Agreement in all material respects throughout such calendar year (or applicable portion thereof) or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifically identifying each such failure known to such officer, the nature and the status thereof.

 

Section 4.05                                                      Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report.

 

(a)                                  So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year beginning March 28, 2010 (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), a report of a registered public accounting firm stating that (i) it has obtained a letter of representation regarding certain matters from the management of the Servicer which includes an assertion that the Servicer has complied with certain minimum residential mortgage loan servicing standards, identified in the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers established by the Mortgage Bankers Association of America, with respect to the servicing of residential mortgage loans during the most recently completed fiscal year and (ii) on the basis of an examination conducted by such firm in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, such representation is fairly stated in all material respects, subject to such exceptions and other qualifications that may be appropriate.  In rendering its report such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing of residential mortgage loans by Subservicers, upon comparable reports of firms of independent certified public accountants rendered on the basis of examinations conducted in accordance with the same standards (rendered within one year of such report) with respect to those Subservicers.

 

43



 

Section 4.06                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 4.07                                                      Right to Examine Servicer Records.

 

The Owner shall have the right during the term of this Servicing Agreement to examine and audit any and all of the books, records, or other information of the Servicer, whether held by the Servicer or by another on its behalf, with respect to or concerning this Servicing Agreement or the Mortgage Loans, during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice and at the sole cost and expense of the Owner; provided, however, that unless otherwise required by law, the Servicer shall not be required to provide access to such information if the provision thereof would violate any law or legal obligation of the Servicer, or would compromise the Servicer’s information disclosure and security policies, including the legal right to privacy of any Mortgagor.

 

Section 4.08                                                      Compliance with Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan and the related Mortgagor, each party shall comply with Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and all applicable regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, and shall provide all notices required of the party thereunder.

 

Section 4.09                                                      On-Line Access.

 

Servicer shall provide to the Owner internet access (via a secure portfolio management website) to certain computer screens in the Servicer’s loan administration computer system or view Mortgage Loan information.  In addition the Servicer shall update such Mortgage Loan information on a “real time” basis.  The Servicer shall provide to the Owner internet access (via secure report and data transmission website) to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system to transmit and receive Mortgage Loan information relating to new loan boardings, service releases and to download portfolio management reports.  With respect to access to Servicer’s portfolio management website, the Servicer shall provide the Owner with the tools to create and administer log-in identifications and passwords for each of its authorized users.  In accessing Servicer’s websites, the Owner agrees that it will: (i) only log-in with the identification assigned by the Servicer; (ii) correctly and completely log off the system immediately upon completion of each session of service; (iii) not allow any unauthorized employee or agent of the Owner, to use the assigned log in identification or improperly access the Servicer’s computer system; (iv) keep the assigned log in identification and all other information enabling such access strictly confidential; (v) not access, or attempt to access any Servicer systems or data other than that which is specifically authorized; (vi) not intentionally spread viruses or other malicious computer codes to the Servicer’s computer systems; (vii) not copy or infringe upon any content contained on the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; (vii) designate in writing an administrator who shall maintain on a quarterly basis a current list of employees or agents of the Owner who have been authorized to access the Servicer’s loan administration computer system and assigned log in identifications and passwords pursuant to this Section 4.09 (each an “ Authorized User ”); (viii) conduct a quarterly review to ensure that each Authorized User is currently an employee or agent of the Owner and whose employment or function as agent of the Owner requires the Authorized User to have continued access to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; (ix) immediately remove from the list of authorized users, and deny access to, any individual who is not currently an employee or agent of the Owner or whose employment or function as agent no longer requires such employee or agent of the Owner to

 

44



 

remain an Authorized User and to have access to the Servicer’s loan administration computer system; and (x) deliver to the Servicer on or before the end of the month following each anniversary of the date of execution of this Servicing Agreement, beginning on the first such anniversary following the execution of this Servicing Agreement, an officer’s certification stating that the Owner has fully complied and satisfied the obligations as set forth above in clauses (i) through (ix).

 

Access to the Servicer’s administration system shall be available 24 hours a day and seven days a week.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall have no liability to the Owner in the event that access to the Servicer’s loan administration system becomes limited or otherwise unavailable during periods of heavy use, upgrades, maintenance to address security concerns or otherwise.  The Owner acknowledges that Mortgage Loan information may only be accessible for viewing during such time the Mortgage Loan is being serviced under this Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer shall purge all reports and files from websites that are aged more than sixty (60) days and the Servicer shall not be responsible to store, maintain, or archive such reports and files unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by both parties.

 

Section 4.10                                                      [Reserved].

 

Section 4.11                                                      Use of Subservicers.

 

It shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek the consent of the Owner to the utilization of any Subservicer or Affiliate.  The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subservicer and delivering to the Owner any servicer compliance statement required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 4.04 and any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 4.05 .

 

Section 4.12                                                      Mortgage Loans Held by Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Owner.

 

The Servicer acknowledges that certain Mortgage Loans may be held by the Owner through one or more of its wholly owned subsidiaries.  The Servicer shall service such Mortgage Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Servicing Agreement in the same manner as it services Mortgage Loans held directly by the Owner.  The Servicing Fee and Other Fees in respect of Mortgage Loans held through wholly owned subsidiaries of the Owner may, at the option of the Owner, be paid directly by the Owner or by the subsidiary holding the related Mortgage Loan.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

45



 

ARTICLE V

 

SERVICER TO COOPERATE

 

Section 5.01                                                      Provision of Information.

 

During the term of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner all reports required hereunder, and such other periodic, special, or other reports or information, whether or not provided for herein, as shall be necessary, reasonable, or appropriate with respect to the Owner or the purposes of this Servicing Agreement to the extent such reports or information are readily accessible to the Servicer without undue expense.  All such reports or information shall be provided by and in accordance with all reasonable instructions and directions which the Owner may give and to the extent the Servicer incurs any material cost or expense related to this Section 5.01 not otherwise required to be incurred pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, such expense shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Owner.

 

The Servicer shall execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time to the extent such action is in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices, in order to effectuate the purposes and to carry out the terms of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 5.02                                                      Financial Statements; Servicing Facilities.

 

In connection with marketing the Mortgage Loans or a proposed Reconstitution, the Owner shall make available to a prospective purchaser audited financial statements of the consolidated group that includes the Servicer for the most recently completed three fiscal years for which such statements are available, as well as a “Consolidated Statement of Condition” at the end of the last two fiscal years for which such statements are available covered by any “Consolidated Statement of Operations.”  The Servicer also shall make available any comparable interim statements to the extent any such statements have been prepared by or on behalf of the corporate group that includes the Servicer (and are available upon request to the public at large).  The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner or a prospective purchaser copies of the statements specified above.

 

The Servicer shall make available to the Owner or any prospective purchaser a knowledgeable representative for the purpose of answering questions respecting recent developments affecting the Servicer or the financial statements of the corporate group that includes the Servicer, and to permit any prospective purchaser (upon reasonable notice) to inspect the Servicer’s servicing facilities (no more than 6 times per year unless mutually agreed to between the parties) for the purpose of satisfying such prospective purchaser that the Servicer has the ability to service the Mortgage Loans as provided in this Servicing Agreement provided that such access is necessary, reasonable, or appropriate with respect to the Owner or the purposes of this Servicing Agreement to the extent such access or information are readily accessible to the Servicer without undue expense.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

46



 

ARTICLE VI

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 6.01                                                      Termination.

 

(a)                                  This Servicing Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.  This Servicing Agreement shall terminate, without the payment of any termination fee, upon the earlier of:  (i) the termination of the Servicer pursuant to this Section 6.01 , 8.03 or 11.01 and (ii) the termination of the Management Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, the Servicer shall have the right to terminate this Servicing Agreement for cause, after thirty (30) days’ written notice thereof by Servicer, if (i) Owner fails to remit any compensation due to the Servicer within the time periods specified pursuant to the terms of this Servicing Agreement, (ii) the Owner fails to perform any material obligations hereunder or (iii) the Owner has not transferred any Mortgage Loan to the Servicer upon the expiration of ninety (90) days after the execution of this Servicing Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, in the event that (i) a Mortgage Loan becomes delinquent for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days or more (a “ Delinquent Mortgage Loan ”) or (ii) a Mortgage Loan becomes an REO Property, the Owner may at its election terminate this Servicing Agreement with respect to such Delinquent Mortgage Loan or REO Property upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Servicer, provided, however , upon such transfer and assignment which shall be in accordance with all applicable laws, the Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for its Servicing Fee, any outstanding and unreimbursed Servicing Advances, and any other outstanding, unreimbursed fees and costs of the Servicer with respect to such Delinquent Mortgage Loan or REO Property.

 

(d)                                  In the event that the Servicer’s duties, responsibilities and liabilities under this Servicing Agreement should be terminated pursuant to the aforementioned sections, the Servicer shall discharge such duties and responsibilities during the period from the date it acquires knowledge of such termination until the Transfer Date with the same degree of diligence and prudence which it is obligated to exercise under this Servicing Agreement, and shall take no action whatsoever that might impair or prejudice the rights or financial condition of its successor.  Following any such termination, the Owner shall act diligently to appoint a successor servicer.  The resignation or removal of the Servicer pursuant to the aforementioned sections shall not become effective until a successor shall be appointed by the Owner.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall a termination of this Servicing Agreement or the Servicer hereunder terminate any indemnification obligations of the Servicer, which obligations shall survive any such termination.

 

Section 6.02                                                      Transfer of Servicing.

 

On the Transfer Date or upon any termination of the Servicer as Servicer pursuant to Section 6.01 , the Owner or a successor servicer appointed by the Owner, shall assume all

 

47



 

servicing responsibilities related to, and the Servicer shall cease all servicing responsibilities related to the Mortgage Loans.  Any successor servicer shall have the right to negotiate a new Servicing Fee with the Owner.

 

Owner shall provide the Servicer not less than twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the Transfer Date.  Any Mortgage Loan service released by the Servicer shall be released on actual balances as of the Transfer Date.  Upon receipt of such notification from Owner the Servicer shall, at its sole cost and expense, take such steps as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and evidence the transfer of the servicing of the related Mortgage Loans to the successor servicer, including but not limited to the following:

 

(a)                                  Notice to Mortgagors .  The Servicer shall mail to the Mortgagor of each related Mortgage Loan a letter advising such Mortgagor of the transfer of the servicing of the related Mortgage Loan to the Owner, or its designee, in accordance with RESPA; provided, however , such letters shall be in the form mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Serciver prior to a pending transfer.

 

(b)                                  Mortgage Loans in Foreclosure .  The servicing with respect to Mortgage Loans in foreclosure on or before the related Transfer Date shall not be transferred from the Servicer to the Owner or the successor servicer, as the case may be, and such Mortgage Loans shall continue to be serviced by the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Servicing Agreement.  However, if the Owner so elects, the Owner may waive the provisions of this paragraph (a) and accept transfer of servicing of such Mortgage Loans and all amounts received by the Servicer thereunder.

 

(c)                                   Servicing Advances .  Subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Nonrecoverable Advances”, the Servicer shall be entitled to be reimbursed for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances and any other advances made by the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement with respect to any Mortgage Loan on the related Transfer Date, but only if the successor servicer after the related Transfer Date is not the Servicer or an affiliate.  In addition, the Owner shall cause the Servicer to be reimbursed for any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, unpaid Ancillary Income, Other Fees and for any trailing expenses representing Servicing Advances for which invoices are received by the Servicer after the Transfer Date.  The Owner shall cause the Servicer to be reimbursed for such trailing expenses within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such invoice.

 

Anything to the contrary in this Section 6.02(c)  notwithstanding, in the event that Servicer is terminated for cause as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Servicing Agreement, the payments required in this Section 6.02(c)  shall be made in the amounts and at the times otherwise provided in this Servicing Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Notice to Taxing Authorities and Insurance Companies .  The Servicer shall transmit to the applicable taxing authorities and insurance companies (including primary mortgage insurance policy insurers, if applicable) and/or agents, notification of the transfer of the servicing to the Owner, or its designee, and instructions to deliver all notices, tax bills and insurance statements, as the case may be, to the Owner from and after the related Transfer Date.

 

48



 

(e)                                   Delivery of Servicing Records .  The Servicer shall forward to the Owner, or its designee, all servicing records and the Servicing File in the Servicer’s possession relating to each related Mortgage Loan.

 

(f)                                    Escrow Payments .  The Servicer shall provide the Owner, or its designee, with immediately available funds by wire transfer in the amount of the net Escrow Payments and suspense balances and all loss draft balances associated with the related Mortgage Loans.  The Servicer shall also provide the Owner with an accounting statement of Escrow Payments and suspense balances and loss draft balances sufficient to enable the Owner to reconcile the amount of such payment with the accounts of the Mortgage Loans.  Additionally, the Servicer shall wire transfer to the Owner the amount of any agency, trustee or prepaid Mortgage Loan payments and all other similar amounts held by the Servicer.

 

(g)                                   Payoffs and Assumptions .  The Servicer shall provide to the Owner, or its designee, copies of all assumption and payoff statements generated by the Servicer on the related Mortgage Loans from the related Cut-off Date to the related Transfer Date.

 

(h)                                  Mortgage Payments Received Prior to the Related Transfer Date .  Prior to the related Transfer Date all payments received by the Servicer on each related Mortgage Loan shall be properly applied to the account of the particular Mortgagor.

 

(i)                                      Mortgage Payments Received After Transfer Date .  The amount of any related Monthly Payments received by the Servicer after the related Transfer Date shall be forwarded to the Owner or its designee within two (2) Business Days after the date of receipt.  The Servicer shall notify the Owner or its designee of the particulars of the payment, which notification requirement shall be satisfied if the Servicer forwards with its payment sufficient information to permit appropriate processing of the payment by the Owner or its designee.  The Servicer shall assume full responsibility for the necessary and appropriate legal application of such Monthly Payments received by the Servicer after the related Transfer Date with respect to related Mortgage Loans then in foreclosure or bankruptcy; provided , however, that for purposes of this Servicing Agreement, necessary and appropriate legal application of such Monthly Payments shall include, but not be limited to, endorsement of a Monthly Payment to the Owner with the particulars of the payment such as the account number, dollar amount, date received and any special Mortgagor application instructions and the Servicer shall comply with the foregoing requirements with respect to all Monthly Payments received by it.

 

(j)                                     Misapplied Payments .  Misapplied payments shall be processed as follows:

 

(i)                                      All parties shall cooperate in correcting misapplication errors;
 
(ii)                                   The party receiving notice of a misapplied payment occurring prior to the related Transfer Date and discovered after the related Transfer Date shall immediately notify the other party;
 
(iii)                                If a misapplied payment which occurred prior to the related Transfer Date cannot be identified and said misapplied payment has resulted in a shortage in a Custodial Account or Escrow Account, and such misapplied

 

49



 
payment was the direct result of the Servicer’s error, the Servicer shall be liable for the amount of such shortage.  In such case, the Servicer shall reimburse the Owner for the amount of such shortage within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor from the Owner;
 
(iv)                               If a misapplied payment which occurred prior to the related Transfer Date has created an improper Purchase Price as the result of an inaccurate outstanding principal balance and such misapplied payment was the direct result of the Servicer’s error, a check shall be issued to the party shorted by the improper payment application within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the other party; and
 
(v)                                  Any check issued under the provisions of this Section 6.02(j)  shall be accompanied by a statement indicating the Owner Mortgage Loan identification number and an explanation of the allocation of any such payments.
 

(k)                                  Books and Records .  On the related Transfer Date, the books, records and accounts of the Servicer with respect to the related Mortgage Loans shall be in accordance with all Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

On the related Transfer Date, the Servicer shall comply with all of the provisions of this Servicing Agreement to effect a complete transfer of the servicing with respect to the related Mortgage Loans.  Except as otherwise provided in this Servicing Agreement, on the related Transfer Date for each related Mortgage Loan, this Servicing Agreement, except for Articles VI , VIII , IX , and X , and Sections 13.04 , 13.06 , 13.07 , 13.08 , 13.12 , 13.13 , 13.14 , 13.16 , 13.17 and 13.18 which shall survive the related Transfer Date, shall terminate with respect to such Mortgage Loan.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

50


 

ARTICLE VII

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

Section 7.01                                                         Possession of Servicing Files Prior to the Related Servicing Transfer Date.

 

The contents of each Servicing File are and shall be held in trust by the Servicer for the benefit of the Owner as the owner thereof.  The Servicer shall maintain in the Servicing File a hard or electronic copy, if available, of each Mortgage Loan Document received by the Owner or its designee and the originals or copies of documents not delivered to the Owner in the Servicer’s possession received during the term of this Servicing Agreement.  The possession of the Servicing File by the Servicer is at the will of the Owner for the sole purpose of servicing the related Mortgage Loan, pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, and such retention and possession by the Servicer is in its capacity as Servicer only and at the election of the Owner.  The Servicer shall release its custody of the contents of any Servicing File only in accordance with written instructions from the Owner, unless such release is required as incidental to the Servicer’s servicing of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall be responsible for maintaining, and shall maintain, a complete set of books and records for each Mortgage Loan which shall be marked clearly to reflect the ownership of each Mortgage Loan by the Owner.  In particular, the Servicer shall maintain in its possession, available for inspection by the Owner, and shall deliver to the Owner if so directed by the Owner, upon written demand, evidence of compliance with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, and requirements of Fannie Mae, including but not limited to documentation as to the method used in determining the applicability of the provisions of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or Flood Disaster Prevention Act of 1973, as amended, to the Mortgaged Property, documentation evidencing insurance coverage and eligibility of any condominium project for approval by Fannie Mae and periodic inspection reports as required by Section 2.13 , as applicable.

 

The Servicer shall keep at its servicing office books and records in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Servicer shall note transfers of Mortgage Loans.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

51



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ASSIGNMENT

 

Section 8.01                                                         Indemnification; Remedies.

 

(a)           The Servicer agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner and any successor servicer harmless from any liability, claim, loss or damage (including, without limitation, any reasonable legal fees, judgments or expenses relating to such liability, claim, loss or damage) to the Owner directly or indirectly resulting from the Servicer’s failure:

 

(i)            to observe and perform any or all of the Servicer’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Servicing Agreement; or

 

(ii)           to comply with all applicable requirements with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

 

The Servicer immediately shall notify the Owner if a claim is made by a third party with respect to this Servicing Agreement.  For purposes of this Section 8.01(a) , “Owner” shall mean the Person then acting as the Owner under this Servicing Agreement and any and all Persons who previously were “Owners” under this Servicing Agreement.

 

(b)           The Owner agrees to indemnify and hold the Servicer harmless from any liability, claim, loss or damage (including without limitation, any reasonable legal fees, judgments or expenses relating to such liability, claim, loss or damage) to the Servicer (a) directly or indirectly resulting from the Owner’s failure to observe and perform any or all of the Owner’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Servicing Agreement or (b) directly resulting from the Servicer taking any legal actions with respect to any Mortgage Loans and/or REO Properties in the name of the Servicer and without reference to the Owner, or (c) any act or omission on the part of any prior servicer or (d) directly resulting from any third party act or omission which occurred in connection with the origination, processing, funding or servicing of a mortgage loan; but, in each case set forth in subparts (a) - (d) above, only to the extent such loss does not result from the Servicer’s own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or failure of the Servicer (i) to observe and perform any or all of Servicer’s duties, obligations, covenants, agreements, warranties or representations contained in this Servicing Agreement; or (ii) to comply with all applicable requirements with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

 

(c)           (i)            Any failure by the Servicer or any Subservicer to deliver any information, report, certification, accountants’ letter or other material when and as required under Sections 4.04 , 4.05 , or 5.02 , which continues unremedied for three Business Days after receipt by the Servicer and the applicable Subservicer or subcontractor, of written notice of such failure from the Owner, shall, except as provided in clause (ii) of this paragraph, constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement, and shall entitle the Owner in its sole discretion to terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer as servicer under this Servicing Agreement without payment (notwithstanding anything in this Agreement

 

52



 

related thereto to the contrary) of any compensation to the Servicer; provided, however, it is understood that the Servicer shall remain entitled to receive reimbursement for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances made by the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent that any provision of this Servicing Agreement expressly provides for the survival of certain rights or obligations following termination of the Servicer as servicer, such provision shall be given effect.

 

(ii)           Any failure by the Servicer or any Subservicer to deliver any information, report, certification or accountants’ letter or other material when and as required under this Servicing Agreement, which continues unremedied for three (3) Business Days after receipt by the applicable Subservicer of written notice of such failure from the Owner shall constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement, and shall entitle the Owner in its sole discretion to terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer as servicer under this Servicing Agreement without payment (notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary) of any compensation to the Servicer; provided, however, it is understood that the Servicer shall remain entitled to receive reimbursement for all unreimbursed Servicing Advances made by the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent that any provision of this Servicing Agreement expressly provides for the survival of certain rights or obligations following termination of the Servicer as servicer, such provision shall be given effect.

 

(d)           If the indemnification provided for herein is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the indemnified party, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any claims, losses, damages or liabilities uncured by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such indemnified party on the one hand and the indemnifying party on the other.

 

(e)           The foregoing indemnifications provided for in this Section are not intended by the parties to encompass “normal” litigation relating to servicing operations conducted in accordance with Standard Servicing Practices including, without limitation, foreclosure litigation.

 

(f)            The indemnifications provided for in this Section shall survive the termination of Servicing Agreement or the termination of any party to this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 8.02                                                         Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.

 

Neither the Servicer nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall be under any liability to the Owner for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, or for errors in judgment, provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such person against any breach of warranties or representations made herein, its own grossly negligent actions, or failure to perform its obligations in compliance with any standard of care set forth in this Servicing Agreement, or any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of any

 

53



 

breach of the terms and conditions of this Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.  The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with this Servicing Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability, provided, however, that the Servicer may undertake any such action which it may deem necessary or desirable in respect to this Servicing Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereto.  In such event, the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Owner of the reasonable legal expenses and costs of such action.

 

Section 8.03                                                         Limitation on Resignation and Assignment by Servicer.

 

The Owner has entered into this Servicing Agreement with the Servicer and subsequent purchasers will purchase the Mortgage Loans in reliance upon the independent status of the Servicer, and the representations as to the adequacy of its servicing facilities, plant, personnel, records and procedures, its integrity, reputation and financial standing, and the continuance thereof.  Therefore, the Servicer shall not assign this Servicing Agreement or the servicing hereunder or delegate its rights or duties hereunder or any portion hereof or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets without the prior written consent of the Owner, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the reasonable discretion of the Owner.

 

The Servicer may, without the consent of the Owner, retain third party contractors to perform certain servicing and loan administration functions, including without limitation, hazard insurance administration, tax payment and administration, flood certification and administration, collection services and similar functions; provided, however , that the retention of such contractors by Servicer shall not limit the obligation of the Servicer to service the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Servicing Agreement.

 

The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except by mutual consent of the Servicer and the Owner or upon the determination that its duties hereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law and such incapacity cannot be cured by the Servicer.  Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Owner which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Owner.  No such resignation shall become effective until a successor shall have assumed the Servicer’s responsibilities and obligations hereunder in the manner provided in Section 6.02 .

 

Without in any way limiting the generality of this Section 8.03 , in the event that the Servicer either shall assign this Servicing Agreement or the servicing responsibilities hereunder or delegate its duties hereunder or any portion thereof or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets without the prior written consent of the Owner, then the Owner shall have the right to terminate this Servicing Agreement upon notice given as set forth in Section 6.01(a) , 11.01(g)  and 13.01 , without any payment of any penalty or damages and without any liability whatsoever to the Servicer or any third party.

 

54



 

Section 8.04                                                         Assignment by Owner.

 

Subject to the limitations and requirements set forth in the third paragraph of Section 2.01 , the Owner shall have the right, to assign, in whole or in part, its interest under this Agreement with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, and designate any Person to exercise any rights of the Owner hereunder.

 

Section 8.05                                                         Merger or Consolidation of the Servicer.

 

The Servicer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a limited partnership under the laws of the state of its filing except as permitted herein, and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Servicing Agreement, or any of the Mortgage Loans and to perform its duties under this Servicing Agreement.  Any Person into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation (including by means of the sale of all or substantially all of the Servicer’s assets to such Person) to which the Servicer shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Servicer (whether or not related to loan servicing), shall be the successor of the Servicer hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding

 

The Servicer shall give ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Owner to the extent permitted by applicable law of any such merger, conversion, consolidation, sale or other disposition to which the Servicer proposes to be a party.  In the event that any successor entity to the Servicer fails to meet the requirements set forth in this Section 8.05 and the Owner does not consent to such successor becoming the servicer hereunder, then the Servicer shall have the right to terminate this Servicing Agreement with respect to the Servicer and any such successor upon notice given as set forth in Section 6.01 , without any payment of any termination penalty or termination damages and without any additional liability whatsoever to the Servicer or any third party, except for liabilities accrued under this Servicing Agreement prior to the date of termination and for liabilities resulting from Owner’s obligations hereunder, including the payment of the Servicing Fee pursuant to Section 4.03 .

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

55



 

ARTICLE IX

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF OWNER

 

As of the date hereof and on each date on which a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the Owner warrants and represents to, and covenants and agrees with, the Servicer as follows:

 

Section 9.01                                                         Organization and Good Standing; Licensing.

 

The Owner is a Delaware limited partnership, duly organized, validly existing and has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.

 

Section 9.02                                                         Authorization; Binding Obligations.

 

The Owner has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Servicing Agreement, and perform all of the transactions contemplated to be performed by it under this Servicing Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Servicing Agreement.  When executed and delivered, this Servicing Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Owner enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the availability of equitable remedies.

 

Section 9.03                                                         No Consent Required.

 

The Owner is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Servicing Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made or as to which the failure to obtain or make will not materially adversely affect the ability of the Owner to perform all obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.04                                                         No Violations.

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Servicing Agreement by the Owner will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court applicable to the Owner, except for violations that will not adversely affect the Owner’s ability to perform its obligations under this Servicing Agreement or the certificate of incorporation of the Owner, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which the Owner is a party or by which the Owner may be bound.

 

Section 9.05                                                         Litigation.

 

No litigation or administrative proceeding of or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending or to the knowledge of the Owner threatened, against the

 

56



 

Owner or with respect to this Servicing Agreement, which if adversely determined would have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

57



 

ARTICLE X

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER

 

As of the date hereof and on each date on which a Mortgage Loan becomes subject to the terms of this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer warrants and represents to, and covenants and agrees with, the Owner as follows:

 

Section 10.01                                                   Due Organization and Authority.

 

The Servicer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware as now being conducted and is licensed, qualified and in good standing in each state where a Mortgaged Property is located if the laws of such state require licensing or qualification in order to conduct business of the type conducted by the Servicer, and in any event the Servicer is in compliance with the laws of any such state to the extent necessary to ensure the enforceability of the related Mortgage Loan in accordance with the terms of this Servicing Agreement; the Servicer has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Servicing Agreement and to perform in accordance herewith; the execution, delivery and performance of this Servicing Agreement (including all instruments or transfer to be delivered pursuant to this Servicing Agreement) by the Servicer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized; this Servicing Agreement evidences the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Servicer; and all requisite action has been taken by the Servicer to make this Servicing Agreement valid and binding upon the Servicer in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 10.02                                                   Ordinary Course of Business.

 

The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement are in the ordinary course of business of the Servicer.

 

Section 10.03                                                   No Conflicts.

 

Neither the execution and delivery of this Servicing Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and conditions of this Servicing Agreement, will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Servicer’s organizational documents or any legal restriction or any agreement or instrument to which the Servicer is now a party or by which it is bound, or constitute a default or result in an acceleration under any of the foregoing, or result in the violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree to which the Servicer or its property is subject, or impair the ability of the Owner to realize on the Mortgage Loans, or impair the value of the Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 10.04                                                   Ability to Service.

 

The Servicer has the facilities, procedures, and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same type as the Mortgage Loans.  The Servicer is in good standing to enforce and service mortgage loans in the jurisdiction wherein the Mortgaged Properties are located.

 

58



 

Section 10.05                                                   Ability to Perform.

 

The Servicer does not believe, nor does it have any reason or cause to believe, that it cannot perform each and every covenant contained in this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 10.06                                                   No Litigation Pending.

 

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or to the best of Servicer’s knowledge threatened against the Servicer, before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal asserting the invalidity of this Servicing Agreement, seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement or which, either in any one instance or in the aggregate, may result in any material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Servicer, or in any material impairment of the right or ability of the Servicer to carry on its business substantially as now conducted, or in any material liability on the part of the Servicer, or which would draw into question the validity of this Servicing Agreement, or the Mortgage Loans or of any action taken or to be taken in connection with the obligations of the Servicer contemplated herein, or which would be likely to impair materially the ability of the Servicer to perform under the terms of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 10.07                                                   No Consent Required.

 

No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of or compliance by the Servicer with this Servicing Agreement, or the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as evidenced by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Servicing Agreement, or if required, such approval has been obtained prior to the date hereof.

 

Section 10.08                                                   No Untrue Information.

 

No statement, report or other document relating to the Servicer furnished or to be furnished by the Servicer pursuant to this Servicing Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

 

Section 10.09                                                   [Reserved].

 

Section 10.10                                                   MERS.

 

The Servicer is a member of MERS in good standing, and will comply in all material respects with the rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of the MERS Mortgage Loans for as long as such Mortgage Loans are registered with MERS.

 

To the extent the Owner requests the Servicer to register or transfer a Mortgage Loan with Mortgage Electronic Registration System, Inc., the Owner shall transfer or cause to be transferred to Servicer the required mortgage loan information within five (5) Business Days of the Servicing Transfer Date.  For such services, the Owner agrees to pay the Servicer the fee set

 

59



 

forth on Exhibit 9 upon the boarding or release of such Mortgage Loan on the Servicer’s mortgage loan administration system.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

60


 

ARTICLE XI

 

DEFAULT

 

Section 11.01                                                   Events of Default.

 

The following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement on the part of the Servicer:

 

(a)           any failure by the Servicer to remit to the Owner (or as otherwise directed by the Owner) any payment required to be made under the terms of this Servicing Agreement which continues unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after the date upon which notice of such failure is given to the Servicer, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Owner; or

 

(b)           the failure by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Servicer set forth in this Servicing Agreement which continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days (except that such number of days shall be fifteen (15) in the case of a failure to pay any premium for any insurance policy under this Servicing Agreement) after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Owner (the date of delivery of such notice, the “ Notice Date ”); provided, however, that in the case of a failure that cannot be cured within thirty (30) days after the Notice Date, the cure period may be extended if the Servicer can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that the failure can be cured and the Servicer is diligently pursuing remedial action; or

 

(c)           a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Servicer and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

(d)           the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property; or

 

(e)           the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or

 

(f)            the Servicer fails to maintain its license to do business or service residential mortgage loans in any jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Properties are located for more than ninety (90) days after receiving notice from any Person thereof, provided that such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if, prior to the expiration of such ninety (90) day period, that Servicer transfers the affected Mortgaged Properties to one or more Subservicers that

 

61



 

satisfy the licensing requirements for the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Properties are located;

 

(g)           the Servicer attempts to assign its right to servicing compensation hereunder or the Servicer attempts, without the consent of the Owner, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets or to assign this Servicing Agreement or the servicing responsibilities hereunder or to delegate its duties hereunder or any portion thereof in a manner not permitted under this Servicing Agreement; or

 

(h)           any of those failures specified in Section 8.01(c)(i)  or (ii)  as constituting an Event of Default under this Servicing Agreement.

 

In each and every such case, so long as an Event of Default shall not have been remedied, in addition to whatsoever rights the Owner may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relief and specific performance, the Owner, by notice in writing to the Servicer, may terminate without compensation all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.

 

In case one or more Events of Default by Servicer occur and shall not have been remedied, the Owner, by notice in writing to Servicer may, in addition to whatever rights the Owner may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relieve and specific performance, terminate all the rights and obligations of Servicer under this Servicing Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.  The Servicer shall not be entitled to any Service Release Fees upon such termination; provided, however, that the Servicer shall be entitled to any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, Servicing Advances, Other Fees and Ancillary Income to the date of such termination.  Upon receipt by the Servicer of such written notice, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Servicing Agreement, whether with respect to the Mortgage Loans or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested in the successor appointed pursuant to Section 6.02 .  Upon written request from the Owner, the Servicer shall prepare, execute and deliver any and all documents and other instruments, place in such successor’s possession all Mortgage Files to the extent initially provided to the Servicer, and do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement or assignment of the Mortgage Loans and related documents, or otherwise, at the Servicer’s sole expense or as otherwise provided under Accepted Servicing Practices.  The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Owner and such successor in effecting the termination of the Servicer’s responsibilities and rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer to such successor for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be credited by the Servicer to the Custodial Account or Escrow Account or thereafter received with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 11.02                                                   Waiver of Defaults.

 

The Owner may waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences.  Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Servicing Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to

 

62



 

any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

63



 

ARTICLE XII

 

CLOSING

 

Section 12.01                                                   Closing Documents.

 

The Closing Documents shall consist of fully executed originals of the following documents:

 

1.                                        this Servicing Agreement;

 

2.                                        a Custodial Account Certification or a Custodial Account Letter Agreement, as applicable, as required hereunder, in the form of either Exhibit 2 or Exhibit 3 ;

 

3.                                        an Escrow Account Certification or an Escrow Account Letter Agreement, as applicable, as required hereunder, in the form of either Exhibit 4 or Exhibit 5 ;

 

4.                                        an Officer’s Certificate, in the form of Exhibit 6 , with respect to the Servicer, including all attachments thereto.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

64



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 13.01                                                   Notices.

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

 

(a)           If to the Owner to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

Attn: Chief Operating Officer

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

Attn:  General Counsel

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA  91301

 

(b)           If to the Servicer:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: Director, Servicing Operations

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

 

With a copy to:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

Attn: General Counsel

27001 Agoura Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

 

Section 13.02                                                   Waivers.

 

Any of the Servicer or the Owner may upon consent of all parties, by written notice to the others:

 

(a)           Waive compliance with any of the terms, conditions or covenants required to be complied with by the others hereunder; and

 

65



 

(b)           Waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the others hereunder.

 

The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Servicing Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.

 

Section 13.03                                                   Entire Agreement; Amendment.

 

This Servicing Agreement, including all documents and exhibits incorporated by reference herein, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to servicing of the Mortgage Loans.  This Servicing Agreement may be amended and any provision hereof waived, but, only in writing signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

Section 13.04                                                   Execution; Binding Effect.

 

This Servicing Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original; such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Subject to Sections 8.02 and 8.03 , this Servicing Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Servicer and the Owner and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

Section 13.05                                                   Headings.

 

Headings of the Articles and Sections in this Servicing Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to have any substantive effect.

 

Section 13.06                                                   Applicable Law.

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.

 

Section 13.07                                                   Relationship of Parties.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties.  The duties and responsibilities of the Servicer shall be rendered by it as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Owner.  The Servicer shall have full control of all of its acts, doings, proceedings, relating to or requisite in connection with the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Servicing Agreement.

 

66



 

Section 13.08                                                   Severability of Provisions.

 

If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Servicing Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Servicing Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 13.09                                                   Recordation of Assignments of Mortgage.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Assignments of Mortgage is subject to recordation in all appropriate public offices for real property records in all the counties or other comparable jurisdictions in which any or all of the Mortgaged Properties are situated, and in any other appropriate public recording office or elsewhere, such recordation to be effected by the Owner or the Owner’s designee.

 

Section 13.10                                                   Exhibits.

 

The exhibits to this Servicing Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and are integral parts of this Servicing Agreement.

 

Section 13.11                                                   Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts.  Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 13.12                                                   Cooperation of Servicer with a Reconstitution.

 

(a)           The Servicer and the Owner agree that with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, on one or more dates (each a “ Reconstitution Date ”), at the Owner’s sole option, the Owner may effect a sale (each, a “ Reconstitution ”) of some or all of the Mortgage Loans then subject to this Servicing Agreement, without recourse, to:

 

(i)            Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac in one or more Whole Loan Transfers;

 

(ii)           one or more other third-party purchasers in one or more Whole Loan Transfers;

 

(iii)          one or more trusts or other entities to be formed as part of one or more Private Securitization Transactions; or

 

(iv)          one or more trusts or other entities to be formed as part of one or more Public Securitization Transactions.

 

(b)           With respect to each Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be, entered into by the Owner, the Servicer shall:

 

67



 

(i)            upon request of the Owner, service the Mortgage Loans included in such Reconstitution pursuant to a security servicing agreement or other agreement;

 

(ii)           if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, provide as applicable:

 

(A)          information pertaining to the Servicer of the type and scope customarily included in offering documents for residential mortgage-backed securities transactions involving single or multiple loan originators including information regarding financial condition and mortgage loan delinquency, foreclosure and loss experience or other information as is otherwise reasonably requested by the Owner, and to deliver to the Owner any non-public, unaudited financial information, in which case the Owner shall bear the cost of having such information audited by certified public accountants if the Owner desires such an audit, or as is otherwise reasonably requested by the Owner and which the Servicer is capable of providing without unreasonable effort or expense (collectively “ Servicer Information ”), and to indemnify the Owner and its affiliates for material misstatements or omissions contained in the Servicer Information; provided, however, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Servicer and its affiliates for material misstatements or omissions contained in all other information in any offering document, other than Servicer Information; and

 

(B)           such opinions of counsel, letters from auditors, and certificates of public officials or officers of Servicer as are reasonably believed necessary by the trustee, any rating agency or the Owner, as the case may be, in connection with such Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction.  The Owner shall pay all third party costs associated with the preparation of the information described in clause (ii)(A) above and the delivery of any opinions (other than opinions by in-house counsel), letters or certificates described in this clause (ii)(B).

 

(iii)          if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, to negotiate and execute one or more custodial agreements among the Owner, the Servicer and a third party custodian/trustee which is generally considered to be a prudent custodian/trustee in the secondary mortgage market designated by the Owner in its sole discretion after consultation with the Servicer, in either case for the purpose of pooling the Mortgage Loans with other Mortgage Loans for resale or securitization; and

 

(iv)          if the Servicer will continue servicing the Mortgage Loans included in the Reconstitution, (1) cooperate fully with the Owner, any prospective purchaser, any Rating Agency or any party to any agreement to be executed in connection with such Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, with respect to all reasonable

 

68



 

requests and due diligence procedures, including participating in meetings with Rating Agencies, bond insurers and such other parties as the Owner shall designate and participating in meetings with prospective purchasers of the Mortgage Loans or interests therein and providing information reasonably requested by such purchasers; (2) to execute, deliver and perform all reconstitution agreements required by the Owner, and to use its best reasonable, good faith efforts to facilitate such Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction, as the case may be; (3) (a) to restate the representations and warranties set forth in this Servicing Agreement as of the Reconstitution Date which shall not be materially more onerous than those required under this Servicing Agreement or (b) make the representations and warranties with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans set forth in the related selling/servicing guide of the master servicer or issuer, as the case may be, or such representations and warranties with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans as may be required by any Rating Agency or prospective purchaser of the related securities or such Mortgage Loans, in connection with such Reconstitution; provided, however, that such representations and warranties shall not be materially more onerous than those required under this Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to such master servicer or issuer, as the case may be, and any other participants in such Reconstitution:  (i) any and all information and appropriate verification of information which may be reasonably available to the Servicer or its affiliates, whether through letters of its auditors and counsel or otherwise, as the Owner or any such other participant shall reasonably request and (ii) subject to the provisions of this Section 13.12(b) , to execute, deliver and satisfy all conditions set forth in any indemnity agreement required by the Owner or any such participant; provided that the Servicer is given an opportunity to review and reasonably negotiate in good faith provisions of such indemnity.

 

(c)           Any execution of a security servicing agreement or reconstitution agreement by the Servicer shall be conditioned on the Servicer receiving the Servicing Fee or such other servicing fee acceptable to Servicer.  All Mortgage Loans not sold or transferred pursuant to a Whole Loan Transfer, Private Securitization Transaction or Public Securitization Transaction shall be subject to this Servicing Agreement and shall continue to be serviced in accordance with the terms of this Servicing Agreement and with respect thereto this Servicing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Servicing Agreement, in the event that the Servicer is the servicer with respect to a Reconstitution, the Owner agrees that in such Reconstitution any servicing performance termination triggers shall be substantially similar to those contained in this Servicing Agreement or otherwise subject to approval by the Servicer in its reasonable discretion

 

Section 13.13                                                   Trademarks.

 

The Owner and the Servicer agree that they and their employees, subcontractors and agents, shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party in each instance, (i) use in advertising, publicity or otherwise the name of each and every other party to this Servicing Agreement or their Affiliates or any of their managing directors, partners or employees, nor any

 

69



 

trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by the other party or their Affiliates, or (ii) represent, directly or indirectly, any product or any service provided by the Owner and the Servicer as approved or endorsed by the other parties to this Servicing Agreement or their Affiliates.

 

Section 13.14                                                   Confidentiality of Information.

 

If, during the term of this Servicing Agreement, the Owner requests that the Servicer provide to the Owner non-public, confidential information related to the Servicer and other affiliates of the Servicer (collectively, “ Parent ”), and if Parent, in its sole discretion agrees to provide this information, the parties agree that they shall enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance mutually agreeable to the parties prior to the release of such information (which obligation shall not be assigned by the Owner).

 

Section 13.15                                                   [Reserved]

 

Section 13.16                                                   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.

 

THE SERVICER AND THE OWNER EACH KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 13.17                                                   LIMITATION OF DAMAGES.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PRINCIPLE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIM MADE AGAINST A PARTY.

 

Section 13.18                                                   SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS.

 

The Servicer and the Owner hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)           SUBMITS FOR ITSELF IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE CENTRAL DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

 

(b)           CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF

 

70



 

ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

 

(c)           AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]

 

71


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

(Owner)

 

 

 

 

By:

PENNYMAC GP OP, INC.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

(Servicer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

 

72



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

MONTHLY REPORTS

 

Remittance
Delinquency
Inventory Flow
Post Boarding Exception

 

 

DAILY REPORTS

 

Boarding Notification
Payoff
Transaction Detail

 

1-1



 

EXHIBIT 2

 

CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

 

                       , 2009

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby certify that the Servicer has established the account described below as a Custodial Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.04 .  The Custodial Account shall be a Special Deposit Account as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Title of Account:

[            ], in trust for [                              ]

 

 

Account Number:

                                                           

 

 

Address of office or branch of the Servicer at which Account is maintained:

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

2-1



 

EXHIBIT 3

 

CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

 

                    , 2009

 

To:

                                                 

 

 

                                                 

 

 

                                                 

 

 

(the “ Depository ”)

 

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby authorize and request you to establish an account, as a Custodial Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Agreement, to be designated “[            ], as servicer, in trust for [                      ]” All deposits in the account shall be subject to withdrawal therefrom by order signed by the Servicer.  You may refuse any deposit which would result in violation of the requirement that the account be fully insured as described below.  This letter is submitted to you in duplicate.  Please execute and return one original to us.

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

 

as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

3-1



 

The undersigned, as Depository, hereby certifies that the above described account has been established under Account Number                     , at the office of the Depository indicated above, and agrees to honor withdrawals on such account as provided above.  The Custodial Account shall be a Special Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement).  The full amount deposited at any time in the account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Depository

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

3-2



 

EXHIBIT 4

 

ESCROW ACCOUNT CERTIFICATION

 

                             , 2009

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby certify that the Servicer has established the account described below as an Escrow Account pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Agreement.  The Escrow Account shall be a Special Deposit Account as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Title of Account:

[            ], in trust for [                              ]

 

 

Account Number:

                                                           

 

 

Address of office or branch of the Servicer at which Account is maintained:

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,
as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

4-1



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

ESCROW ACCOUNT LETTER AGREEMENT

 

                 , 2009

 

To:

                                                 

 

 

                                                 

 

 

                                                 

 

 

(the “ Depository ”)

 

 

As Servicer under the Flow Servicing Agreement, Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), we hereby authorize and request you to establish an account as an Escrow Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Agreement, to be designated as “[            ], in trust for [                      ], and various Mortgagors.”  All deposits in the account shall be subject to withdrawal therefrom by order signed by the Servicer.  You may refuse any deposit which would result in violation of the requirement that the account be fully insured as described below.  This letter is submitted to you in duplicate.  Please execute and return one original to us.

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC,

 

as Servicer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

5-1



 

The undersigned, as Depository, hereby certifies that the above described account has been established under Account Number             , at the office of the Depository indicated above, and agrees to honor withdrawals on such account as provided above.  The Escrow Account shall be a Special Deposit Account (as such term is defined in the Servicing Agreement).  The full amount deposited at any time in the account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Depository

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

5-2



 

EXHIBIT 6

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I,                                         , hereby certify that I am the duly elected [                            ],of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and further as follows:

 

1.                                        Attached hereto as Exhibit 1 is a true, correct and complete copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Company which is in full force and effect on the date hereof and which has been in effect without amendment, waiver, rescission or modification.

 

2.                                        Attached hereto as Exhibit 2 is an original certificate of good standing of the Company issued within ten days of the date hereof, and no event has occurred since the date thereof which would impair such standing.

 

3.                                        Attached hereto as Exhibit 3 is a true, correct and complete copy of the resolutions of the [            ] of the Company authorizing the Company to execute and deliver the Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Flow Servicing Agreement ”), between the Company and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Owner ”), and such resolutions are in effect on the date hereof.

 

4.                                        Each person listed on Exhibit 4 attached hereto who, as an officer or representative of the Company, signed (a) the Flow Servicing Agreement, and (b) any other document delivered or on the date hereof in connection with any purchase described in the agreements set forth above was, at the respective times of such signing and delivery, and is now, a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer or representative of the Company, who holds the office set forth opposite his or her name on Exhibit 4 , and the signatures of such persons appearing on such documents are their genuine signatures.

 

6-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name and affixed the seal of the Company.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

I,                                                 , an [Assistant] Secretary of the Company, hereby certify that                          is the duly elected, qualified and acting [Vice] President of the Company and that the signature appearing above is [her] [his] genuine signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

[Seal]

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

6-2


 

EXHIBIT 4 to
Company’s Officer’s Certificate

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-3



 

EXHIBIT 7

 

MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

The following documents shall constitute the Mortgage Loan Documents with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)           the original Mortgage Note bearing all intervening endorsements, endorsed “Pay to the order of                   , without recourse” and signed in the name of the last endorsee (the “ Last Endorsee ”) by an authorized officer.  To the extent that there is no room on the face of the Mortgage Notes for endorsements, the endorsement may be contained on an allonge, if state law so allows and the Custodian is so advised by the Owner that state law so allows.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired by the Seller in a merger, the endorsement must be by “[Last Endorsee], successor by merger to [name of predecessor]”.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired or originated by the Last Endorsee while doing business under another name, the endorsement must be by “[Last Endorsee], formerly known as [previous name]”; the original of any guarantee executed in connection with the Mortgage Note;

 

(b)           the original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon.  If in connection with any Mortgage Loan, the Owner cannot deliver or cause to be delivered the original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon because of a delay caused by the public recording office where such Mortgage has been delivered for recordation or because such Mortgage has been lost or because such public recording office retains the original recorded Mortgage, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such Mortgage, together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording office, an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such Mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that the original recorded Mortgage or a copy of such Mortgage certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded Mortgage will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; or (ii) in the case of a Mortgage where a public recording office retains the original recorded Mortgage or in the case where a Mortgage is lost after recordation in a public recording office, a copy of such Mortgage certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded Mortgage; the originals of all assumption, modification, consolidation or extension agreements, if any, with evidence of recording thereon;

 

(c)           the original Assignment of Mortgage for each Mortgage Loan, in form and substance acceptable for recording.  The Assignment of Mortgage must be duly recorded only if recordation is either necessary under applicable law or commonly required by private institutional mortgage investors in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located or on direction of the Owner as provided in this Agreement.  If the Assignment of Mortgage is to be recorded, the Mortgage shall be assigned to the Owner or as directed by the Owner.  If the Assignment of Mortgage is not to be recorded, the Assignment of Mortgage shall be delivered in blank.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired by the Seller in a merger, the Assignment of Mortgage must be made by “[Seller], successor by merger to

 

7-1



 

[name of predecessor]”.  If the Mortgage Loan was acquired or originated by the Seller while doing business under another name, the Assignment of Mortgage must be by “[Seller], formerly known as [previous name]”;

 

(d)           the originals of all intervening assignments of mortgage (if any) evidencing a complete chain of assignment from the Originator to the Last Endorsee with evidence of recording thereon, or if any such intervening assignment has not been returned from the applicable recording office or has been lost or if such public recording office retains the original recorded assignments of mortgage, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such intervening assignment, together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording office, an Officers Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such intervening assignment of mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that such original recorded intervening assignment of mortgage or a copy of such intervening assignment of mortgage certified by the appropriate public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded intervening assignment of mortgage will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; or (ii) in the case of an intervening assignment where a public recording office retains the original recorded intervening assignment or in the case where an intervening assignment is lost after recordation in a public recording office, a copy of such intervening assignment certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded intervening assignment;

 

(e)           The original mortgagee policy of title insurance or, in the event such original title policy is unavailable, a certified true copy of the related policy binder or commitment for title certified to be true and complete by the title insurance company (provided, that the original mortgagee policy of title insurance shall be added when available);

 

(f)            original powers of attorney, if applicable, or, if in connection with any Mortgage Loan, the Seller cannot deliver or cause to be delivered the original power of attorney with evidence of recording thereon, if applicable, because of a delay caused by the public recording office, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, a photocopy of such power of attorney, together with an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller (or certified by the title company, escrow agent, or closing attorney) stating that such power of attorney has been dispatched to the appropriate public recording office for recordation and that the original recorded power of attorney or a copy of such power of attorney certified by such public recording office to be a true and complete copy of the original recorded power of attorney will be promptly delivered to the Custodian upon receipt thereof by the Seller; and

 

(g)           security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document executed in connection with the Mortgage.

 

7-2



 

The following documents, together with the Mortgage Loan Documents, shall constitute the Mortgage File with respect to each Mortgage Loan:

 

(a)           The original hazard insurance policy and, if required by law, flood insurance policy.

 

(b)           Residential loan application.

 

(c)           Mortgage Loan closing statement.

 

(d)           Verification of employment and income except for Mortgage Loans originated under a Limited Documentation Program.

 

(e)           Verification of acceptable evidence of source and amount of downpayment.

 

(f)            Credit report on the Mortgagor.

 

(g)           Residential appraisal report, if available.

 

(h)           Photograph of the Mortgaged Property.

 

(i)            Survey of the Mortgaged Property, if any.

 

(j)            Copy of each instrument necessary to complete identification of any exception set forth in the exception schedule in the title policy, i.e., map or plat, restrictions, easements, sewer agreements, home association declarations, etc.  All required disclosure statements.

 

(l)            If available, termite report, structural engineer’s report, water potability and septic certification.

 

(m)          Sales contract, if applicable.

 

(n)           Tax receipts, insurance premium receipts, ledger sheets, payment history from date of origination, insurance claim files, correspondence, current and historical computerized data files, and all other processing, underwriting and closing papers and records which are customarily contained in a mortgage loan file and which are required to document the Mortgage Loan or to service the Mortgage Loan.

 

(o)           Amortization schedule, if applicable.

 

7-3



 

EXHIBIT 8

 

FORM OF LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a limited partnership, organized under the laws of Delaware and having its principal place of business at 27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor, Calabasas, CA 91301, as Owner (hereinafter called “ Owner ”) hereby appoints PennyMac Loan Services, LLC. (hereinafter called the “ Servicer ”), as its true and lawful attorney in fact to act in the name, place and stead of Owner solely for the purposes set forth below.

 

The said attorney in fact is hereby authorized and empowered, solely with respect to the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, as defined in, and subject to the terms of, that certain Flow Servicing Agreement, between the Servicer and Owner, dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), as follows:

 

1.             To execute, acknowledge, seal and deliver deed of trust/mortgage note endorsements, lost note affidavits, assignments of deed of trust/mortgage and other recorded documents, satisfactions/releases/reconveyances of deed of trust/mortgage, subordinations and modifications, tax authority notifications and declarations, deeds, bills of sale, and other instruments of sale, conveyance, and transfer, appropriately completed, with all ordinary or necessary endorsements, acknowledgments, affidavits, and supporting documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effect its execution, delivery, conveyance, recordation or filing.

 

2.             To execute and deliver insurance filings and claims, affidavits of debt, substitutions of trustee, substitutions of counsel, non military affidavits, notices of rescission, foreclosure deeds, transfer tax affidavits, affidavits of merit, verifications of complaints, notices to quit, bankruptcy declarations for the purpose of filing motions to lift stays, and other documents or notice filings on behalf of Owner in connection with insurance, foreclosure, bankruptcy and eviction actions.

 

3.             To endorse any checks or other instruments received by the Servicer and made payable to Owner.

 

4.             To pursue any deficiency, debt or other obligation, secured or unsecured, including but not limited to those arising from foreclosure or other sale, promissory note or check.  This power also authorizes the Servicer to collect, negotiate or otherwise settle any deficiency claim, including interest and attorney’s fees.

 

5.             To do any other act or complete any other document that arises in the normal course of servicing of all Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, as defined in, and subject to the terms of the Servicing Agreement.

 

8-1



 

This Limited Power of Attorney shall expire on                , 20    .

 

[NAME]

 

Dated:

                                                                            , 20   

 

Witness:

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

8-2



 

EXHIBIT 9

 

TERM SHEET

 

BASE SERVICING FEE PERCENTAGE
(per loan)

 

With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the Base Servicing Fee Percentage for that Mortgage Loan set forth in the Servicer’s servicing records.  The Base Servicing Fee Percentage for a Mortgage Loan shall be determined in accordance with the written protocol approved by (i) a majority of the independent members of the board of Trustees of PennyMac REIT, (ii) the Owner and (iii) the Servicer.  The following factors shall be taken into account in formulating the written protocol:  The Base Servicing Fee Percentages shall (i) be based on the risk characteristics of the mortgage loans in a particular pool, including the market value of the underlying properties, creditworthiness of the borrowers, seasoning of the mortgage loans, degree of current and expected mortgage loan defaults, current loan-to-value ratios, borrowers’ payment history and debt-to-income levels, (ii) be consistent with the assumptions used by the PennyMac REIT Manager in determining the bid for the related portfolio of mortgage loans, (iii) be competitive with those charged by specialty mortgage loan servicers providing comparable services for comparable mortgage loans, and (iv) range from 30 to 100 basis points per annum on the unpaid principal balance of the related mortgage loans.

 

OTHER KEY PARAMETERS

 

Remittance Types

Actual/Actual Basis during Interim Servicing Period

 

 

Remittance Date

See definition of Remittance Date

 

 

Servicing Advances

Servicer to be reimbursed monthly for all unpaid Servicing Advances incurred by Servicer in the prior month including Cost of Funds.

 

 

Cost of Funds on Servicing Advances

Refer to Section 3.04

 

 

Prepayment Penalties

Owner will retain 100% of the prepayment penalties.

 

 

Late Charges Collected

Servicer will retain 100% of late charges collected by Servicer

 

 

Ancillary Income

Servicer will retain 100% of all Ancillary Income

 

 

Delegated Authority

Refer to Exhibit 10

 

9-1



 

Contract Term

Refer to Section 6.01

 

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan

See definition of Eligible Mortgage Loan

 

MISCELLANEOUS ONE-TIME AND OTHER FEES

 

Service Release Fee:  $500 if released within one year of boarding; $250 if released within two years of boarding; $150 if released thereafter

 

REO Marketing Fee:  75 basis points of the gross proceeds received in connection with the disposition of an REO Property

 

Tax Service Contract:  Servicer’s cost

 

Flood Zone Service Contract:  Servicer’s cost

 

Backfill Fee:  $15 per Mortgage File

 

MERS Fee:  Servicer’s cost

 

Modification Fee:  $1,000 for modifications classified by the Servicer as full modifications (to include interest rate reductions); $295 for modifications classified by the Servicer as simple modifications (to include capitalization of delinquent payments)

 

To the extent the Servicer participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs), the Servicer shall be entitled to retain any incentive payments payable to mortgage loan servicers under the program.

 

In the event the Servicer effects a refinancing of a Mortgage Loan on behalf of the Owner and not through a third party lender and the resulting Mortgage Loan is readily saleable, the Servicer shall be entitled to retain a market-based origination fee (set, as of the date of this Servicing Agreement, at one percent (1%) of the principal balance of the Refinanced Mortgage Loan plus a $750 underwriting fee).  Should the Servicer originate a Mortgage Loan to facilitate the disposition of REO Property, the Servicer shall be entitled to retain a market-based origination fee (set, as of the date of this Servicing Agreement, at one percent (1%) of the principal balance of the Refinanced Mortgage Loan plus a $750 underwriting fee).  The amount of the origination fee shall be subject to review by the Owner and the Servicer from time to time to reflect market rates.  The Owner shall reimburse the Servicer for any out of pocket expenses that the Servicer incurs in connection with any such origination, including title fees, legal fees and closing costs.

 

In addition to the Ancillary Income that the Servicer is entitled to retain pursuant to Section 4.03 , the Servicer shall be entitled to customary market-based fees and charges for the boarding, deboarding and disposition of Mortgage Loans.

 

9-2


 

EXHIBIT 10

 

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY MATRIX

 

FUNCTION

 

DELEGATION

 

 

 

Delinquent Taxes on Non-escrowed Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to make payment of delinquent taxes on non-escrowed loans.

 

 

 

Advances on Escrowed Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to advance corporate funds in payment of escrowed items.

 

 

 

New Escrow Accounts

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to establish escrow accounts upon borrower request.

 

 

 

Escrow Shortage Pro-ration

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate extended escrow shortage repayment periods as the situation warrants.

 

 

 

Escrow Cushion Requirement

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate down or remove any escrow cushion requirement used for escrow analysis.

 

 

 

Escrow Account Waiver

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive an escrow account following Fannie Mae Servicing Guidelines Part III, Chapter 103.01.

 

 

 

Loss Drafts

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to process insurance losses as described in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part II, Chapter 5.

 

 

 

Private Mortgage Insurance Waiver

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive Private Mortgage Insurance requirement as described in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part II, Chapters 102.03, 102.04 and 102.05.

 

 

 

Transfer of Ownership — Exempt Transactions

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to follow guidelines as stated in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part III, 408.02.  In addition to Fannie Mae servicing guidelines, there must be evidence of insurance with Owner named in mortgagee clause; mortgage payments must be current; and if required, approval of the private mortgage insurance company, FHA or VA must be obtained.

 

10-1



 

Prepayment Penalties

 

No authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate reduction of prepayment penalties without Owner approval unless the mortgage loan is accelerated in which case Servicer may waive in accordance with the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part I, Chapter 203.05.  This clause excludes the waiving of pre-payment penalties/early closure fees extending more than 36 months from Mortgage Loan origination date.

 

 

 

Waiver of Fees

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to waive any fee that it is entitled to receive as Ancillary Income without Owner’s consent.  Servicer shall be entitled to waive late charges based on Servicer’s policies and procedures.

 

 

 

Subordination Requests

 

Servicer may approve a request to subordinate a second mortgage in favor of a refinanced loan if:

 

1.)                                    The new loan to value of the refinanced loan is equal to or less than the original LTV of the first mortgage (no cash-out refinancing allowed unless substantiated through a new appraisal to reflect increased value), and

2.)                                    The loan has had no delinquencies in past 12 months, and

3.)                                    The new senior lien is not a HELOC, Land Contract, Recapture Lien, Texas A6, Cal Vet, Bond with recapture Taxes, All Inclusive Trust Deed, Option ARM, Flex 100, or Reverse Mortgage.

 

Without Owner’s approval, Servicer MAY NOT approve a subordination request if any of the following conditions exist:

 

1.)                                    The first lien amount increases and the first lien LTV increases; or

2.)                                    Any senior lien is a private party; or

3.)                                    The new senior lien has the potential for negative amortization.

 

 

Owner shall review the subordination request prior to final approval if the request has any of the MAY NOT conditions listed above.

 

 

 

Partial Release, Acquisitions, Easement

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to approve requests for Partial Release, Acquisitions, and Easements in accordance with the standards specified in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide.

 

10-2



 

Lien Releases

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to approve full lien releases upon full payoff of the loan without the prior approval of Owner.  Full lien releases to be completed in compliance with applicable law, and penalties for non-compliance accrue to Servicer.  Servicer shall not be responsible for penalties as a result of third party delays if Servicer has timely processed a lien release pursuant to applicable law.

 

 

 

Assumptions

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate Simple Assumptions according to the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part III, Chapter 4. Qualified Assumption requests will be referred to Owner for approval.

 

 

 

Foreclosure Approval

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to proceed with foreclosure using prudent servicing guidelines.

 

 

 

Property Evaluations (BPO’s)/Drive-By Appraisal

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to order a brokers price opinion (BPO) or drive-by appraisal using prudent servicing guidelines.  The cost of the BPO or drive-by appraisal shall be passed on to the borrower if the BPO or drive-by appraisal is related to a borrower requested forbearance plan as reasonably determined by Servicer.

 

 

 

Impact Analysis

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to complete an impact analysis using prudent servicing guidelines.

 

 

 

REO Marketing

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to follow Servicer’s current guidelines to make REO marketing decisions.

 

 

 

Property Preservation

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to use Fannie Mae Property Preservation guidelines as outlined in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide for loans owned by Owner and following internal state guidelines.

 

 

 

Bidding Instruction

 

Owner approval is required on bidding instructions.

 

 

 

Short Term Forbearance — Written agreement to reduce or suspend payments not to exceed 6 months

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to permit forbearance or allow for suspension of monthly payments up to 90 days, if the mortgagor is in default or Servicer determines that default is imminent and granting such forbearance is in the best interest of Owner.  Mortgagor must be current as to all fees and costs prior to any forbearance plan.  Owner approval is required to permit forbearance or allow for suspension of monthly payments of 91 days or more.

 

10-3



 

Long Term Forbearance — Written agreement to reduce or suspend payments up to 12 months

 

Unless pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, Owner approval is required.  Servicer to provide approval package including financials, credit report, valuation, hardship description and recommendation.

 

 

 

Repayment Plan — Written agreement where the mortgagor must immediately make payments in addition to regular monthly payments to cure the delinquency

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and to Servicer to negotiate Repayment Plans where borrower must cure through full reinstatement within 6 months, including fees and costs.  Any Repayment Plan over 6 months requires Owner approval.

 

 

 

Modifications — Formal agreement to change payment amount based upon one or more terms of the original loan (i.e. interest rate reduction, extended term, capitalized arrearage)

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and all modification requests to capitalize arrearages are to be processed in accordance with the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part VII, Chapter 502 and will require Owner approval.  Servicer will obtain pre-qualification information as prescribed by Owner (credit report, financial statements and cash flow information from all obligors).

 

 

 

Pre-foreclosure Sale — Borrower allowed to sell or refinance property to avoid foreclosure

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate Pre-foreclosure Sales according to the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide Part VII, Chapter 504. Authority is granted to Servicer to accept pre-foreclosure sale offers as long as the loss from the pre-foreclosure sale is equal to or less than the loss anticipated and the negotiated price is at least 95% of the Asset Balance.  For all other pre-foreclosure sales, Owner approval to accept the sale is required.

 

 

 

Discounted Payoff

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program. For all discounted payoffs with the exception of those covered by mortgage insurance, Owner approval to accept the payoff is required.  Authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate a discounted payoff where the loss amount is fully covered by the applicable mortgage insurance policy.

 

 

 

Deed-in-Lieu — Borrower voluntarily deeds property to lender, avoiding foreclosure

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, otherwise, Owner must approve deed-in-lieu requests on all transactions.

 

 

 

Partial Claims — PMI remits funds to bring account current.  If mortgage is subsequently foreclosed, prepaid claim amounts are deducted from final claim

 

Authority is granted pursuant to the PennyMac Property Preservation Program, and authority is granted to Servicer to negotiate and accept Partial Claims subject to account being brought current; no associated pre-foreclosure sale, modification or repayment plan.

 

10-4



 

Bankruptcy Actions

 

1st Liens — Authority is granted to Servicer to process bankruptcy filing following Fannie Mae Servicing Guidelines and refer to the delegations listed in this Exhibit (impact analysis, charge-off, foreclosure) for final disposition in Bankruptcy.

 

Junior Liens — Authority is granted to Servicer to process bankruptcy filing in accordance with Servicer’s guidelines for owned assets and refer to the above delegations for final disposition in Bankruptcy.  Decisions on how to proceed with charge-off/foreclosure revert to Owner at impact analysis stage.

 

 

 

Review and Approval of Walk Analysis

 

Servicer will review collection activities and complete an “Impact Analysis” which begins the pre-foreclosure review process.  The analysis assists in determining the economic impact of foreclosure (equity position/loss severity). Servicer will provide the analysis to Owner with a recommendation of future loss mitigation actions.  Servicer takes no responsibility for these recommendations, and will contact Owner for final approval and direction as to what those actions will be.

 

 

 

Charge-off of Loans

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to charge off loans that are 180 days contractually delinquent, with the approval by Owner of an impact analysis form.  Authority is granted to Servicer to charge off loans that are 120 days contractually delinquent, with Owner’s approval of an impact analysis, for loans that are in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have no equity, per Owner’s approval of an impact analysis form.

 

 

 

Post Charge-off Transfer

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to initiate service transfer for loans that have been fully charged-off, or have been sold from REO, with a resulting loss.

 

 

 

Payoff Processing

 

Authority is granted to Servicer to accept as payment in full a payment amount within $100 of the total indebtedness.  Owner shall reimburse Servicer for any shortfall that is $100 or less of the indebtedness.

 

10-5




Exhibit 10.5

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1.               Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction .

 

The purposes of the PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to afford an incentive to (i) the officers and trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust (the “ Trust ”) and (ii) the members, officers, trustees, directors and employees of PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, the manager of the Trust (the “ Manager ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, the loan servicer to the Trust (“ PLS ”), or their Affiliates and other entities that provide services to the Trust and the employees of such entities, to continue (if applicable) as officers and trustees of the Trust, to continue their service to the Trust, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Trust and to promote the success of the Trust’s business. The Plan provides for the grant of Options, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, unrestricted Shares, LTIP Units and Other Share-Based Awards.

 

Section 2.               Definitions .

 

For purposes of the Plan or any Award Agreement, unless such Award Agreement provides otherwise, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)           “ Affiliate ” means (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such other Person, (ii) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (iii) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

(b)           “ Award ” means any Option, Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit, unrestricted Share, LTIP Unit or Other Share-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

(c)           “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

(d)           “ Board ” means the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

 

(e)           “ Change in Control ” means the happening of any of the following:

 

(i)            any “person,” including a “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding the Trust, any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Trust, any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Trust or any such entity, and with respect to any particular Participant, such Participant and any “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of which such Participant is a member), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of shares of the Trust representing 35% or more of either (A) the combined voting power of the Trust’s then outstanding securities or (B) the then outstanding Shares (other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Trust); or

 



 

(ii)           any consolidation or merger of the Trust where the shareholders of the Trust immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate 50% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the surviving or resulting entity in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent entity, if any); or

 

(iii)          there shall occur (A) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust, other than a sale or transfer by the Trust of all or substantially all of the Trust’s assets to an entity at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of which are owned by “persons” (as defined above) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Trust immediately prior to such sale or transfer or (B) the approval by shareholders of the Trust of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust; or

 

(iv)          the members of the Board at the beginning of any consecutive 24-calendar-month period (the “ Incumbent Trustees ”) cease for any reason other than due to death to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided that any trustee whose election, or nomination for election by the Trust’s shareholders, was approved or ratified by a vote of a majority of the members of the Board then still in office who were Incumbent Trustees at the beginning of such 24-calendar-month period shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Trustee for purposes of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event or condition shall constitute a Change in Control to the extent that, if it were, a 20% tax would be imposed under Section 409A of the Code; provided that, in such a case, the event or condition shall continue to constitute a Change in Control to the maximum extent possible (e.g., if applicable, in respect of vesting without an acceleration of distribution) without causing the imposition of such 20% tax.

 

(f)            “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(g)           “ Committee ” means the committee established by the Board to administer the Plan, the composition of which shall at all times consist of “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(h)           “ Effective Date ” means July 24, 2009, the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board, subject to obtaining the approval of the Trust’s shareholders.

 

(i)            “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)            “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to Shares or other property, the fair market value of such Shares or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board in good faith, the per share Fair Market Value as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per share on the national securities exchange on which the Shares are principally

 

2



 

traded, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Shares on such exchange; (ii) if the Shares are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Shares in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Shares in such market; or (iii) if the Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine in accordance with any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(k)           “ Incumbent Trustee ” shall have the meaning given to the term under Section 2(e)(iv).

 

(l)            “ Independent Trustees ” mean the members of the Board who are not officers or employees of the Manager or an Affiliate thereof and who otherwise are “independent” in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange on which the Shares may be listed.

 

(m)          “ Initial Public Offering ” means the proposed initial public offering of Shares of the Trust in an underwritten offering under the Securities Act.

 

(n)           “ LTIP Unit ” means an OP Unit, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(iv), subject to the restrictions set forth in such Section.

 

(o)           “ Manager ” means PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, the manager of the Trust.

 

(p)           “ Operating Partnership ” means PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

(q)           “ Option ” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(i), to purchase Shares.

 

(r)            “ OP Unit ” means a unit of partnership interest in the Operating Partnership.

 

(s)           “ Other Share-Based Award ” means a right or other interest granted to a Participant that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares, including but not limited to unrestricted Shares or distribution equivalent rights.

 

(t)            “ Participant ” means an eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

(u)           “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, any federal, state or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

3



 

(v)           “ Plan ” means this PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(w)          “ PLS ” means PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, the loan servicer to the Trust.

 

(x)            “ Removal for Cause ” means a removal as a result of a conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that the applicable Trustee caused demonstrable, material harm to the Trust through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

(y)           “ Restricted Shares ” means an Award of Shares to a Participant under Section 6(b)(ii) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

(z)            “ Restricted Share Unit ” means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(iii) to receive from the Trust or the Operating Partnership Shares, cash or other property at the end of a specified period, which right may be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance or other criteria.

 

(aa)         “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(bb)         “ Shares ” means common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, of the Trust.

 

(cc)         “ Trust ” means PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, or any successor trust.

 

Section 3.               Administration .

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Except with respect to the amendment, modification, suspension or early termination of the Plan and any change or adjustment to the maximum number of Shares and/or OP Units that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan pursuant to Section 5, the Board may appoint a Committee to administer all or a portion of the Plan. To the extent that the Board so delegates its authority, references herein to the Board shall be deemed references to the Committee. The Board may delegate to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any other Person to whom the Board has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more Persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Board or such Committee or Person may have under the Plan. No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

The Board shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to: (i) grant Awards; (ii) determine the Persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; (iii) 

 

4



 

determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of Shares to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any Award; (iv) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; (v) make adjustments in the terms and conditions of Awards; (vi) construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; (vii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (viii) determine the terms and provisions of the Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant); and (ix) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Persons, including but not limited to, the Trust, any parent or subsidiary of the Trust, any Participant (or any Person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant) and any shareholder. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, except as provided in the third paragraph of Section 5, neither the Board nor the Committee may take any action which would have the effect of reducing the aggregate exercise or purchase price of any Award without obtaining the approval of the Trust’s shareholders.

 

Section 4.               Eligibility .

 

Awards may be granted, in the discretion of the Board, to Participants. In determining the Persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the type of any Award (including the number of Shares to be covered by such Award), the Board shall take into account such factors as the Board shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

 

Section 5.               Shares and OP Units Subject to the Plan .

 

The maximum number of Shares and/or OP Units that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be 40,000,000; provided, that no Award may cause the total number of Shares and/or OP Units subject to all outstanding Awards to exceed 8% of the issued and outstanding Shares and/or OP Units on a fully diluted basis (assuming, if applicable, the exercise of all outstanding Options and the conversion of all warrants, OP Units and convertible securities into Shares).  Such Shares and/or OP Units shall be authorized but unissued Shares and OP Units, including Shares or OP Units that have been or may be reacquired by the Trust or the Operating Partnership, respectively, in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise.

 

If any Shares and/or OP Units subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award terminates or expires without the issuance of Shares and/or OP Units to the Participant, or if Shares and/or OP Units are surrendered or withheld by the Trust as payment of either the exercise price of an Award and/or withholding taxes in respect of an Award, the Shares and/or OP Units with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, withholding, termination or expiration, again be available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Award, such related Award shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of Shares and/or OP Units as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of Shares and/or OP Units shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.  Upon the redemption of any OP Units issued pursuant to an Award in exchange for Shares, such Shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the

 

5



 

Plan, however, such OP Units shall again be available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan.

 

In the event that the Board shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, OP Units or other property), recapitalization, share split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar transaction or event, affects the Shares and/or OP Units such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, then the Board shall make equitable changes or adjustments to any or all of: (i) the number and kind of Shares, OP Units or other property (including cash) that may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards; (ii) the number and kind of Shares, OP Units or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards; (iii) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award; and (iv) the performance goals, if any, applicable to outstanding Awards. In addition, the Board may determine that any such equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the Award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to Shares and/or OP Units).

 

Section 6.               Terms of Awards .

 

(a)           General .  The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Trust upon the grant, vesting, maturation or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, OP Units or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis. The Board may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments. In addition to the foregoing, the Board may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Board shall determine.

 

(b)           Terms of Specified Awards .  The Board is authorized to grant the Awards described in this Section 6(b), under such terms and conditions as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Such Awards may be granted with vesting, value and/or payment contingent upon attainment of one or more performance goals. Except as otherwise set forth herein or as may be determined by the Board, each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement containing such terms and conditions applicable to such Award as the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter.

 

(i)            Options .  The Board is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)          Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Board, but in no event shall the per share exercise price of any Option be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option. The exercise price for Shares subject to an Option may be paid in cash or by an exchange of Shares previously owned by a Participant, through a “broker cashless exercise” procedure approved by the

 

6



 

Board (to the extent permitted by law) or a combination of the above, in any case in an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price; provided that the Board may require that any Share exchanged by such Participant have been owned by such Participant for at least six months as of the date of exercise. An Award Agreement may provide that a Participant may pay all or a portion of the aggregate exercise price by having Shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price withheld by the Trust.

 

(B)           Term and Exercisability of Options .  Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the Board may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided that the Board shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or all full Shares as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Board or its designated agent.

 

(C)           Termination of Service .  Subject to Section 8, an Option may not be exercised unless: (1) the Participant is then providing services to the Trust; and (2) the Participant has continuously maintained such relationship since the date of grant of the Option; provided that the Award Agreement may contain provisions extending the exercisability of Options, in the event of specified terminations of service, to a date not later than the expiration date of such Option.

 

(D)          Other Provisions .  Options may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the Shares acquired upon exercise of such Options, as the Board may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

 

(ii)           Restricted Shares .  The Board is authorized to grant Restricted Shares to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)          Issuance and Restrictions .  Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Board may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Board may determine. The Board may place restrictions on Restricted Shares that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

(B)           Forfeiture .  Subject to Section 8, upon termination of service to the Trust during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares and any declared but unpaid distributions that are then subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided that the Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Shares will be waived in whole or in part in the

 

7



 

event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Board may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Shares.

 

(C)           Certificates for Shares .  Restricted Shares granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, and the Trust shall retain physical possession of the certificate.

 

(D)          Distributions .  Distributions paid on Restricted Shares shall be paid at the distribution payment date, provided that such payments may be held by the Trust until such date as determined by the Board, and in any event shall be payable in cash or reinvested by the Trust in Shares purchased from the Trust for the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the payment date of such distribution. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Shares distributed in connection with a share split or share distribution, and other property distributed as a distribution, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Shares or other property has been distributed.

 

(iii)          Restricted Share Units .  The Board is authorized to grant Restricted Share Units to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)          Award and Restrictions .  Delivery of Shares, cash or other property, as determined by the Board, will occur upon expiration of the period specified for Restricted Share Units by the Board during which forfeiture conditions apply, or such later date as the Board shall determine. The Board may place restrictions on Restricted Share Units that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

(B)           Forfeiture .  Subject to Section 8, upon termination of service to the Trust prior to the vesting of a Restricted Share Unit, or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of Shares or cash to which such Restricted Share Units relate, all Restricted Share Units and any declared but unpaid distribution equivalents that are then subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided that the Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes, and the Board may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Share Units.

 

(C)           Distribution Equivalents .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Restricted Share Units shall be credited with distribution equivalents at such time as distributions, whether in the form of cash, Shares or other property, are paid with respect to the Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Board,

 

8



 

any such distribution equivalents shall be paid on the distribution payment date to the Participant as though each Restricted Share Unit held by such Participant were an outstanding Share.

 

(iv)          LTIP Units .  The Board is authorized to grant LTIP Units to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)          Award and Restrictions .  Delivery of OP Units, Shares, cash or other property, and the right to convert vested units to Shares, as determined by the Board, will occur upon expiration of the period specified for LTIP Units by the Board during which forfeiture conditions apply, or such later date as the Board shall determine. The Board may place restrictions on LTIP Units that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

(B)           Forfeiture .  Subject to Section 8, upon termination of service to the Trust prior to the vesting of an LTIP Unit, or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of OP Units, Shares or cash to which such LTIP Units relate, all LTIP Units and any accrued but unpaid distributions or allocations that are then subject to restriction shall be forfeited; provided that the Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to LTIP Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes, and the Board may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of LTIP Units.

 

(C)           Certificates for LTIP Units .  LTIP Units granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board shall determine. If certificates representing LTIP Units are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such LTIP Units, and the Trust shall retain physical possession of the certificate.

 

(D)          Distributions .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, distributions and allocations with respect to LTIP Units shall be paid or made at the distribution or allocation payment date, as applicable, provided that such payments or allocations may be held by the Trust until such date as determined by the Board, and in any event shall be payable in cash or reinvested by the Trust in Shares purchased from the Trust for the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the payment date of such distribution or allocation. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Shares and/or OP Units distributed in connection with a share split or share distribution, and other property distributed as a distribution, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the LTIP Units with respect to which such Shares or other property has been distributed.

 

(v)           Other Share-Based Awards .  The Board is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Share-Based Awards, as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Awards granted pursuant to this paragraph may

 

9



 

be granted with vesting, value and/or payment contingent upon the attainment of one or more performance goals. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or thereafter. Without limiting the generality of this paragraph, Other Share-Based Awards may include grants of Shares that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture.

 

Section 7.               Automatic Grant of Awards to Independent Trustees

 

(a)           Automatic Grant of Awards .  Each Independent Trustee shall be granted 2,250 Restricted Share Units upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.  Such Restricted Share Units shall vest in full and the restrictions thereon lapse on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant.  Any Independent Trustee appointed or elected to the Board for the first time following the completion of the Initial Public Offering shall automatically be granted (under this Plan or another applicable Trust equity incentive plan) 2,250 Restricted Share Units on his or her date of appointment or election, which Restricted Share Units shall vest in full and the restrictions thereon lapse on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of payment, each Restricted Share Unit shall represent the right to receive one Share upon the date on which the restrictions applicable to such Restricted Share Unit lapse.  Restricted Share Units shall be entitled to Distribution Equivalents as provided in the Award Agreements with regard to the Restricted Share Units.

 

(b)           Non-Transferability; Book Accounts .

 

(i)            Common Shares issuable with respect to the Restricted Share Units granted under this Section 7 shall be transferable, subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable law, by an Independent Trustee immediately on the date upon which the Restricted Share Units become vested and the restrictions thereon lapse.

 

(ii)           The Trust shall establish a book account, in the name of each applicable Independent Trustee, with respect to the award of the Restricted Share Units.

 

(c)           Discretionary Grants of Awards .   The Board, in its discretion, may grant additional Awards to the Independent Trustees. Any such grant may vary among individual Independent Trustees.

 

(d)           Limited to Independent Trustees .  The provisions of this Section 7 shall apply only to Awards granted or to be granted to Independent Trustees, shall be interpreted as if this Section 7 constituted a separate plan of the Trust and shall not be deemed to modify, limit or otherwise apply to any other provision of this Plan or to any Award granted under this Plan to a Participant who is not an Independent Trustee of the Trust. To the extent inconsistent with the provisions of any other Section of this Plan, the provisions of this Section 7 shall govern the rights and obligations of the Trust and Independent Trustees respecting Awards granted or to be granted to Independent Trustees.

 

Section 8.               Acceleration of Awards .

 

(a)           Independent Trustees .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board and set forth in an individual Award Agreement, in the event that the service to the Trust of a Participant

 

10



 

who is an Independent Trustee is terminated other than pursuant to a Removal for Cause, any Award held by such Participant that was not previously vested and/or exercisable shall become fully vested and/or exercisable, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such Award shall be deemed to be fully achieved.

 

(b)           Change in Control .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board and set forth in an individual Award Agreement, upon a Change in Control, any Award held by a Participant that was not previously vested and/or exercisable shall become fully vested and/or exercisable, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such Award shall be deemed to be fully achieved.

 

(c)           Termination of Management Agreement .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board and set forth in an individual Award Agreement, upon termination of the Management Agreement other than for Cause (as defined in the Management Agreement), any Award held by a Participant that was not previously vested and/or exercisable shall become fully vested and/or exercisable, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such Award shall be deemed to be fully achieved.

 

Section 9.               General Provisions .

 

(a)           Nontransferability .  Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, Awards shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative.

 

(b)           No Right to Continued Service, etc .  Nothing in the Plan or in any Award, any Award Agreement or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Participant the right to continue as a trustee of, or continue to provide services to, the Trust or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Trust or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Agreement or other agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Trust to terminate such Participant’s service.

 

(c)           Taxes .  The Trust or any parent or subsidiary of the Trust is authorized to withhold from any Award granted any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Shares, or any other payment to a Participant, amounts of applicable withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Board may deem advisable to enable the Trust and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations. The Board may provide in the Award Agreement that in the event that a Participant is required to pay any amount to be withheld in connection with the issuance of Shares in settlement or exercise of an Award, such Participant may satisfy such obligation (in whole or in part) by electing to have the Trust withhold a portion of the Shares to be received upon settlement or exercise of such Award that is equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld.

 

11


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is not an employee of the Trust, the Manager or PLS or any parent or subsidiary of the Trust, the Manager or PLS shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes that may become payable by such Participant which arise from the issuance, vesting or exercise of any Award granted to it by the Trust under the Plan.

 

(d)           Effective Date; Amendment and Termination .

 

(i)            The Plan shall take effect upon the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the Trust’s shareholders.

 

(ii)           The Board may at any time and from time to time terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Board, an amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to comply with any law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of shareholders. The Board may at any time and from time to time amend any outstanding Award in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence of this clause (ii), no amendment or modification to or suspension or termination of the Plan or amendment of any Award shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

 

(e)           Expiration of Plan .  Unless earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after such expiration date. The expiration of the Plan shall not affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted.

 

(f)            Deferrals .  Subject to applicable law, the Board shall have the authority to establish such procedures and programs that it deems appropriate to provide Participants with the ability to defer receipt of cash, Shares, OP Units or other property payable with respect to Awards granted under the Plan.

 

(g)           No Rights to Awards; No Shareholder Rights .  No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment among Participants. Except as provided specifically herein, a Participant or a transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of such Shares and, if such Shares are evidenced by certificates, the delivery of a certificate evidencing such Shares.

 

(h)           Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Trust.

 

(i)            No Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Board shall determine whether cash, other Awards or

 

12



 

other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

(j)            Regulations and Other Approvals .

 

(i)            The obligation of the Trust to sell or deliver Shares and/or OP Units with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board.

 

(ii)           Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares and/or OP Units issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Shares and/or OP Units, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Shares and/or OP Units issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

 

(iii)          In the event that the disposition of Shares and/or OP Units acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then-current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares and/or OP Units shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Board may require a Participant receiving Shares and/or OP Units pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares and/or OP Units, to represent to the Trust in writing that the Shares and/or OP Units acquired by such Participant are acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

 

(iv)          The Board may require a Participant receiving Shares and/or OP Units pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares and/or OP Units, to enter into a shareholder agreement or “lock-up” agreement in such form as the Board shall determine is necessary or desirable to further the Trust’s interests.

 

(v)           All Awards under the Plan are intended to comply with any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and no Award, deferral, election, payment or other action shall be permitted to the extent it would violate such requirements.

 

(k)           Limitation of Ownership . No Award shall be issued under the Plan to any Person who after such Award would beneficially own, or be deemed to own, more than 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding Shares, or 9.8% by vote or value, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, unless the foregoing restriction is expressly and specifically waived by action of the Board.

 

13



 

(l)            Governing Law .  The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of Maryland without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

14




Exhibit 10.6

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of this 29 th  day of July, 2009, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ BlackRock ”), Highfields Capital Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Highfields ”), and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PNMAC ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, each of Stanford L. Kurland, David A. Spector, BlackRock, Highfields and PNMAC shall be referred to individually as a “ Purchaser ” and collectively as the “ Purchasers .”

 

WHEREAS , the Trust has filed a registration statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-159460) (as heretofore amended, the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”); and

 

WHEREAS , concurrent with the consummation of the IPO, the Trust desires to issue and sell, and each Purchaser desires to purchase, severally and not jointly, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Common Shares as provided in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Sale and Purchase of Private Placement Common Shares .  Subject to and concurrent with the consummation of the IPO, the Trust agrees to issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to purchase from the Trust a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (x) the number of Common Shares sold to the public in the IPO, excluding any Common Shares that may be sold pursuant to the exercise by the Underwriters (as defined below) of their overallotment option, multiplied by (y) the percentage set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule A hereto (as to each Purchaser, the “ Private Placement Common Shares ”) for an aggregate purchase price equal to the product of (i) $20.00 per share (which equals the price per share of Common Shares sold in the IPO, without the payment of any underwriting discount) multiplied by (ii) such Purchaser’s Private Placement Common Shares (such product as to each Purchaser being referred to herein as the “ Purchase Price ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that in no event shall the aggregate Purchase Price payable by each Purchaser exceed the amount set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule A hereto.

 

2.              Closing .  The closing of the purchase and sale of the Private Placement Common Shares hereunder, including each Purchaser’s payment for and delivery of its Private Placement Common Shares, will take place at the offices of the Trust or the Trust’s legal counsel concurrently with, and shall be subject to, the completion of the IPO (the “ Closing ”).  At the Closing, the Trust shall deliver to each Purchaser one or more

 



 

certificates evidencing the Private Placement Common Shares, registered in such Purchaser’s or its designee’s name, upon the payment of the Purchase Price applicable to such Purchaser in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by the Trust.

 

3.              Representations and Warranties of the Trust .  In connection with the issuance and sale of the Private Placement Common Shares, the Trust hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser the following:

 

3.1            The Trust (a) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a real estate investment trust in good standing with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland and (b) has the real estate investment trust power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below) and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and in the Registration Statement and to own or lease and operate its assets and carry on its business as described in the Registration Statement.  The authorized capitalization of the Trust is as is set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

3.2            All real estate investment trust action necessary to be taken by the Trust to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and to consummate the IPO and all other agreements and instruments delivered by the Trust in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been duly and validly taken.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Trust.  This Agreement constitutes, and the Registration Rights Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof, will constitute, the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Trust, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.  Neither the issuance and sale by the Trust of the Private Placement Common Shares nor the consummation of the IPO conflicts with the declaration of trust or bylaws of the Trust or any material contract by which the Trust or any of its subsidiaries’ respective property is bound, or any federal or state laws or regulations or decree, ruling or judgment of any United States or state court applicable to the Trust or its property.

 

3.3            The Private Placement Common Shares have been duly and validly authorized and upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms hereof, (a) the Private Placement Common Shares will be fully paid and non assessable and (b) each Purchaser will have good title to its Private Placement Common Shares, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances of any kind, other than transfer restrictions hereunder and under other agreements contemplated hereby.

 

3.4            No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or registration, qualification or filing with, any governmental entity or any other third party is

 

2



 

required to be obtained or made by the Trust for the execution, delivery or performance by the Trust of this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement or the consummation by the Trust of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or of the IPO, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the Securities Act or the rules thereunder or state securities or blue sky laws or as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

3.5            Except for liabilities described in the Registration Statement, the Trust and its subsidiaries do not have any liabilities outside the ordinary course of business which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise.

 

3.6            The Trust holds all licenses, franchises, permits and authorizations necessary for the lawful conduct of its business under, and has complied in all material respects and is not in default or violation in any respect of, any law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy or guideline of any federal, state or local governmental entity applicable to the Trust, other than such non-compliance, defaults or violations that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise.

 

3.7            Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Trust is not a party to any, and there are no pending, or to the knowledge of the Trust, threatened, legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental investigations of any nature against the Trust or any of its subsidiaries or to which any of their assets are subject (i) that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, or (ii) relating to or which challenges the validity or propriety of the transactions contemplated hereby or the IPO.  The Trust is not subject to any order, judgment or decree of a governmental entity that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise.

 

3.8            The Registration Statement does not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

3.9            The Trust is organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a real estate investment trust (a “ REIT ”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the present and contemplated method of operation of the Trust and its subsidiaries does and will enable the Trust to meet the requirements for taxation as a REIT under the Code.

 

3



 

3.10          The Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

3.11          Since the date as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, there has been no event, circumstance, fact, change, development, condition or effect that would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Trust and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise.

 

4.              Representations and Warranties of each Purchaser .  Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Trust that:

 

4.1            Such Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

4.2            The Private Placement Common Shares are being acquired for such Purchaser’s own account, only for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any public distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

4.3            If an entity, such Purchaser has been duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation and has all necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  If a natural person, such Purchaser is at least 21 years old and is legally competent to execute, deliver and comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

4.4            If an entity, all action necessary to be taken by such Purchaser to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments delivered by such Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Purchaser, and constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.  The purchase by such Purchaser of the Private Placement Common Shares does not conflict with the organizational documents of such Purchaser (if an entity) or with any material contract by which such Purchaser or its property is bound, or any laws or regulations or decree, ruling or judgment of any court applicable to such Purchaser or its property.

 

4.5            Such Purchaser understands and acknowledges that (i) the offering of the Private Placement Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act on the grounds that the offering and sale of the Private Placement Common Shares is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof and exempt from registration

 

4



 

pursuant to applicable state securities or blue sky laws, and that the Trust’s reliance upon such exemptions is predicated upon such Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement.  Such Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Private Placement Common Shares will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and such laws and may not be sold unless the Private Placement Common Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified under state law or unless an exemption from such registration and such qualification is available.

 

4.6            Such Purchaser (i) is sufficiently experienced in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks involved in purchasing the Private Placement Common Shares and to make an informed decision relating thereto, (ii) has the ability to bear the economic risk of such Purchaser’s prospective investment in the Private Placement Common Shares and (iii) has not been offered the Private Placement Common Shares by any form of advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar medium; or broadcast over television or radio; or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any such medium.  Such Purchaser (i) has been furnished with the materials relating to the business, operations, financial condition, assets and liabilities of the Trust and other matters relevant to such Purchaser’s investment in the Private Placement Common Shares, which have been requested by such Purchaser and (ii) such Purchaser has had adequate opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers, employees, agents, accountants and representatives of the Trust concerning the business, operations, financial condition, assets and liabilities of the Trust and all other matters relevant to its investment in the Private Placement Common Shares.

 

4.7            Such Purchaser has a substantive, pre-existing relationship with the Trust and was directly contacted by the Trust or its agents outside the IPO effort.  Such Purchaser (i) was not identified or contacted through the marketing of the IPO and (ii) did not independently contact the Trust as a result of the general solicitation by means of the Registration Statement.

 

4.8            Such Purchaser has not incurred any liability for any finder’s fees or similar payments in connection with the transactions herein contemplated.

 

4.9            Such Purchaser will have available at the closing sufficient funds to acquire the Private Placement Common Shares to be purchased by such Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.              Lock-up Agreements .  Each Purchaser shall enter into a separate lock-up agreement with the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) of the Common Shares being offered in the IPO, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, at or prior to the date on which the underwriting agreement to be entered into by the Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., PNMAC Capital Management, LLC and the Underwriters for the offer of such Common Shares in the IPO is executed.

 

5



 

6.              Public Announcements .  Except as may be required by applicable law, no party hereto shall make any public announcements or otherwise communicate with any news media with respect to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, without prior consultation with the other parties as to the timing and contents of any such announcement or communications; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall prevent any party from promptly making all filings with any governmental entity or disclosures with the stock exchange, if any, on which such party’s capital stock is listed, as may, in its judgment, be required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  If any party decides that it must make any such required filing it will advise the other parties prior to making such filing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that the transactions contemplated hereby have been disclosed in the Registration Statement and that a form of this Agreement has been or will be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

7.              Conditions of Closing of each Purchaser .  The respective obligations of each Purchaser to acquire the applicable Private Placement Common Shares from the Trust at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment to each such Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

 

7.1            Each representation and warranty made by the Trust in Section 3 above shall be true and correct on and as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing.

 

7.2            All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Trust on or prior to the Closing shall have been performed or complied with by the Trust in all respects.

 

7.3            The Trust shall have delivered at or prior to the date of the Closing to the Purchasers or their respective designees an executed copy of the Registration Rights Agreement among the Trust and each Purchaser, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

 

7.4            Simultaneously with the Closing, the Trust shall consummate the IPO.  The material terms of the IPO shall not have changed in any material respect from those disclosed in the Registration Statement, other than changes approved by the board of directors of PNMAC.

 

8.              Listing of the Private Placement Common Shares .  The Trust hereby agrees to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the Private Placement Common Shares to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or such other exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed no later than the six-month anniversary of the date of the Closing.

 

9.              Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors of the parties

 

6



 

hereto whether so expressed or not.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the parties may not assign this Agreement or their obligations hereunder.

 

10.            Amendments .  This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

11.            Default By One or More Purchasers .  If a Purchaser shall fail at the closing to purchase the Private Placement Common Shares that such Purchaser is obligated to purchase hereunder, then this Agreement shall be terminated as it relates to such Purchaser, provided that, as between such Purchaser and the Trust, Sections 4 and 12 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.  No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve such defaulting Purchaser from liability in respect of such default.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the termination of this Agreement as it relates to a Purchaser hereunder affect the completion of the transactions contemplated hereunder as it relates to any other Purchaser.  Further, no Purchaser, other than the defaulting Purchaser, shall have any liability under this Agreement with respect to any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.

 

12.            Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement or any counterpart may be executed via facsimile transmission, and any such executed facsimile copy shall be treated as an original.

 

13.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall for all purposes be deemed to be made under and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.  The parties hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  The parties hereby waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and agree not to plead or claim that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

 

14.            Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person; provided that the Underwriters shall be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

15.            Legends .  Each certificate, if any, representing the Private Placement Common Shares shall be endorsed with the following legends or a substantially similar legends:

 

The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an

 

7



 

exemption from registration under the Act, or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act.

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to the provisions of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2009.

 

16.            Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of law to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

17.            Survival .  The provisions of Section 8 hereof shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect until such listing has been effected.

 

18.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof and they supersede, merge, and render void every other prior written and/or oral understanding or agreement among or between the parties hereto.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

TRUST:

 

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David A. Spector

 

David A. Spector

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK HOLDCO 2, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Wiedman

 

 

Name: Mark Wiedman

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HIGHFIELDS CAPITAL INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Mazzella

 

 

Name: Joseph Mazzella

 

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Secretary

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

 

UNDERWRITING FEE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST,

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

and

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Dated as of August 4, 2009

 

 



 

UNDERWRITING FEE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 4, 2009, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is a newly-formed Maryland real estate investment trust which intends to invest primarily in residential mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes and will elect to receive the tax benefits accorded by Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Trust conducts substantially all of its operations, and makes substantially all of its investments, through the Operating Partnership, which is a Subsidiary of the Trust;

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into the Management Agreement (as defined herein), pursuant to which the Manager will manage the business and investment affairs of the Trust and its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into the Underwriting Agreement (as defined herein), pursuant to which, among other things, the Manager has agreed to pay to the Underwriters (as defined herein) the Manager Offering Payments (as defined herein).

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions.  (a)  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1(a):

 

Affiliate ” means (1) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, (2) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (3) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

Agreement ” means this Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Board of Trustees ” means the board of trustees of the Trust.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of closing of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 



 

Common Shares ” means the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01, of the Trust.

 

“Conditional Payment Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

Core Earnings ” means:

 

(A) GAAP net income (loss) excluding non-cash equity compensation expense;

 

(B) excluding any unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items recorded in the period, regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income; and

 

(C) adjusted to exclude one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between the Manager and the Independent Trustees and after approval by a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

Core Earnings Offset ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date such principles are applied.

 

Incentive Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

 

Independent Trustee ” means a member of the Board of Trustees who is not an officer or employee of the Manager or any Affiliate thereof and who otherwise is “independent” in accordance with the rules of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the sale by the Trust of 14,706,327 Common Shares in the initial public offering of the Trust registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Manager Conditional Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

Manager Offering Payments ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Management Agreement ” means that certain management agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

Performance Hurdle ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

2



 

REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” as defined under the Code.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Trust, any partnership (including the Operating Partnership), the general partner of which is the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust; any limited liability company, the managing member of which is the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust; and any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust.

 

Termination Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

 

Underwriters ” means the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Underwriting Agreement ” means the purchase agreement, dated July 29, 2009, among the Trust, the Operating Partnership, the Manager and the Underwriters relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)           As used herein, accounting terms relating to the Trust and the Subsidiaries, if any, not defined in Section 1(a) and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1(a), to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

(c)           The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)           The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.  The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

 

Section 2.  Conditional Payment to the Manager.

 

(a)           The Trust and the Operating Partnership acknowledge the obligation of the Manager to pay to the Underwriters the Manager Offering Payments pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.  The Trust and the Operating Partnership agree to reimburse the Manager an amount (the “ Manager Conditional Payment ”) equal to the Manager Offering Payments if during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the Closing Date (the “ Conditional Payment Period ”), the Trust’s Core Earnings for such four-quarter period and excluding the amount of any Incentive Fee equals or exceeds the product of:

 

(1)                                   the weighted average of the issue price per Common Share of all of the Trust’s public offerings of Common Shares (including the Initial Public Offering) multiplied by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding (including, for the avoidance of doubt, restricted share units granted under one or more of the Trust’s equity incentive plans) in the four-quarter period; and

 

3



 

(2)                                   8.0% (such product of (1) and (2), the “ Performance Hurdle ”).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining whether the Manager Conditional Payment is payable, Core Earnings shall not be offset by the Core Earnings Offset in determining whether the Performance Hurdle has been met.

 

For purposes of determining whether the Performance Hurdle has been met , outstanding limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (other than limited partnership interests held by the Trust) shall be treated as outstanding Common Shares.

 

(b)           During the Conditional Payment Period if the Manager Conditional Payment has not been made, the Manager shall compute Core Earnings for each full four-quarter period within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter and shall promptly deliver such computations to the Board of Trustees (but in no event later than the date that is 35 days after the end of each calendar quarter).  In the event that the Performance Hurdle has been met, the Manager Conditional Payment shall be paid in cash to the Manager no later than the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery to the Board of Trustees of such computations of Core Earnings.

 

(c)           In the event the Termination Fee is payable under the Management  Agreement prior to the end of the Conditional Payment Period and the Manager Conditional Payment has not been paid, the amount of the Manager Conditional Payment shall be paid in cash to the Manager on the same date as the payment of the Termination Fee in reimbursement of the Manager’s payment of the Manager Offering Payments.

 

Section 3.  No Joint Venture.  The Trust, the Operating Partnership and the Manager are not partners or joint venturers with each other and nothing herein shall be construed to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on any of them.

 

Section 4.  Term; Termination.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and shall continue in operation, until the earlier of (a) the payment in full of the Manager Conditional Payment and (b)  August 4, 2015.  If the Performance Hurdle is not met or exceeded for a full four calendar quarter period during the Conditional Payment Period, this Agreement and the conditional obligation to reimburse the Manager for the Manager Offering Payments shall terminate.

 

Section 5.  Assignments.  (a)  This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto  without the prior written consent of the other parties, except in the case of assignment by the Trust or the Operating Partnership to another REIT (in the case of the Trust) or other organization which is a successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets, or similar transaction) to the Trust or the Operating Partnership, in which case such successor organization shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of such assignment in the same manner as the Trust and the Operating Partnership are bound under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.  Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise

 

4



 

expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (1) personal delivery, (2) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (3) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (4) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below (or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto in accordance with this Section 6):

 

The Trust and the

 

Operating Partnership:

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P.

 

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

 

Calabasas, California 91301

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax: (818) 337-2138

 

 

with a copy to:

Sidley Austin LLP

 

787 Seventh Avenue

 

New York, New York 10019

 

Attention: Edward J. Fine and J. Gerard Cummins

 

Fax: (212) 839-5599

 

 

the Manager:

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

 

Calabasas, California 91301

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax: (818) 337-2138

 

 

with a copy to:

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

27001 Agoura Road, Third Floor

 

Calabasas, California 91301

 

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

Fax: (818) 337-2138

 

(b)           Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

(c)           Integration .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

(d)           Amendments .  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

5



 

(e)           GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR ANY DISTRICT WITHIN SUCH STATE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR JUDGMENT RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN SUCH COURT.

 

(f)            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(g)           No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

(h)           Costs and Expenses .  Each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiations and preparation of and the closing under this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto.

 

(i)            Section Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

(j)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(k)           Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed this Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

PENNYMAC MORTGAGE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PENNYMAC GP OP, INC.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Grogin

 

 

Name: Jeff Grogin

 

 

Title:   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

 

7




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Stanford L. Kurland, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
[Intentionally Omitted];

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Trustees (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 6, 2009

/s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND

Stanford L. Kurland
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
   



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Anne D. McCallion, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
[Intentionally Omitted];

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Trustees (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 6, 2009

/s/ ANNE D. MCCALLION

Anne D. McCallion
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
   



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust (the "Company") for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Stanford L. Kurland, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

/s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND

Stanford L. Kurland
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

November 6, 2009
   

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and will be retained by PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust (the "Company") for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Anne D. McCallion, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

/s/ ANNE D. MCCALLION

Anne D. McCallion
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
November 6, 2009
   

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and will be retained by PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002